Sample records for transfer matrix formulation

  1. A finite element formulation preserving symmetric and banded diffusion stiffness matrix characteristics for fractional differential equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lin, Zeng; Wang, Dongdong

    2017-10-01

    Due to the nonlocal property of the fractional derivative, the finite element analysis of fractional diffusion equation often leads to a dense and non-symmetric stiffness matrix, in contrast to the conventional finite element formulation with a particularly desirable symmetric and banded stiffness matrix structure for the typical diffusion equation. This work first proposes a finite element formulation that preserves the symmetry and banded stiffness matrix characteristics for the fractional diffusion equation. The key point of the proposed formulation is the symmetric weak form construction through introducing a fractional weight function. It turns out that the stiffness part of the present formulation is identical to its counterpart of the finite element method for the conventional diffusion equation and thus the stiffness matrix formulation becomes trivial. Meanwhile, the fractional derivative effect in the discrete formulation is completely transferred to the force vector, which is obviously much easier and efficient to compute than the dense fractional derivative stiffness matrix. Subsequently, it is further shown that for the general fractional advection-diffusion-reaction equation, the symmetric and banded structure can also be maintained for the diffusion stiffness matrix, although the total stiffness matrix is not symmetric in this case. More importantly, it is demonstrated that under certain conditions this symmetric diffusion stiffness matrix formulation is capable of producing very favorable numerical solutions in comparison with the conventional non-symmetric diffusion stiffness matrix finite element formulation. The effectiveness of the proposed methodology is illustrated through a series of numerical examples.

  2. Solid-perforated panel layout optimization by topology optimization based on unified transfer matrix.

    PubMed

    Kim, Yoon Jae; Kim, Yoon Young

    2010-10-01

    This paper presents a numerical method for the optimization of the sequencing of solid panels, perforated panels and air gaps and their respective thickness for maximizing sound transmission loss and/or absorption. For the optimization, a method based on the topology optimization formulation is proposed. It is difficult to employ only the commonly-used material interpolation technique because the involved layers exhibit fundamentally different acoustic behavior. Thus, an optimization method formulation using a so-called unified transfer matrix is newly proposed. The key idea is to form elements of the transfer matrix such that interpolated elements by the layer design variables can be those of air, perforated and solid panel layers. The problem related to the interpolation is addressed and bench mark-type problems such as sound transmission or absorption maximization problems are solved to check the efficiency of the developed method.

  3. Development and experimental design of a novel controlled-release matrix tablet formulation for indapamide hemihydrate.

    PubMed

    Antovska, Packa; Ugarkovic, Sonja; Petruševski, Gjorgji; Stefanova, Bosilka; Manchevska, Blagica; Petkovska, Rumenka; Makreski, Petre

    2017-11-01

    Development, experimental design and in vitro in vivo correlation (IVIVC) of controlled-release matrix formulation. Development of novel oral controlled delivery system for indapamide hemihydrate, optimization of the formulation by experimental design and evaluation regarding IVIVC on a pilot scale batch as a confirmation of a well-established formulation. In vitro dissolution profiles of controlled-release tablets of indapamide hemihydrate from four different matrices had been evaluated in comparison to the originator's product Natrilix (Servier) as a direction for further development and optimization of a hydroxyethylcellulose-based matrix controlled-release formulation. A central composite factorial design had been applied for the optimization of a chosen controlled-release tablet formulation. The controlled-release tablets with appropriate physical and technological properties had been obtained with a matrix: binder concentration variations in the range: 20-40w/w% for the matrix and 1-3w/w% for the binder. The experimental design had defined the design space for the formulation and was prerequisite for extraction of a particular formulation that would be a subject for transfer on pilot scale and IVIV correlation. The release model of the optimized formulation has shown best fit to the zero order kinetics depicted with the Hixson-Crowell erosion-dependent mechanism of release. Level A correlation was obtained.

  4. Linear and nonlinear dynamic analysis of redundant load path bearingless rotor systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Murthy, V. R.; Shultz, Louis A.

    1994-01-01

    The goal of this research is to develop the transfer matrix method to treat nonlinear autonomous boundary value problems with multiple branches. The application is the complete nonlinear aeroelastic analysis of multiple-branched rotor blades. Once the development is complete, it can be incorporated into the existing transfer matrix analyses. There are several difficulties to be overcome in reaching this objective. The conventional transfer matrix method is limited in that it is applicable only to linear branch chain-like structures, but consideration of multiple branch modeling is important for bearingless rotors. Also, hingeless and bearingless rotor blade dynamic characteristics (particularly their aeroelasticity problems) are inherently nonlinear. The nonlinear equations of motion and the multiple-branched boundary value problem are treated together using a direct transfer matrix method. First, the formulation is applied to a nonlinear single-branch blade to validate the nonlinear portion of the formulation. The nonlinear system of equations is iteratively solved using a form of Newton-Raphson iteration scheme developed for differential equations of continuous systems. The formulation is then applied to determine the nonlinear steady state trim and aeroelastic stability of a rotor blade in hover with two branches at the root. A comprehensive computer program is developed and is used to obtain numerical results for the (1) free vibration, (2) nonlinearly deformed steady state, (3) free vibration about the nonlinearly deformed steady state, and (4) aeroelastic stability tasks. The numerical results obtained by the present method agree with results from other methods.

  5. Matrix Transfer Function Design for Flexible Structures: An Application

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brennan, T. J.; Compito, A. V.; Doran, A. L.; Gustafson, C. L.; Wong, C. L.

    1985-01-01

    The application of matrix transfer function design techniques to the problem of disturbance rejection on a flexible space structure is demonstrated. The design approach is based on parameterizing a class of stabilizing compensators for the plant and formulating the design specifications as a constrained minimization problem in terms of these parameters. The solution yields a matrix transfer function representation of the compensator. A state space realization of the compensator is constructed to investigate performance and stability on the nominal and perturbed models. The application is made to the ACOSSA (Active Control of Space Structures) optical structure.

  6. A reduced-order integral formulation to account for the finite size effect of isotropic square panels using the transfer matrix method.

    PubMed

    Bonfiglio, Paolo; Pompoli, Francesco; Lionti, Riccardo

    2016-04-01

    The transfer matrix method is a well-established prediction tool for the simulation of sound transmission loss and the sound absorption coefficient of flat multilayer systems. Much research has been dedicated to enhancing the accuracy of the method by introducing a finite size effect of the structure to be simulated. The aim of this paper is to present a reduced-order integral formulation to predict radiation efficiency and radiation impedance for a panel with equal lateral dimensions. The results are presented and discussed for different materials in terms of radiation efficiency, sound transmission loss, and the sound absorption coefficient. Finally, the application of the proposed methodology for rectangular multilayer systems is also investigated and validated against experimental data.

  7. Fem Formulation of Heat Transfer in Cylindrical Porous Medium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Azeem; Khaleed, H. M. T.; Soudagar, Manzoor Elahi M.

    2017-08-01

    Heat transfer in porous medium can be derived from the fundamental laws of flow in porous region ass given by Henry Darcy. The fluid flow and energy transport inside the porous medium can be described with the help of momentum and energy equations. The heat transfer in cylindrical porous medium differs from its counterpart in radial and axial coordinates. The present work is focused to discuss the finite element formulation of heat transfer in cylindrical porous medium. The basic partial differential equations are derived using Darcy law which is the converted into a set of algebraic equations with the help of finite element method. The resulting equations are solved by matrix method for two solution variables involved in the coupled equations.

  8. Formulation of a dynamic analysis method for a generic family of hoop-mast antenna systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gabriele, A.; Loewy, R.

    1981-01-01

    Analytical studies of mast-cable-hoop-membrane type antennas were conducted using a transfer matrix numerical analysis approach. This method, by virtue of its specialization and the inherently easy compartmentalization of the formulation and numerical procedures, can be significantly more efficient in computer time required and in the time needed to review and interpret the results.

  9. Quantum kinetic expansion in the spin-boson model: Matrix formulation and system-bath factorized initial state.

    PubMed

    Gong, Zhihao; Tang, Zhoufei; Wang, Haobin; Wu, Jianlan

    2017-12-28

    Within the framework of the hierarchy equation of motion (HEOM), the quantum kinetic expansion (QKE) method of the spin-boson model is reformulated in the matrix representation. The equivalence between the two formulations (HEOM matrices and quantum operators) is numerically verified from the calculation of the time-integrated QKE rates. The matrix formulation of the QKE is extended to the system-bath factorized initial state. Following a one-to-one mapping between HEOM matrices and quantum operators, a quantum kinetic equation is rederived. The rate kernel is modified by an extra term following a systematic expansion over the site-site coupling. This modified QKE is numerically tested for its reliability by calculating the time-integrated rate and non-Markovian population kinetics. For an intermediate-to-strong dissipation strength and a large site-site coupling, the population transfer is found to be significantly different when the initial condition is changed from the local equilibrium to system-bath factorized state.

  10. A methodology for formulating a minimal uncertainty model for robust control system design and analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Belcastro, Christine M.; Chang, B.-C.; Fischl, Robert

    1989-01-01

    In the design and analysis of robust control systems for uncertain plants, the technique of formulating what is termed an M-delta model has become widely accepted and applied in the robust control literature. The M represents the transfer function matrix M(s) of the nominal system, and delta represents an uncertainty matrix acting on M(s). The uncertainty can arise from various sources, such as structured uncertainty from parameter variations or multiple unstructured uncertainties from unmodeled dynamics and other neglected phenomena. In general, delta is a block diagonal matrix, and for real parameter variations the diagonal elements are real. As stated in the literature, this structure can always be formed for any linear interconnection of inputs, outputs, transfer functions, parameter variations, and perturbations. However, very little of the literature addresses methods for obtaining this structure, and none of this literature addresses a general methodology for obtaining a minimal M-delta model for a wide class of uncertainty. Since have a delta matrix of minimum order would improve the efficiency of structured singular value (or multivariable stability margin) computations, a method of obtaining a minimal M-delta model would be useful. A generalized method of obtaining a minimal M-delta structure for systems with real parameter variations is given.

  11. Discriminative Transfer Subspace Learning via Low-Rank and Sparse Representation.

    PubMed

    Xu, Yong; Fang, Xiaozhao; Wu, Jian; Li, Xuelong; Zhang, David

    2016-02-01

    In this paper, we address the problem of unsupervised domain transfer learning in which no labels are available in the target domain. We use a transformation matrix to transfer both the source and target data to a common subspace, where each target sample can be represented by a combination of source samples such that the samples from different domains can be well interlaced. In this way, the discrepancy of the source and target domains is reduced. By imposing joint low-rank and sparse constraints on the reconstruction coefficient matrix, the global and local structures of data can be preserved. To enlarge the margins between different classes as much as possible and provide more freedom to diminish the discrepancy, a flexible linear classifier (projection) is obtained by learning a non-negative label relaxation matrix that allows the strict binary label matrix to relax into a slack variable matrix. Our method can avoid a potentially negative transfer by using a sparse matrix to model the noise and, thus, is more robust to different types of noise. We formulate our problem as a constrained low-rankness and sparsity minimization problem and solve it by the inexact augmented Lagrange multiplier method. Extensive experiments on various visual domain adaptation tasks show the superiority of the proposed method over the state-of-the art methods. The MATLAB code of our method will be publicly available at http://www.yongxu.org/lunwen.html.

  12. Beam-tracing model for predicting sound fields in rooms with multilayer bounding surfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wareing, Andrew; Hodgson, Murray

    2005-10-01

    This paper presents the development of a wave-based room-prediction model for predicting steady-state sound fields in empty rooms with specularly reflecting, multilayer surfaces. A triangular beam-tracing model with phase, and a transfer-matrix approach to model the surfaces, were involved. Room surfaces were modeled as multilayers of fluid, solid, or porous materials. Biot theory was used in the transfer-matrix formulation of the porous layer. The new model consisted of the transfer-matrix model integrated into the beam-tracing algorithm. The transfer-matrix model was validated by comparing predictions with those by theory, and with experiment. The test surfaces were a glass plate, double drywall panels, double steel panels, a carpeted floor, and a suspended-acoustical ceiling. The beam-tracing model was validated in the cases of three idealized room configurations-a small office, a corridor, and a small industrial workroom-with simple boundary conditions. The number of beams, the reflection order, and the frequency resolution required to obtain accurate results were investigated. Beam-tracing predictions were compared with those by a method-of-images model with phase. The model will be used to study sound fields in rooms with local- or extended-reaction multilayer surfaces.

  13. A proposed method for enhanced eigen-pair extraction using finite element methods: Theory and application

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jara-Almonte, J.; Mitchell, L. D.

    1988-01-01

    The paper covers two distinct parts: theory and application. The goal of this work was the reduction of model size with an increase in eigenvalue/vector accuracy. This method is ideal for the condensation of large truss- or beam-type structures. The theoretical approach involves the conversion of a continuum transfer matrix beam element into an 'Exact' dynamic stiffness element. This formulation is implemented in a finite element environment. This results in the need to solve a transcendental eigenvalue problem. Once the eigenvalue is determined the eigenvectors can be reconstructed with any desired spatial precision. No discretization limitations are imposed on the reconstruction. The results of such a combined finite element and transfer matrix formulation is a much smaller FEM eigenvalue problem. This formulation has the ability to extract higher eigenvalues as easily and as accurately as lower eigenvalues. Moreover, one can extract many more eigenvalues/vectors from the model than the number of degrees of freedom in the FEM formulation. Typically, the number of eigenvalues accurately extractable via the 'Exact' element method are at least 8 times the number of degrees of freedom. In contrast, the FEM usually extracts one accurate (within 5 percent) eigenvalue for each 3-4 degrees of freedom. The 'Exact' element results in a 20-30 improvement in the number of accurately extractable eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

  14. Quantum Engineering of Dynamical Gauge Fields on Optical Lattices

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-07-08

    exact blocking formulas from the TRG formulation of the transfer matrix. The second is a worm algorithm. The particle number distributions obtained...a fact that can be explained by an approximate particle- hole symmetry. We have also developed a computer code suite for simulating the Abelian

  15. Systems identification technology development for large space systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Armstrong, E. S.

    1982-01-01

    A methodology for synthesizinng systems identification, both parameter and state, estimation and related control schemes for flexible aerospace structures is developed with emphasis on the Maypole hoop column antenna as a real world application. Modeling studies of the Maypole cable hoop membrane type antenna are conducted using a transfer matrix numerical analysis approach. This methodology was chosen as particularly well suited for handling a large number of antenna configurations of a generic type. A dedicated transfer matrix analysis, both by virtue of its specialization and the inherently easy compartmentalization of the formulation and numerical procedures, is significantly more efficient not only in computer time required but, more importantly, in the time needed to review and interpret the results.

  16. Temperature distribution of thick thermoset composites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guo, Zhan-Sheng; Du, Shanyi; Zhang, Boming

    2004-05-01

    The development of temperature distribution of thick polymeric matrix laminates during an autoclave vacuum bag process was measured and compared with numerically calculated results. The finite element formulation of the transient heat transfer problem was carried out for polymeric matrix composite materials from the heat transfer differential equations including internal heat generation produced by exothermic chemical reactions. Software based on the general finite element software package was developed for numerical simulation of the entire composite process. From the experimental and numerical results, it was found that the measured temperature profiles were in good agreement with the numerical ones, and conventional cure cycles recommended by prepreg manufacturers for thin laminates should be modified to prevent temperature overshoot.

  17. Modeling donor/acceptor interactions: Combined roles of theory and computation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Newton, M.D.

    2000-03-05

    An extended superexchange model for electron transfer (ET) matrix elements (H{sub DA}) has been formulated as a superposition of McConnell-type pathways and implemented by combined use of configuration interaction wave functions (obtained using the INDO/s model of Zerner and co-workers) and the generalized Muliken-Hush formulation of charge-localized diabatic states. Applications are made for et (and hold transfer) in several donor/bridge/acceptor radical anion (and cation) systems, (DBA){sup {+-}}, allowing detailed comparison with experimental H{sub DA} estimates. For the case of oligo phenylene ethynylene (OPE) bridges, the role of {pi} and {sigma} electronic manifolds for different distributions of phenylene torsion angles ismore » analyzed in detail.« less

  18. Ultrafast energy transfer with competing channels: Non-equilibrium Förster and Modified Redfield theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seibt, Joachim; Mančal, Tomáš

    2017-05-01

    We derive equations of motion for the reduced density matrix of a molecular system which undergoes energy transfer dynamics competing with fast internal conversion channels. Environmental degrees of freedom of such a system have no time to relax to quasi-equilibrium in the electronic excited state of the donor molecule, and thus the conditions of validity of Förster and Modified Redfield theories in their standard formulations do not apply. We derive non-equilibrium versions of the two well-known rate theories and apply them to the case of carotenoid-chlorophyll energy transfer. Although our reduced density matrix approach does not account for the formation of vibronic excitons, it still confirms the important role of the donor ground-state vibrational states in establishing the resonance energy transfer conditions. We show that it is essential to work with a theory valid in a strong system-bath interaction regime to obtain correct dependence of the rates on donor-acceptor energy gap.

  19. Robust fixed order dynamic compensation for large space structure control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Calise, Anthony J.; Byrns, Edward V., Jr.

    1989-01-01

    A simple formulation for designing fixed order dynamic compensators which are robust to both uncertainty at the plant input and structured uncertainty in the plant dynamics is presented. The emphasis is on designing low order compensators for systems of high order. The formulation is done in an output feedback setting which exploits an observer canonical form to represent the compensator dynamics. The formulation also precludes the use of direct feedback of the plant output. The main contribution lies in defining a method for penalizing the states of the plant and of the compensator, and for choosing the distribution on initial conditions so that the loop transfer matrix approximates that of a full state design. To improve robustness to parameter uncertainty, the formulation avoids the introduction of sensitivity states, which has led to complex formulations in earlier studies where only structured uncertainty has been considered.

  20. Predicting plant protein subcellular multi-localization by Chou's PseAAC formulation based multi-label homolog knowledge transfer learning.

    PubMed

    Mei, Suyu

    2012-10-07

    Recent years have witnessed much progress in computational modeling for protein subcellular localization. However, there are far few computational models for predicting plant protein subcellular multi-localization. In this paper, we propose a multi-label multi-kernel transfer learning model for predicting multiple subcellular locations of plant proteins (MLMK-TLM). The method proposes a multi-label confusion matrix and adapts one-against-all multi-class probabilistic outputs to multi-label learning scenario, based on which we further extend our published work MK-TLM (multi-kernel transfer learning based on Chou's PseAAC formulation for protein submitochondria localization) for plant protein subcellular multi-localization. By proper homolog knowledge transfer, MLMK-TLM is applicable to novel plant protein subcellular localization in multi-label learning scenario. The experiments on plant protein benchmark dataset show that MLMK-TLM outperforms the baseline model. Unlike the existing models, MLMK-TLM also reports its misleading tendency, which is important for comprehensive survey of model's multi-labeling performance. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  1. Coherent-Anomaly Method in Critical Phenomena. III. Mean-Field Transfer-Matrix Method in the 2D Ising Model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hu, Xiao; Katori, Makoto; Suzuki, Masuo

    1987-11-01

    Two kinds of systematic mean-field transfer-matrix methods are formulated in the 2-dimensional Ising spin system, by introducing Weiss-like and Bethe-like approximations. All the critical exponents as well as the true critical point can be estimated in these methods following the CAM procedure. The numerical results of the above system are Tc*≃2.271 (J/kB), γ{=}γ'≃1.749, β≃0.131 and δ≃15.1. The specific heat is confirmd to be continuous and to have a logarithmic divergence at the true critical point, i.e., α{=}α'{=}0. Thus, the finite-degree-of-approximation scaling ansatz is shown to be correct and very powerful in practical estimations of the critical exponents as well as the true critical point.

  2. A Partitioning Algorithm for Block-Diagonal Matrices With Overlap

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Guy Antoine Atenekeng Kahou; Laura Grigori; Masha Sosonkina

    2008-02-02

    We present a graph partitioning algorithm that aims at partitioning a sparse matrix into a block-diagonal form, such that any two consecutive blocks overlap. We denote this form of the matrix as the overlapped block-diagonal matrix. The partitioned matrix is suitable for applying the explicit formulation of Multiplicative Schwarz preconditioner (EFMS) described in [3]. The graph partitioning algorithm partitions the graph of the input matrix into K partitions, such that every partition {Omega}{sub i} has at most two neighbors {Omega}{sub i-1} and {Omega}{sub i+1}. First, an ordering algorithm, such as the reverse Cuthill-McKee algorithm, that reduces the matrix profile ismore » performed. An initial overlapped block-diagonal partition is obtained from the profile of the matrix. An iterative strategy is then used to further refine the partitioning by allowing nodes to be transferred between neighboring partitions. Experiments are performed on matrices arising from real-world applications to show the feasibility and usefulness of this approach.« less

  3. Heat transfer enhancement of PCM melting in 2D horizontal elliptical tube using metallic porous matrix

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jourabian, Mahmoud; Farhadi, Mousa; Rabienataj Darzi, Ahmad Ali

    2016-12-01

    In this study, the melting process of ice as a phase-change material (PCM) saturated with a nickel-steel porous matrix inside a horizontal elliptical tube is investigated. Due to the low thermal conductivity of the PCM, it is motivated to augment the heat transfer performance of the system simultaneously by finding an optimum value of the aspect ratio and impregnating a metallic porous matrix into the base PCM. The lattice Boltzmann method with a double distribution function formulated based on the enthalpy method, is applied at the representative elementary volume scale under the local thermal equilibrium assumption between the PCM and porous matrix in the composite. While reducing or increasing the aspect ratio of the circular tubes leads to the expedited melting, the 90° inclination of each elliptical tube in the case of the pure PCM melting does not affect the melting rate. With the reduction in the porosity, the effective thermal conductivity and melting rate in all tubes promoted. Although the natural convection is fully suppressed due to the significant flow blockage in the porous structure, the melting rates are generally increased in all cases.

  4. Quantum Engineering of Dynamical Gauge Fields on Optical Lattices

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-07-08

    opens the door for exciting new research directions, such as quantum simulation of the Schwinger model and of non-Abelian models. (a) Papers...exact blocking formulas from the TRG formulation of the transfer matrix. The second is a worm algorithm. The particle number distributions obtained...a fact that can be explained by an approximate particle- hole symmetry. We have also developed a computer code suite for simulating the Abelian

  5. A modified Finite Element-Transfer Matrix for control design of space structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tan, T.-M.; Yousuff, A.; Bahar, L. Y.; Konstandinidis, M.

    1990-01-01

    The Finite Element-Transfer Matrix (FETM) method was developed for reducing the computational efforts involved in structural analysis. While being widely used by structural analysts, this method does, however, have certain limitations, particularly when used for the control design of large flexible structures. In this paper, a new formulation based on the FETM method is presented. The new method effectively overcomes the limitations in the original FETM method, and also allows an easy construction of reduced models that are tailored for the control design. Other advantages of this new method include the ability to extract open loop frequencies and mode shapes with less computation, and simplification of the design procedures for output feedback, constrained compensation, and decentralized control. The development of this new method and the procedures for generating reduced models using this method are described in detail and the role of the reduced models in control design is discussed through an illustrative example.

  6. On the formulation of a minimal uncertainty model for robust control with structured uncertainty

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Belcastro, Christine M.; Chang, B.-C.; Fischl, Robert

    1991-01-01

    In the design and analysis of robust control systems for uncertain plants, representing the system transfer matrix in the form of what has come to be termed an M-delta model has become widely accepted and applied in the robust control literature. The M represents a transfer function matrix M(s) of the nominal closed loop system, and the delta represents an uncertainty matrix acting on M(s). The nominal closed loop system M(s) results from closing the feedback control system, K(s), around a nominal plant interconnection structure P(s). The uncertainty can arise from various sources, such as structured uncertainty from parameter variations or multiple unsaturated uncertainties from unmodeled dynamics and other neglected phenomena. In general, delta is a block diagonal matrix, but for real parameter variations delta is a diagonal matrix of real elements. Conceptually, the M-delta structure can always be formed for any linear interconnection of inputs, outputs, transfer functions, parameter variations, and perturbations. However, very little of the currently available literature addresses computational methods for obtaining this structure, and none of this literature addresses a general methodology for obtaining a minimal M-delta model for a wide class of uncertainty, where the term minimal refers to the dimension of the delta matrix. Since having a minimally dimensioned delta matrix would improve the efficiency of structured singular value (or multivariable stability margin) computations, a method of obtaining a minimal M-delta would be useful. Hence, a method of obtaining the interconnection system P(s) is required. A generalized procedure for obtaining a minimal P-delta structure for systems with real parameter variations is presented. Using this model, the minimal M-delta model can then be easily obtained by closing the feedback loop. The procedure involves representing the system in a cascade-form state-space realization, determining the minimal uncertainty matrix, delta, and constructing the state-space representation of P(s). Three examples are presented to illustrate the procedure.

  7. Modal density of rectangular structures in a wide frequency range

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Parrinello, A.; Ghiringhelli, G. L.

    2018-04-01

    A novel approach to investigate the modal density of a rectangular structure in a wide frequency range is presented. First, the modal density is derived, in the whole frequency range of interest, on the basis of sound transmission through the infinite counterpart of the structure; then, it is corrected by means of the low-frequency modal behavior of the structure, taking into account actual size and boundary conditions. A statistical analysis reveals the connection between the modal density of the structure and the transmission of sound through its thickness. A transfer matrix approach is used to compute the required acoustic parameters, making it possible to deal with structures having arbitrary stratifications of different layers. A finite element method is applied on coarse grids to derive the first few eigenfrequencies required to correct the modal density. Both the transfer matrix approach and the coarse grids involved in the finite element analysis grant high efficiency. Comparison with alternative formulations demonstrates the effectiveness of the proposed methodology.

  8. Laser electrospray mass spectrometry of adsorbed molecules at atmospheric pressure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brady, John J.; Judge, Elizabeth J.; Simon, Kuriakose; Levis, Robert J.

    2010-02-01

    Atmospheric pressure mass analysis of solid phase biomolecules is performed using laser electrospray mass spectrometry (LEMS). A non-resonant femtosecond duration laser pulse vaporizes native samples at atmospheric pressure for subsequent electrospray ionization and transfer into a mass spectrometer. LEMS was used to detect a complex molecule (irinotecan HCl), a complex mixture (cold medicine formulation with active ingredients: acetaminophen, dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate), and a biological building block (deoxyguanosine) deposited on steel surfaces without a matrix molecule.

  9. Healing efficiency and dynamic mechanical properties of self-healing epoxy systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guadagno, Liberata; Raimondo, Marialuigia; Naddeo, Carlo; Longo, Pasquale; Mariconda, Annaluisa; Binder, Wolfgang H.

    2014-03-01

    Several systems to develop self-repairing epoxy resins have recently been formulated. In this paper the effect of matrix nature and curing cycle on the healing efficiency and dynamic mechanical properties of self-healing epoxy resins were investigated. We discuss several aspects by transferring self-healing systems from the laboratory scale to real applications in the aeronautic field, such as the possibility to choose systems with increased glass transition temperature, high storage modulus and high values in the healing functionality under real working conditions.

  10. Spin and Magnetism: Two Transfer Matrix Formulations of a Classical Heisenberg Ring in a Magnetic Field.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1998-06-01

    determination of the partition function could be attempted. According to Gatteschi et al, however, [Ref. 15] when commenting on the quantum mechanical...1995 15. Gatteschi , D. et al, "Large Clusters of Metal Ions: The Transition from Molecular to Bulk Magnets" Science vol. 265, pp. 1054-1058, August... Gatteschi , D. et al, "Spin Dynamics in Mesoscopic Size Magnetic Systems... ", Phys. Rev. B, vol. 55, no. 21, 01 June, 1997 18. Tejeda, J. etal, "Quantum

  11. Surface plasmons in new waveguide structures containing ultra-thin metal and silicon layers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shabat, M. M.; Ubeid, M. F.; Abu Rahma, M. A.

    2018-05-01

    Reflected and transmitted powers due to the interaction of electromagnetic waves with a structure containing thin metal and silicon layer are investigated in more detail. The formulations for the transverse electric wave case are provided. Transfer matrix method is used to find the reflection and the transmission coefficients at each interface. Numerical results are presented to show the effect of the structure parameters, the incidence angle and the wavelength on the reflected, transmitted and loss powers.

  12. Algorithms for Efficient Computation of Transfer Functions for Large Order Flexible Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Maghami, Peiman G.; Giesy, Daniel P.

    1998-01-01

    An efficient and robust computational scheme is given for the calculation of the frequency response function of a large order, flexible system implemented with a linear, time invariant control system. Advantage is taken of the highly structured sparsity of the system matrix of the plant based on a model of the structure using normal mode coordinates. The computational time per frequency point of the new computational scheme is a linear function of system size, a significant improvement over traditional, still-matrix techniques whose computational times per frequency point range from quadratic to cubic functions of system size. This permits the practical frequency domain analysis of systems of much larger order than by traditional, full-matrix techniques. Formulations are given for both open- and closed-loop systems. Numerical examples are presented showing the advantages of the present formulation over traditional approaches, both in speed and in accuracy. Using a model with 703 structural modes, the present method was up to two orders of magnitude faster than a traditional method. The present method generally showed good to excellent accuracy throughout the range of test frequencies, while traditional methods gave adequate accuracy for lower frequencies, but generally deteriorated in performance at higher frequencies with worst case errors being many orders of magnitude times the correct values.

  13. Low molecular weight polylactic acid as a matrix for the delayed release of pesticides.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Jing; Wilkins, Richard M

    2005-05-18

    Low molecular weight polylactic acid (LMW PLA) was used as a matrix to formulate biodegradable matrix granules and films with bromacil using a melt process. The compatibility of the PLA with bromacil was evaluated. The release characteristics of the formulations were investigated in vitro. The degradation and erosion of the formulations were monitored by pH and gravimetric analysis during the course of release. Various granules and films had similar biphasic release patterns, a delayed release followed by an explosive release. The release rates were independent of bromacil content in the matrix, but varied with the geometry of matrices. The mechanisms of diffusion and erosion were involved in the release. The delayed release of the formulations was dominantly governed by the degradation and erosion of PLA. LMW PLA underwent bulk erosion. LMW PLA-based matrix formulations could thus be useful for the application of pesticides to sensitive targets such as seed treatment.

  14. Methods of computing steady-state voltage stability margins of power systems

    DOEpatents

    Chow, Joe Hong; Ghiocel, Scott Gordon

    2018-03-20

    In steady-state voltage stability analysis, as load increases toward a maximum, conventional Newton-Raphson power flow Jacobian matrix becomes increasingly ill-conditioned so power flow fails to converge before reaching maximum loading. A method to directly eliminate this singularity reformulates the power flow problem by introducing an AQ bus with specified bus angle and reactive power consumption of a load bus. For steady-state voltage stability analysis, the angle separation between the swing bus and AQ bus can be varied to control power transfer to the load, rather than specifying the load power itself. For an AQ bus, the power flow formulation is only made up of a reactive power equation, thus reducing the size of the Jacobian matrix by one. This reduced Jacobian matrix is nonsingular at the critical voltage point, eliminating a major difficulty in voltage stability analysis for power system operations.

  15. Nine formulations of quantum mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Styer, Daniel F.; Balkin, Miranda S.; Becker, Kathryn M.; Burns, Matthew R.; Dudley, Christopher E.; Forth, Scott T.; Gaumer, Jeremy S.; Kramer, Mark A.; Oertel, David C.; Park, Leonard H.; Rinkoski, Marie T.; Smith, Clait T.; Wotherspoon, Timothy D.

    2002-03-01

    Nine formulations of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics are reviewed. These are the wavefunction, matrix, path integral, phase space, density matrix, second quantization, variational, pilot wave, and Hamilton-Jacobi formulations. Also mentioned are the many-worlds and transactional interpretations. The various formulations differ dramatically in mathematical and conceptual overview, yet each one makes identical predictions for all experimental results.

  16. Le Châtelier reciprocal relations and the mechanical analog

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gilmore, Robert

    1983-08-01

    Le Châtelier's principle is discussed carefully in terms of two sets of simple thermodynamic examples. The principle is then formulated quantitatively for general thermodynamic systems. The formulation is in terms of a perturbation-response matrix, the Le Châtelier matrix [L]. Le Châtelier's principle is contained in the diagonal elements of this matrix, all of which exceed one. These matrix elements describe the response of a system to a perturbation of either its extensive or intensive variables. These response ratios are inverses of each other. The Le Châtelier matrix is symmetric, so that a new set of thermodynamic reciprocal relations is derived. This quantitative formulation is illustrated by a single simple example which includes the original examples and shows the reciprocities among them. The assumptions underlying this new quantitative formulation of Le Châtelier's principle are general and applicable to a wide variety of nonthermodynamic systems. Le Châtelier's principle is formulated quantitatively for mechanical systems in static equilibrium, and mechanical examples of this formulation are given.

  17. A T Matrix Method Based upon Scalar Basis Functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mackowski, D.W.; Kahnert, F. M.; Mishchenko, Michael I.

    2013-01-01

    A surface integral formulation is developed for the T matrix of a homogenous and isotropic particle of arbitrary shape, which employs scalar basis functions represented by the translation matrix elements of the vector spherical wave functions. The formulation begins with the volume integral equation for scattering by the particle, which is transformed so that the vector and dyadic components in the equation are replaced with associated dipole and multipole level scalar harmonic wave functions. The approach leads to a volume integral formulation for the T matrix, which can be extended, by use of Green's identities, to the surface integral formulation. The result is shown to be equivalent to the traditional surface integral formulas based on the VSWF basis.

  18. 40 CFR Table 1 to Subpart III of... - HAP ABA Formulation Limitations Matrix for New Sources [see § 63.1297(d)(2)

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 true HAP ABA Formulation Limitations Matrix for New Sources [see § 63.1297(d)(2)] 1 Table 1 to Subpart III of Part 63 Protection of Environment... Formulation Limitations Matrix for New Sources [see § 63.1297(d)(2)] ER07OC98.010 ...

  19. A single dynamic observer-based module for design of simultaneous fault detection, isolation and tracking control scheme

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Davoodi, M.; Meskin, N.; Khorasani, K.

    2018-03-01

    The problem of simultaneous fault detection, isolation and tracking (SFDIT) control design for linear systems subject to both bounded energy and bounded peak disturbances is considered in this work. A dynamic observer is proposed and implemented by using the H∞/H-/L1 formulation of the SFDIT problem. A single dynamic observer module is designed that generates the residuals as well as the control signals. The objective of the SFDIT module is to ensure that simultaneously the effects of disturbances and control signals on the residual signals are minimised (in order to accomplish the fault detection goal) subject to the constraint that the transfer matrix from the faults to the residuals is equal to a pre-assigned diagonal transfer matrix (in order to accomplish the fault isolation goal), while the effects of disturbances, reference inputs and faults on the specified control outputs are minimised (in order to accomplish the fault-tolerant and tracking control goals). A set of linear matrix inequality (LMI) feasibility conditions are derived to ensure solvability of the problem. In order to illustrate and demonstrate the effectiveness of our proposed design methodology, the developed and proposed schemes are applied to an autonomous unmanned underwater vehicle (AUV).

  20. Teaching Fourier optics through ray matrices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moreno, I.; Sánchez-López, M. M.; Ferreira, C.; Davis, J. A.; Mateos, F.

    2005-03-01

    In this work we examine the use of ray-transfer matrices for teaching and for deriving some topics in a Fourier optics course, exploiting the mathematical simplicity of ray matrices compared to diffraction integrals. A simple analysis of the physical meaning of the elements of the ray matrix provides a fast derivation of the conditions to obtain the optical Fourier transform. We extend this derivation to fractional Fourier transform optical systems, and derive the order of the transform from the ray matrix. Some examples are provided to stress this point of view, both with classical and with graded index lenses. This formulation cannot replace the complete explanation of Fourier optics provided by the wave theory, but it is a complementary tool useful to simplify many aspects of Fourier optics and to relate them to geometrical optics.

  1. Polarimetric signatures of a coniferous forest canopy based on vector radiative transfer theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Karam, M. A.; Fung, A. K.; Amar, F.; Mougin, E.; Lopes, A.; Beaudoin, A.

    1992-01-01

    Complete polarization signatures of a coniferous forest canopy are studied by the iterative solution of the vector radiative transfer equations up to the second order. The forest canopy constituents (leaves, branches, stems, and trunk) are embedded in a multi-layered medium over a rough interface. The branches, stems and trunk scatterers are modeled as finite randomly oriented cylinders. The leaves are modeled as randomly oriented needles. For a plane wave exciting the canopy, the average Mueller matrix is formulated in terms of the iterative solution of the radiative transfer solution and used to determine the linearly polarized backscattering coefficients, the co-polarized and cross-polarized power returns, and the phase difference statistics. Numerical results are presented to investigate the effect of transmitting and receiving antenna configurations on the polarimetric signature of a pine forest. Comparison is made with measurements.

  2. Direct computational approach to lattice supersymmetric quantum mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kadoh, Daisuke; Nakayama, Katsumasa

    2018-07-01

    We study the lattice supersymmetric models numerically using the transfer matrix approach. This method consists only of deterministic processes and has no statistical uncertainties. We improve it by performing a scale transformation of variables such that the Witten index is correctly reproduced from the lattice model, and the other prescriptions are shown in detail. Compared to the precious Monte-Carlo results, we can estimate the effective masses, SUSY Ward identity and the cut-off dependence of the results in high precision. Those kinds of information are useful in improving lattice formulation of supersymmetric models.

  3. A TBA approach to thermal transport in the XXZ Heisenberg model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zotos, X.

    2017-10-01

    We show that the thermal Drude weight and magnetothermal coefficient of the 1D easy-plane Heisenberg model can be evaluated by an extension of the Bethe ansatz thermodynamics formulation by Takahashi and Suzuki (1972 Prog. Theor. Phys. 48 2187). They have earlier been obtained by the quantum transfer matrix method (Klümper 1999 Z. Phys. B 91 507). Furthermore, this approach can be applied to the study of the far-out of equilibrium energy current generated at the interface between two semi-infinite chains held at different temperatures.

  4. A direct approach to the design of linear multivariable systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Agrawal, B. L.

    1974-01-01

    Design of multivariable systems is considered and design procedures are formulated in the light of the most recent work on model matching. The word model matching is used exclusively to mean matching the input-output behavior of two systems. The term is used in the frequency domain to indicate the comparison of two transfer matrices containing transfer functions as elements. Design methods where non-interaction is not used as a criteria were studied. Two design methods are considered. The first method of design is based solely upon the specification of generalized error coefficients for each individual transfer function of the overall system transfer matrix. The second design method is called the pole fixing method because all the system poles are fixed at preassigned positions. The zeros of terms either above or below the diagonal are partially fixed via steady state error coefficients. The advantages and disadvantages of each method are discussed and an example is worked to demonstrate their uses. The special cases of triangular decoupling and minimum constraints are discussed.

  5. Role of vertex corrections in the matrix formulation of the random phase approximation for the multiorbital Hubbard model

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Altmeyer, Michaela; Guterding, Daniel; Hirschfeld, P. J.

    2016-12-21

    In the framework of a multiorbital Hubbard model description of superconductivity, a matrix formulation of the superconducting pairing interaction that has been widely used is designed to treat spin, charge, and orbital fluctuations within a random phase approximation (RPA). In terms of Feynman diagrams, this takes into account particle-hole ladder and bubble contributions as expected. It turns out, however, that this matrix formulation also generates additional terms which have the diagrammatic structure of vertex corrections. Furthermore we examine these terms and discuss the relationship between the matrix-RPA superconducting pairing interaction and the Feynman diagrams that it sums.

  6. Development and evaluation of Ketoprofen sustained release matrix tablet using Hibiscus rosa-sinensis leaves mucilage.

    PubMed

    Kaleemullah, M; Jiyauddin, K; Thiban, E; Rasha, S; Al-Dhalli, S; Budiasih, S; Gamal, O E; Fadli, A; Eddy, Y

    2017-07-01

    Currently, the use of natural gums and mucilage is of increasing importance in pharmaceutical formulations as valuable drug excipient. Natural plant-based materials are economic, free of side effects, biocompatible and biodegradable. Therefore, Ketoprofen matrix tablets were formulated by employing Hibiscus rosa-sinensis leaves mucilage as natural polymer and HPMC (K100M) as a synthetic polymer to sustain the drug release from matrix system. Direct compression method was used to develop sustained released matrix tablets. The formulated matrix tablets were evaluated in terms of physical appearance, weight variation, thickness, diameter, hardness, friability and in vitro drug release. The difference between the natural and synthetic polymers was investigated concurrently. Matrix tablets developed from each formulation passed all standard physical evaluation tests. The dissolution studies of formulated tablets revealed sustained drug release up to 24 h compared to the reference drug Apo Keto® SR tablets. The dissolution data later were fitted into kinetic models such as zero order equation, first order equation, Higuchi equation, Hixson Crowell equation and Korsmeyer-Peppas equation to study the release of drugs from each formulation. The best formulations were selected based on the similarity factor ( f 2 ) value of 50% and more. Through the research, it is found that by increasing the polymers concentration, the rate of drug release decreased for both natural and synthetic polymers. The best formulation was found to be F3 which contained 40% Hibiscus rosa-sinensis mucilage polymer and showed comparable dissolution profile to the reference drug with f 2 value of 78.03%. The release kinetics of this formulation has shown to follow non-Fickian type which involved both diffusion and erosion mechanism. Additionally, the statistical results indicated that there was no significant difference (p > 0.05) between the F3 and reference drug in terms of MDT and T50% with p-values of 1.00 and 0.995 respectively.

  7. Swelling, erosion and drug release characteristics of salbutamol sulfate from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose-based matrix tablets.

    PubMed

    Chaibva, Faith A; Khamanga, Sandile M M; Walker, Roderick B

    2010-12-01

    Hydrophilic matrix formulations are important and simple technologies that are used to manufacture sustained release dosage forms. Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose-based matrix tablets, with and without additives, were manufactured to investigate the rate of hydration, rate of erosion, and rate and mechanism of drug release. Scanning electron microscopy was used to assess changes in the microstructure of the tablets during drug release testing and whether these changes could be related to the rate of drug release from the formulations. The results revealed that the rate of hydration and erosion was dependent on the polymer combination(s) used, which in turn affected the rate and mechanism of drug release from these formulations. It was also apparent that changes in the microstructure of matrix tablets could be related to the different rates of drug release that were observed from the test formulations. The use of scanning electron microscopy provides useful information to further understand drug release mechanisms from matrix tablets.

  8. Topological Edge Modes in Active Mikado Networks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhou, Di; Zhang, Leyou; Mao, Xiaoming

    Mechanical properties of disordered fiber networks are not only important in understanding a broad range of natural (such as the cytoskeleton and the extracellular matrix) and manmade materials (such as aerogels and porous media) but also exhibit interesting and rich physics. In this talk, we discuss how topological floppy edge modes can emerge from these fiber networks as a result of active driving. It is known that straight fibers in a network carries a state of self-stress and bears a bulk floppy mode. We find that, interestingly, by driving the network with a tiny perturbation, the bulk modes evolve into edge modes. We introduce a new transfer matrix formulation that can be applied to this strongly disordered system, to characterize the topological edge modes. We also discuss possible implications of these edge modes in biological processes. NSF-DMR-1609051.

  9. Design for active and passive flutter suppression and gust alleviation. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Karpel, M.

    1981-01-01

    Analytical design techniques for active and passive control of aeroelastic systems are based on a rational approximation of the unsteady aerodynamic loads in the entire Laplace domain, which yields matrix equations of motion with constant coefficients. Some existing schemes are reviewed, the matrix Pade approximant is modified, and a technique which yields a minimal number of augmented states for a desired accuracy is presented. The state-space aeroelastic model is used to design an active control system for simultaneous flutter suppression and gust alleviation. The design target is for a continuous controller which transfers some measurements taken on the vehicle to a control command applied to a control surface. Structural modifications are formulated in a way which enables the treatment of passive flutter suppression system with the same procedures by which active control systems are designed.

  10. Application of mixture experimental design in the formulation and optimization of matrix tablets containing carbomer and hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose.

    PubMed

    Petrovic, Aleksandra; Cvetkovic, Nebojsa; Ibric, Svetlana; Trajkovic, Svetlana; Djuric, Zorica; Popadic, Dragica; Popovic, Radmila

    2009-12-01

    Using mixture experimental design, the effect of carbomer (Carbopol((R)) 971P NF) and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (Methocel((R)) K100M or Methocel((R)) K4M) combination on the release profile and on the mechanism of drug liberation from matrix tablet was investigated. The numerical optimization procedure was also applied to establish and obtain formulation with desired drug release. The amount of TP released, release rate and mechanism varied with carbomer ratio in total matrix and HPMC viscosity. Increasing carbomer fractions led to a decrease in drug release. Anomalous diffusion was found in all matrices containing carbomer, while Case - II transport was predominant for tablet based on HPMC only. The predicted and obtained profiles for optimized formulations showed similarity. Those results indicate that Simplex Lattice Mixture experimental design and numerical optimization procedure can be applied during development to obtain sustained release matrix formulation with desired release profile.

  11. On integrable boundaries in the 2 dimensional O(N) σ-models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aniceto, Inês; Bajnok, Zoltán; Gombor, Tamás; Kim, Minkyoo; Palla, László

    2017-09-01

    We make an attempt to map the integrable boundary conditions for 2 dimensional non-linear O(N) σ-models. We do it at various levels: classically, by demanding the existence of infinitely many conserved local charges and also by constructing the double row transfer matrix from the Lax connection, which leads to the spectral curve formulation of the problem; at the quantum level, we describe the solutions of the boundary Yang-Baxter equation and derive the Bethe-Yang equations. We then show how to connect the thermodynamic limit of the boundary Bethe-Yang equations to the spectral curve.

  12. Formulation and evaluation of polyelectrolyte complex-based matrix tablet of Isosorbide Mononitrate

    PubMed Central

    Syed, Iizhar Ahmed; Niveditha, P.; Ahmad, Ismail

    2014-01-01

    Introduction: The polyelectrolyte Complexes (PECs) are based on ionic cross-linking. They have been employed to prepare a sustained release matrix tablets. These systems are based upon the fact that their structure can entrap the drug within them. Isosorbide Mononitrate (ISMN) is an anti-anginal organic nitrate vasodilator used in the treatment of various cardiovascular disorders and prophylaxis of angina Pectoris, which is poorly absorbed from the upper GIT, hence CR formulation is desirable. Materials and Methods: Chitosan (CH)/Sodium alginate (SA), Guar gum (GG), and Xanthan gum (XG) were used as PECs, and were prepared using different proportions i.e., in 1:1 and 1:2 ratio. The optimum ratio of CH: SA, CH: GG and CH: XG was in the ratio was 1:2; these are formed due to electrostatic interaction between oppositely charged poly ions. These normally employ a hydrophilic matrix system. Matrix tablet of ISMN was formulated by using PECs as matrix forming agent by wet granulation technique. Results: The tablets were evaluated for hardness, wt variation, drug content, and in-vitro dissolution studies and found to be within limits. Release kinetics data indicated that ISMN released from the PECs-based matrix tablets of CH-SA, CH-GG and CH-XG CP in 1:1 and 1:2 ratio, followed Fickian and non-Fickian diffusion mechanism respectively. Thus, the drug release rate was extended for over a period of more than 12 h stability studies. There is no significant difference in the mean % drug released from formulation CH-X2 after storing for 3 months at 40°C/75% RH. The FT-IR spectra revealed that there was no interaction between polymers and drug, Statistical analysis showed a significant differences (P < 0.05) for the amount of ISMN released from the formulations (MXG) and formulations (CH-X2). Conclusion: Formulation CH-XG2 (1:2) showed better sustained release of highly water-soluble ISMN with the desired release rate. Thus, the formulated PECs-based matrix tablets seems to be a potential candidate for sustained drug delivery of highly soluble drug ISMN in the symptomatic therapy of angina pectoris. PMID:24678461

  13. Evaluation of damping loss factor of flat laminates by sound transmission

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Parrinello, A.; Ghiringhelli, G. L.

    2018-06-01

    A novel approach to investigate and evaluate the damping loss factor of a planar multilayered structure is presented. A statistical analysis reveals the connection between the damping properties of the structure and the transmission of sound through the thickness of its laterally infinite counterpart. The obtained expression for the panel loss factor involves all the derivatives of the transmission and reflection coefficients of the layered structure with respect each layer damping. The properties of the fluid for which the sound transmission is evaluated are chosen to fulfil the hypotheses on the basis of the statistical formulation. A transfer matrix approach is used to compute the required transmission and reflection coefficients, making it possible to deal with structures having arbitrary stratifications of different layers and also granting high efficiency in a wide frequency range. Comparison with alternative formulations and measurements demonstrates the effectiveness of the proposed methodology.

  14. Prolonged release matrix tablet of pyridostigmine bromide: formulation and optimization using statistical methods.

    PubMed

    Bolourchian, Noushin; Rangchian, Maryam; Foroutan, Seyed Mohsen

    2012-07-01

    The aim of this study was to design and optimize a prolonged release matrix formulation of pyridostigmine bromide, an effective drug in myasthenia gravis and poisoning with nerve gas, using hydrophilic - hydrophobic polymers via D-optimal experimental design. HPMC and carnauba wax as retarding agents as well as tricalcium phosphate were used in matrix formulation and considered as independent variables. Tablets were prepared by wet granulation technique and the percentage of drug released at 1 (Y(1)), 4 (Y(2)) and 8 (Y(3)) hours were considered as dependent variables (responses) in this investigation. These experimental responses were best fitted for the cubic, cubic and linear models, respectively. The optimal formulation obtained in this study, consisted of 12.8 % HPMC, 24.4 % carnauba wax and 26.7 % tricalcium phosphate, had a suitable prolonged release behavior followed by Higuchi model in which observed and predicted values were very close. The study revealed that D-optimal design could facilitate the optimization of prolonged release matrix tablet containing pyridostigmine bromide. Accelerated stability studies confirmed that the optimized formulation remains unchanged after exposing in stability conditions for six months.

  15. Diffusion relaxation times of nonequilibrium isolated small bodies and their solid phase ensembles to equilibrium states

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tovbin, Yu. K.

    2017-08-01

    The possibility of obtaining analytical estimates in a diffusion approximation of the times needed by nonequilibrium small bodies to relax to their equilibrium states based on knowledge of the mass transfer coefficient is considered. This coefficient is expressed as the product of the self-diffusion coefficient and the thermodynamic factor. A set of equations for the diffusion transport of mixture components is formulated, characteristic scales of the size of microheterogeneous phases are identified, and effective mass transfer coefficients are constructed for them. Allowing for the developed interface of coexisting and immiscible phases along with the porosity of solid phases is discussed. This approach can be applied to the diffusion equalization of concentrations of solid mixture components in many physicochemical systems: the mutual diffusion of components in multicomponent systems (alloys, semiconductors, solid mixtures of inert gases) and the mass transfer of an absorbed mobile component in the voids of a matrix consisting of slow components or a mixed composition of mobile and slow components (e.g., hydrogen in metals, oxygen in oxides, and the transfer of molecules through membranes of different natures, including polymeric).

  16. Iterative Methods for the Non-LTE Transfer of Polarized Radiation: Resonance Line Polarization in One-dimensional Atmospheres

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Trujillo Bueno, Javier; Manso Sainz, Rafael

    1999-05-01

    This paper shows how to generalize to non-LTE polarization transfer some operator splitting methods that were originally developed for solving unpolarized transfer problems. These are the Jacobi-based accelerated Λ-iteration (ALI) method of Olson, Auer, & Buchler and the iterative schemes based on Gauss-Seidel and successive overrelaxation (SOR) iteration of Trujillo Bueno and Fabiani Bendicho. The theoretical framework chosen for the formulation of polarization transfer problems is the quantum electrodynamics (QED) theory of Landi Degl'Innocenti, which specifies the excitation state of the atoms in terms of the irreducible tensor components of the atomic density matrix. This first paper establishes the grounds of our numerical approach to non-LTE polarization transfer by concentrating on the standard case of scattering line polarization in a gas of two-level atoms, including the Hanle effect due to a weak microturbulent and isotropic magnetic field. We begin demonstrating that the well-known Λ-iteration method leads to the self-consistent solution of this type of problem if one initializes using the ``exact'' solution corresponding to the unpolarized case. We show then how the above-mentioned splitting methods can be easily derived from this simple Λ-iteration scheme. We show that our SOR method is 10 times faster than the Jacobi-based ALI method, while our implementation of the Gauss-Seidel method is 4 times faster. These iterative schemes lead to the self-consistent solution independently of the chosen initialization. The convergence rate of these iterative methods is very high; they do not require either the construction or the inversion of any matrix, and the computing time per iteration is similar to that of the Λ-iteration method.

  17. Film-forming formulations containing porous silica for the sustained delivery of actives to the skin.

    PubMed

    Heck, Rouven; Hermann, Sabrina; Lunter, Dominique J; Daniels, Rolf

    2016-11-01

    The purpose of this study was to develop film-forming formulations facilitating long-term treatment of chronic pruritus with capsaicinoids. To this end, an oily solution of nonivamide was loaded into porous silica particles which were then suspended in the dispersion of a sustained release polymer. Such formulations form a film when applied to the skin and encapsulate the drug loaded silica particles in a dry polymeric matrix. Dermal delivery and permeation of the antipruritic drug nonivamide (NVA) are controlled by the matrix. The film-forming formulations were examined regarding homogeneity, storage stability, substantivity and ex vivo skin permeation. Confocal Raman spectral imaging proved the stability of silica-based film-forming formulations over a period of 6 months. Substantivity was found to be enhanced substantially compared to a conventional semisolid formulation. Permeation rates of nonivamide from film-forming formulations through the skin are much lower compared to those achieved with a conventional immediate release formulation with the same drug amount. Due to the drug reservoir in the polymer matrix, a sustained permeation is enabled. Film-forming formulations may therefore improve the treatment of chronic pruritus with capsaicinoids by enhancing patient compliance through a sustained release regime. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Formulation and in vitro evaluation of sustained release matrix tablets using cross-linked natural gum.

    PubMed

    Jamil, Qurratul Ain; Masood, Muhammad Irfan; Jamil, Muhammad Nauman; Masood, Imran; Iqbal, Shahid Muhammad

    2017-03-01

    Polysaccharide gums because of their biocompatibility, biodegradability and non-immunogenic properties are considered as the best choice for preparing sustained release tablets as compared to their synthetic counterpart. The cross linking of natural gums in matrix tablets increase the sustained release property of matrix tablets. Isoniazid is a first line therapy of tuberculosis, belongs to BCS I with half-life of 3-4 hours. These characteristics make isoniazid a good candidate for sustained release dosage form. Karaya gum crossed linked with trisodium tri metaphosphate was used as release rate retardant for preparing isoniazid cross-linked matrix tablet. Total 8 sustained release formulations were prepared. Both granules and tablets were evaluated under in vitro condition against different parameters. Dissolution studies were performed with all eight formulations for 12 hours using USP apparatus I. Four formulations designated as F1, F2, F3, F4 have drug and karaya gum while other four formulations F5, F6, F7, F8 have drug and crossed linked polymer in ratios of 1:1, 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4 respectively. Dissolution data was analyzed by using different kinetic models. Best fit model for most efficient formulation was zero order while release mechanism was super case I. Formulation 8 showed sufficiently slow release kinetics and about 83% of drug was released in 10 hours, indicating that cross-linked karaya gum proved efficient in preparing sustained release tablets.

  19. Geometrically induced surface polaritons in planar nanostructured metallic cavities

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Davids, P. S.; Intravia, F; Dalvit, Diego A.

    2014-01-14

    We examine the modal structure and dispersion of periodically nanostructured planar metallic cavities within the scattering matrix formulation. By nanostructuring a metallic grating in a planar cavity, artificial surface excitations or spoof plasmon modes are induced with dispersion determined by the periodicity and geometric characteristics of the grating. These spoof surface plasmon modes are shown to give rise to new cavity polaritonic modes at short mirror separations that modify the density of modes in nanostructured cavities. The increased modal density of states form cavity polarirons have a large impact on the fluctuation induced electromagnetic forces and enhanced hear transfer atmore » short separations.« less

  20. STABCAR: A program for finding characteristic root systems having transcendental stability matrices

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Adams, W. M., Jr.; Tiffany, S. H.; Newsom, J. R.; Peele, E. L.

    1984-01-01

    STABCAR can be used to determine the characteristic roots of flexible, actively controlled aircraft, including the effects of unsteady aerodynamics. A modal formulation and a transfer-matrix representation of the control system are employed. Operable in either a batch or an interactive mode, STABCAR can provide graphical or tabular output of the variation of the roots with velocity, density, altitude, dynamic pressure or feedback gains. Herein the mathematical model, program structure, input requirements, output capabilities, and a series of sample cases are detailed. STABCAR was written for use on CDC CYBER 175 equipment; modification would be required for operation on other machines.

  1. Transfer matrix calculation for ion optical elements using real fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mishra, P. M.; Blaum, K.; George, S.; Grieser, M.; Wolf, A.

    2018-03-01

    With the increasing importance of ion storage rings and traps in low energy physics experiments, an efficient transport of ion species from the ion source area to the experimental setup becomes essential. Some available, powerful software packages rely on transfer matrix calculations in order to compute the ion trajectory through the ion-optical beamline systems of high complexity. With analytical approaches, so far the transfer matrices are documented only for a few ideal ion optical elements. Here we describe an approach (using beam tracking calculations) to determine the transfer matrix for any individual electrostatic or magnetostatic ion optical element. We verify the procedure by considering the well-known cases and then apply it to derive the transfer matrix of a 90-degree electrostatic quadrupole deflector including its realistic geometry and fringe fields. A transfer line consisting of a quadrupole deflector and a quadrupole doublet is considered, where the results from the standard first order transfer matrix based ion optical simulation program implementing the derived transfer matrix is compared with the real field beam tracking simulations.

  2. Electrically conductive, black thermal control coatings for space craft application. II - Silicone matrix formulation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hribar, V. F.; Bauer, J. L.; O'Donnell, T. P.

    1986-01-01

    Five black electrically conductive thermal-control coatings have been formulated and tested for application on the Galileo spacecraft. The coatings consisted of organic and inorganic systems applied on titanium and aluminum surfaces. The coatings were tested under simulated space environment conditions. Coated specimens were subjected to thermal radiation and convective and conductive heating from -196 to 538 C. Mechanical, physical, thermal, electrical, and optical characteristics, formulation, mixing, application, surface preparation of substrates, and a method of determining electrical resistance are presented for the silicone matrix formulation designated as GF-580.

  3. Dispersion relations of elastic waves in one-dimensional piezoelectric/piezomagnetic phononic crystal with initial stresses.

    PubMed

    Guo, Xiao; Wei, Peijun

    2016-03-01

    The dispersion relations of elastic waves in a one-dimensional phononic crystal formed by periodically repeating of a pre-stressed piezoelectric slab and a pre-stressed piezomagnetic slab are studied in this paper. The influences of initial stress on the dispersive relation are considered based on the incremental stress theory. First, the incremental stress theory of elastic solid is extended to the magneto-electro-elasto solid. The governing equations, constitutive equations, and boundary conditions of the incremental stresses in a magneto-electro-elasto solid are derived with consideration of the existence of initial stresses. Then, the transfer matrices of a pre-stressed piezoelectric slab and a pre-stressed piezomagnetic slab are formulated, respectively. The total transfer matrix of a single cell in the phononic crystal is obtained by the multiplication of two transfer matrixes related with two adjacent slabs. Furthermore, the Bloch theorem is used to obtain the dispersive equations of in-plane and anti-plane Bloch waves. The dispersive equations are solved numerically and the numerical results are shown graphically. The oblique propagation and the normal propagation situations are both considered. In the case of normal propagation of elastic waves, the analytical expressions of the dispersion equation are derived and compared with other literatures. The influences of initial stresses, including the normal initial stresses and shear initial stresses, on the dispersive relations are both discussed based on the numerical results. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Nonlinear mechanical behavior of thermoplastic matrix materials for advanced composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arenz, R. J.; Landel, R. F.

    1989-01-01

    Two recent theories of nonlinear mechanical response are quantitatively compared and related to experimental data. Computer techniques are formulated to handle the numerical integration and iterative procedures needed to solve the associated sets of coupled nonlinear differential equations. Problems encountered during these formulations are discussed and some open questions described. Bearing in mind these cautions, the consequences of changing parameters that appear in the formulations on the resulting engineering properties are discussed. Hence, engineering approaches to the analysis of thermoplastic matrix material can be suggested.

  5. Formulation and in vitro characterization of xanthan gum-based sustained release matrix tables of isosorbide-5- mononitrate.

    PubMed

    Kar, Rajat; Mohapatra, Snehamayee; Bhanja, Satyabrata; Das, Debjyoti; Barik, Bhaktibhusan

    2010-01-01

    In the present investigation an attempt has been made to increase therapeutic efficacy, to reduce frequency of administration and to improve patient compliance by developing a sustained release matrix tablets of isosorbide-5-mononitrate. Sustained release matrix tablets of isosorbide-5-mononitrate were developed by using different drug: polymer ratios, such in F1 (1:0.75), F2 (1:1), F3 (1:1.5), F4 (1:1.75) and F6 (1:2). Xanthan gum was used as matrix former and microcrystalline cellulose as diluent. All the lubricated formulations were compressed, using 8mm flat faced punches. Compressed tablets were evaluated for uniformity of weight, content of active ingredient, friability, hardness, thickness, in vitro dissolution study using basket method and swelling index. Each formulation showed compliance with pharmacopoeial standards. Among all formulations, F5 showed a greater sustained release pattern of drug over a 12 h period with 92.12% of drug being released. The kinetic studies showed that drug release follows the Higuchi model (r(2) =0.9851). Korsemeyer and Peppas equation gave an n-value of 0.4566, which was close to 0.5, indicating that drug release follows the Fickian diffusion. Thus, xanthan gum can be used as an effective matrix former to extend the release of isosorbide-5-mononitrate. No significant difference was observed in the dissolution profile of optimized formulation, using basket and paddle apparatus.

  6. Parameter retrieval of chiral metamaterials based on the state-space approach.

    PubMed

    Zarifi, Davoud; Soleimani, Mohammad; Abdolali, Ali

    2013-08-01

    This paper deals with the introduction of an approach for the electromagnetic characterization of homogeneous chiral layers. The proposed method is based on the state-space approach and properties of a 4×4 state transition matrix. Based on this, first, the forward problem analysis through the state-space method is reviewed and properties of the state transition matrix of a chiral layer are presented and proved as two theorems. The formulation of a proposed electromagnetic characterization method is then presented. In this method, scattering data for a linearly polarized plane wave incident normally on a homogeneous chiral slab are combined with properties of a state transition matrix and provide a powerful characterization method. The main difference with respect to other well-established retrieval procedures based on the use of the scattering parameters relies on the direct computation of the transfer matrix of the slab as opposed to the conventional calculation of the propagation constant and impedance of the modes supported by the medium. The proposed approach allows avoiding nonlinearity of the problem but requires getting enough equations to fulfill the task which was provided by considering some properties of the state transition matrix. To demonstrate the applicability and validity of the method, the constitutive parameters of two well-known dispersive chiral metamaterial structures at microwave frequencies are retrieved. The results show that the proposed method is robust and reliable.

  7. Formulation and evaluation of floating matrix tablet of stavudine

    PubMed Central

    Prajapati, Pankaj H; Nakum, Vijay V; Patel, Chhagan N

    2012-01-01

    Background/Aim: The purpose of the study was to prolong the gastric residence time of stavudine by designing its floating tablets and to study the influence of different polymers on its release rate. Materials and Methods: The floating mix matrix tablets of stavudine were prepared by melt granulation method. Beeswax was used as hydrophobic meltable material. Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), sodium bicarbonate, and ethyl cellulose were used as matrixing agent, gas generating agent, and floating enhancer, respectively. The prepared tablets were evaluated for physicochemical parameters such as hardness, weight variation, friability, floating properties (floating lag time, total floating time), drug content, stability study, and in vitro drug release. The drug- polymer interaction was studied by Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) thermal analysis and Fourier transform infared (FT-IR). Results: The floating lag time of all the formulations was within the prescribed limit (<3 min). All the formulations showed good matrix integrity and retarded the release of drug for 12 h except the formulation F5.The concentration of beeswax (X1), HPMC K4M (X2), and ethyl cellulose (X3) were selected as independent variables and drug release values at 1 (Q1), at 6 (Q6) and at 12 h (Q12) as dependent variables. Formulation F7 was selected as an optimum formulation as it showed more similarity in dissolution profile with theoretical profile (similarity factor, f2 = 70.91). The dissolution of batch F7 can be described by zero-order kinetics (R2 =0.9936) with anomalous (non-Fickian) diffusion as the release mechanism (n=0.545). There was no difference observed in release profile after temperature sensitivity study at 40°C/75% relative humidity (RH) for 1 month. Conclusion: It can be concluded from this study that the combined mix matrix system containing hydrophobic and hydrophilic polymer minimized the burst release of drug from the tablet and achieved a drug release by zero-order kinetics, which is practically difficult with only hydrophilic matrix. PMID:23119237

  8. Quantum interference in multi-branched molecules: The exact transfer matrix solutions.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Yu

    2017-12-07

    We present a transfer matrix formalism for studying quantum interference in a single molecule electronic system with internal branched structures. Based on the Schrödinger equation with the Bethe ansatz and employing Kirchhoff's rule for quantum wires, we derive a general closed-form expression for the transmission and reflection amplitudes of a two-port quantum network. We show that the transport through a molecule with complex internal structures can be reduced to that of a single two-port scattering unit, which contains all the information of the original composite molecule. Our method allows for the calculation of the transmission coefficient for various types of individual molecular modules giving rise to different resonant transport behaviors such as the Breit-Wigner, Fano, and Mach-Zehnder resonances. As an illustration, we first re-derive the transmittance of the Aharonov-Bohm ring, and then we apply our formulation to N identical parity-time (PT)-symmetric potentials, connected in series as well as in parallel. It is shown that the spectral singularities and PT-symmetric transitions of single scattering cells may be observed in coupled systems. Such transitions may occur at the same or distinct values of the critical parameters, depending on the connection modes under which the scattering objects are coupled.

  9. Validation of a numerical method for interface-resolving simulation of multicomponent gas-liquid mass transfer and evaluation of multicomponent diffusion models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Woo, Mino; Wörner, Martin; Tischer, Steffen; Deutschmann, Olaf

    2018-03-01

    The multicomponent model and the effective diffusivity model are well established diffusion models for numerical simulation of single-phase flows consisting of several components but are seldom used for two-phase flows so far. In this paper, a specific numerical model for interfacial mass transfer by means of a continuous single-field concentration formulation is combined with the multicomponent model and effective diffusivity model and is validated for multicomponent mass transfer. For this purpose, several test cases for one-dimensional physical or reactive mass transfer of ternary mixtures are considered. The numerical results are compared with analytical or numerical solutions of the Maxell-Stefan equations and/or experimental data. The composition-dependent elements of the diffusivity matrix of the multicomponent and effective diffusivity model are found to substantially differ for non-dilute conditions. The species mole fraction or concentration profiles computed with both diffusion models are, however, for all test cases very similar and in good agreement with the analytical/numerical solutions or measurements. For practical computations, the effective diffusivity model is recommended due to its simplicity and lower computational costs.

  10. Effects of formulation variables and post-compression curing on drug release from a new sustained-release matrix material: polyvinylacetate-povidone.

    PubMed

    Shao, Z J; Farooqi, M I; Diaz, S; Krishna, A K; Muhammad, N A

    2001-01-01

    A new commercially available sustained-release matrix material, Kollidon SR, composed of polyvinylacetate and povidone, was evaluated with respect to its ability to modulate the in vitro release of a highly water-soluble model compound, diphenhydramine HCl. Kollidon SR was found to provide a sustained-release effect for the model compound, with certain formulation and processing variables playing an important role in controlling its release kinetics. Formulation variables affecting the release include the level of the polymeric material in the matrix, excipient level, as well as the nature of the excipients (water soluble vs. water insoluble). Increasing the ratio of a water-insoluble excipient, Emcompress, to Kollidon SR enhanced drug release. The incorporation of a water-soluble excipient, lactose, accelerated its release rate in a more pronounced manner. Stability studies conducted at 40 degrees C/75% RH revealed a slow-down in dissolution rate for the drug-Kollidon SR formulation, as a result of polyvinylacetate relaxation. Further studies demonstrated that a post-compression curing step effectively stabilized the release pattern of formulations containing > or = 47% Kollidon SR. The release mechanism of Kollidon-drug and drug-Kollidon-Emcompress formulations appears to be diffusion controlled, while that of the drug-Kollidon-lactose formulation appears to be controlled predominantly by diffusion along with erosion.

  11. Hyaluronidase: a review of approved formulations, indications and off-label use in chronic pain management.

    PubMed

    Dunn, Amber L; Heavner, James E; Racz, Gabor; Day, Miles

    2010-01-01

    Hyaluronidase for injection is an adjuvant that increases the absorption and dispersion of other injected drugs or fluids (hypodermoclysis); and improves absorption of radiopaque agents in subcutaneous urography. Ovine hyaluronidase is approved for the treatment of vitreous hemorrhages. We review approved indications for injectable hyaluronidase and off-label uses as well as safety, efficacy and dosing information. We compare formulations made using animal tissue extracts versus the novel human recombinant type. Emphasis is on the human recombinant form and off-label uses in patients with chronic pain. Hyaluronidase reduces the obstacle that the interstitial matrix presents to fluid and drug transfer. It is a mucolytic enzyme derived from mammalian tissue or synthesized in vitro in pure form (rHuPH20) using recombinant technology. Hyaluronidase is used off-label in chronic pain management to facilitate removal of epidural adhesions with mechanical and/or hydrostatic forces and to treat edema. The recently introduced rHuPH20 formulation obviates any risk of allergic reaction or prion-related illnesses. Reduction of edema by hyaluronidase and facilitation of epidural adhesioloysis may be beneficial in treating certain chronic painful conditions.

  12. Current advances on polynomial resultant formulations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sulaiman, Surajo; Aris, Nor'aini; Ahmad, Shamsatun Nahar

    2017-08-01

    Availability of computer algebra systems (CAS) lead to the resurrection of the resultant method for eliminating one or more variables from the polynomials system. The resultant matrix method has advantages over the Groebner basis and Ritt-Wu method due to their high complexity and storage requirement. This paper focuses on the current resultant matrix formulations and investigates their ability or otherwise towards producing optimal resultant matrices. A determinantal formula that gives exact resultant or a formulation that can minimize the presence of extraneous factors in the resultant formulation is often sought for when certain conditions that it exists can be determined. We present some applications of elimination theory via resultant formulations and examples are given to explain each of the presented settings.

  13. Tracking trade transactions in water resource systems: A node-arc optimization formulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Erfani, Tohid; Huskova, Ivana; Harou, Julien J.

    2013-05-01

    We formulate and apply a multicommodity network flow node-arc optimization model capable of tracking trade transactions in complex water resource systems. The model uses a simple node to node network connectivity matrix and does not require preprocessing of all possible flow paths in the network. We compare the proposed node-arc formulation with an existing arc-path (flow path) formulation and explain the advantages and difficulties of both approaches. We verify the proposed formulation model on a hypothetical water distribution network. Results indicate the arc-path model solves the problem with fewer constraints, but the proposed formulation allows using a simple network connectivity matrix which simplifies modeling large or complex networks. The proposed algorithm allows converting existing node-arc hydroeconomic models that broadly represent water trading to ones that also track individual supplier-receiver relationships (trade transactions).

  14. A simulated RTM process for fabricating polyimide (AMB-21) carbon fiber composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Avva, V. Sarma; Sadler, Robert L.; Thomas, Shanon

    1995-01-01

    An experimental polyimide matrix, AMB-21 - supplied by NASA/LeRC, was especially formulated to be non-carcinogenic. It was also expected to be amenable to a Resin Transfer Molding Process (RTM). AMB-21 is a solid at room temperature and must be heated to a very high temperature to obtain a fluid state. However, even after heating it to a realistic high temperature, it was found to be too viscous for use in a RTM process. As a result, a promising approach was experimented leading to the introduction of the resin into a solvent solution in order to obtain a viscosity suitable for RTM. A mixture of methanol and tetrahydroferone was found to be a suitable solvent mixture. The matrix solution was introduced into carbon-fiber preform using two techniques: (1) injection of matrix into a Resin Transfer Mold after positioning the preform into the 'mold cavity', and (2) infiltration of matrix into the preform using the 'autoclave through-the-thickness transfer process'. After completing the resin transfer (infiltration) process, the 'filled' preform was heated to 300 F for one hour to reduce the solvent content. The temperature was then increased to 400 F under a vacuum to complete the solvent evaporation and to remove volatile products of the polyimide imidization. The impregnated preform was removed from the mold and press-cured at 200 psi and 600 FF for two hours. The resulting panel was found to be of reasonably good quality. This observation was based on the results obtained from short beam shear strength (700-8000 psi) tests and microscopic examination of the cross-section indicating a very low level of porosity. Further, the flash around the molded panels from the compression molding was free of porosity indicating the removal of volatiles, solvents, and other imidization products. Based on these studies, a new RTM mold containing a diaphragm capable of applying 200 psi at 600 F has been designed and constructed with the expectation that it will allow the incorporation of all of the above processing steps, including the consolidation with the preform in the mold cavity. Moreover, the new diaphragm design will enable to process larger preform panels. Processing studies with the diaphragm mold are being initiated.

  15. An accurate and linear-scaling method for calculating charge-transfer excitation energies and diabatic couplings

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pavanello, Michele; Van Voorhis, Troy; Visscher, Lucas

    2013-02-07

    Quantum-mechanical methods that are both computationally fast and accurate are not yet available for electronic excitations having charge transfer character. In this work, we present a significant step forward towards this goal for those charge transfer excitations that take place between non-covalently bound molecules. In particular, we present a method that scales linearly with the number of non-covalently bound molecules in the system and is based on a two-pronged approach: The molecular electronic structure of broken-symmetry charge-localized states is obtained with the frozen density embedding formulation of subsystem density-functional theory; subsequently, in a post-SCF calculation, the full-electron Hamiltonian and overlapmore » matrix elements among the charge-localized states are evaluated with an algorithm which takes full advantage of the subsystem DFT density partitioning technique. The method is benchmarked against coupled-cluster calculations and achieves chemical accuracy for the systems considered for intermolecular separations ranging from hydrogen-bond distances to tens of Angstroms. Numerical examples are provided for molecular clusters comprised of up to 56 non-covalently bound molecules.« less

  16. An accurate and linear-scaling method for calculating charge-transfer excitation energies and diabatic couplings.

    PubMed

    Pavanello, Michele; Van Voorhis, Troy; Visscher, Lucas; Neugebauer, Johannes

    2013-02-07

    Quantum-mechanical methods that are both computationally fast and accurate are not yet available for electronic excitations having charge transfer character. In this work, we present a significant step forward towards this goal for those charge transfer excitations that take place between non-covalently bound molecules. In particular, we present a method that scales linearly with the number of non-covalently bound molecules in the system and is based on a two-pronged approach: The molecular electronic structure of broken-symmetry charge-localized states is obtained with the frozen density embedding formulation of subsystem density-functional theory; subsequently, in a post-SCF calculation, the full-electron Hamiltonian and overlap matrix elements among the charge-localized states are evaluated with an algorithm which takes full advantage of the subsystem DFT density partitioning technique. The method is benchmarked against coupled-cluster calculations and achieves chemical accuracy for the systems considered for intermolecular separations ranging from hydrogen-bond distances to tens of Ångstroms. Numerical examples are provided for molecular clusters comprised of up to 56 non-covalently bound molecules.

  17. Formation and Growth of Micro and Macro Bubbles on Copper-Graphite Composite Surfaces

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chao, David F.; Sankovic, John M.; Motil, Brian J.; Zhang, Nengli

    2007-01-01

    Micro scale boiling behavior in the vicinity of graphite micro-fiber tips on the coppergraphite composite boiling surfaces is investigated. It is discovered that a large number of micro bubbles are formed first at the micro scratches and cavities on the copper matrix in pool boiling. In virtue of the non-wetting property of graphite, once the growing micro bubbles touch the graphite tips, the micro bubbles are sucked by the tips and merged into larger micro bubbles sitting on the tips. The micro bubbles grow rapidly and coalesce to form macro bubbles, each of which sitting on several tips. The growth processes of the micro and macro bubbles are analyzed and formulated followed by an analysis of bubble departure on the composite surfaces. Based on these analyses, the enhancement mechanism of the pool boiling heat transfer on the composite surfaces is clearly revealed. Experimental results of pool boiling heat transfer both for water and Freon-113 on the composite surfaces convincingly demonstrate the enhancement effects of the unique structure of Cu-Gr composite surfaces on boiling heat transfer.

  18. Protease Inhibition by Oleic Acid Transfer From Chronic Wound Dressings to Albumin

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Edwards, J. V.; Howley, Phyllis; Davis, Rachel M.

    High elastase and cathepsin G activities have been observed in chronic wounds. These levels can inhibit healing through degradation of growth factors, cytokines, and extracellular matrix proteins. Oleic acid (18:1) is a non-toxic elastase inhibitor with some potential for redressing the imbalance of elastase activity found in chronic wounds. Cotton wound dressing material was characterized as a transfer carrier for affinity uptake of 18:1 by albumin under conditions mimicking chronic wounds. 18:1-treated cotton was examined for its ability to bind and release the fatty acid in the presence of albumin. The mechanism of 18:1 uptake from cotton and binding bymore » albumin was examined with both intact dressings and cotton fiber-designed chromatography. Raman spectra of the albumin-18:1 complexes under liquid-liquid equilibrium conditions revealed fully saturated albumin-18:1 complexes with a 1:1 weight ratio of albumin:18:1. Cotton chromatography under liquid-solid equilibrium conditions revealed oleic acid transfer from cotton to albumin at 27 mole equivalents of 18:1 per mole albumin. Cotton was contrasted with hydrogel, and hydrocolloid wound dressing for its comparative ability to lower elastase activity. Each dressing material evaluated was found to release 18:1 in the presence of albumin with significant inhibition of elastase activity. The 18:1-formulated wound dressings lowered elastase activity in a dose dependent manner in the order cotton gauze > hydrogel > hydrocolloid. In contrast the cationic serine protease Cathepsin G was inihibited by 18:1 within a narrow range of 18:1-cotton formulations. Four per cent Albumin solutions were most effective in binding cotton bound-18:1. However, 2% albumin was sufficient to transfer quantities of 18:1 necessary to achieve a significant elastase-lowering effect. Formulations with 128 mg 18:1/g cotton gauze had equivalent elastase lowering with 1 - 4% albumin. 18:1 bound to cotton wound dressings may have promise in the selective lowering of cationic serine protease activity useful in topical application for chronic inflammatory pathogenesis.« less

  19. On the stiffness matrix of the intervertebral joint: application to total disk replacement.

    PubMed

    O'Reilly, Oliver M; Metzger, Melodie F; Buckley, Jenni M; Moody, David A; Lotz, Jeffrey C

    2009-08-01

    The traditional method of establishing the stiffness matrix associated with an intervertebral joint is valid only for infinitesimal rotations, whereas the rotations featured in spinal motion are often finite. In the present paper, a new formulation of this stiffness matrix is presented, which is valid for finite rotations. This formulation uses Euler angles to parametrize the rotation, an associated basis, which is known as the dual Euler basis, to describe the moments, and it enables a characterization of the nonconservative nature of the joint caused by energy loss in the poroviscoelastic disk and ligamentous support structure. As an application of the formulation, the stiffness matrix of a motion segment is experimentally determined for the case of an intact intervertebral disk and compared with the matrices associated with the same segment after the insertion of a total disk replacement system. In this manner, the matrix is used to quantify the changes in the intervertebral kinetics associated with total disk replacements. As a result, this paper presents the first such characterization of the kinetics of a total disk replacement.

  20. Inverse estimation of the elastic and anelastic properties of the porous frame of anisotropic open-cell foams.

    PubMed

    Cuenca, Jacques; Göransson, Peter

    2012-08-01

    This paper presents a method for simultaneously identifying both the elastic and anelastic properties of the porous frame of anisotropic open-cell foams. The approach is based on an inverse estimation procedure of the complex stiffness matrix of the frame by performing a model fit of a set of transfer functions of a sample of material subjected to compression excitation in vacuo. The material elastic properties are assumed to have orthotropic symmetry and the anelastic properties are described using a fractional-derivative model within the framework of an augmented Hooke's law. The inverse estimation problem is formulated as a numerical optimization procedure and solved using the globally convergent method of moving asymptotes. To show the feasibility of the approach a numerically generated target material is used here as a benchmark. It is shown that the method provides the full frequency-dependent orthotropic complex stiffness matrix within a reasonable degree of accuracy.

  1. Scattering matrices of Lamb waves at irregular surface and void defects.

    PubMed

    Feng, Feilong; Shen, Jianzhong; Lin, Shuyu

    2012-08-01

    Time-harmonic solution of Lamb wave scattering in a plane-strain waveguide with irregular thickness is investigated based on stair-step discretization and stepwise mode matching. The transfer relations of the transmission matrices and reflection matrices are derived in both directions of the waveguide. With these, an explicit expression of the scattering matrix is derived. When the scattering region of an inner irregular defect is geometrically divided into several parts composed of sub-waveguides with variable thicknesses and void regions with vertical free edges corresponding to the plate surfaces, the scattering matrix of the whole region could then be derived by modal matching along the artificial boundaries, as explicit functions of all the scattering matrices of the sub-waveguides and reflection matrices of the free edges. The effectiveness of the formulation is examined by numerical examples; the calculated scattering coefficients are in good accordance with those obtained from numerical simulation models. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. The effects of aircraft fuel and fluids on the strength properties of Resin Transfer Molded (RTM) composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Falcone, Anthony; Dow, Marvin B.

    1993-01-01

    The resin transfer molding (RTM) process offers important advantages for cost-effective composites manufacturing, and consequently has become the subject of intense research and development efforts. Several new matrix resins have been formulated specifically for RTM applications in aircraft and aerospace vehicles. For successful use on aircraft, composite materials must withstand exposure to the fluids in common use. The present study was conducted to obtain comparative screening data on several state-ofthe-art RTM resins after environmental exposures were performed on RTM composite specimens. Four graphite/epoxy composites and one graphite/bismaleimide composite were tested; testing of two additional graphite epoxy composites is in progress. Zero-deg tension tests were conducted on specimens machined from eight-ply (+45-deg, -45-deg) laminates, and interlaminar shear tests were conducted on 32-ply 0-deg laminate specimens. In these tests, the various RTM resins demonstrated widely different strengths, with 3501-6 epoxy being the strongest. As expected, all of the matrix resins suffered severe strength degradation from exposure to methylene chloride (paint stripper). The 3501-6 epoxy composites exhibited about a 30 percent drop in tensile strength in hot, wet tests. The E905-L epoxy exhibited little loss of tensile strength (less than 8 percent) after exposure to water. The CET-2 and 862 epoxies as well as the bismaleimide exhibited reduced strengths at elevated temperature after exposure to oils and fuel. In terms of the percentage strength reductions, all of the RTM matrix resins compared favorably with 3501-6 epoxy.

  3. Matrix Theory of Small Oscillations

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chavda, L. K.

    1978-01-01

    A complete matrix formulation of the theory of small oscillations is presented. Simple analytic solutions involving matrix functions are found which clearly exhibit the transients, the damping factors, the Breit-Wigner form for resonances, etc. (BB)

  4. Vertically-Integrated Dual-Continuum Models for CO2 Injection in Fractured Aquifers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tao, Y.; Guo, B.; Bandilla, K.; Celia, M. A.

    2017-12-01

    Injection of CO2 into a saline aquifer leads to a two-phase flow system, with supercritical CO2 and brine being the two fluid phases. Various modeling approaches, including fully three-dimensional (3D) models and vertical-equilibrium (VE) models, have been used to study the system. Almost all of that work has focused on unfractured formations. 3D models solve the governing equations in three dimensions and are applicable to generic geological formations. VE models assume rapid and complete buoyant segregation of the two fluid phases, resulting in vertical pressure equilibrium and allowing integration of the governing equations in the vertical dimension. This reduction in dimensionality makes VE models computationally more efficient, but the associated assumptions restrict the applicability of VE model to formations with moderate to high permeability. In this presentation, we extend the VE and 3D models for CO2 injection in fractured aquifers. This is done in the context of dual-continuum modeling, where the fractured formation is modeled as an overlap of two continuous domains, one representing the fractures and the other representing the rock matrix. Both domains are treated as porous media continua and can be modeled by either a VE or a 3D formulation. The transfer of fluid mass between rock matrix and fractures is represented by a mass transfer function connecting the two domains. We have developed a computational model that combines the VE and 3D models, where we use the VE model in the fractures, which typically have high permeability, and the 3D model in the less permeable rock matrix. A new mass transfer function is derived, which couples the VE and 3D models. The coupled VE-3D model can simulate CO2 injection and migration in fractured aquifers. Results from this model compare well with a full-3D model in which both the fractures and rock matrix are modeled with 3D models, with the hybrid VE-3D model having significantly reduced computational cost. In addition to the VE-3D model, we explore simplifications of the rock matrix domain by using sugar-cube and matchstick conceptualizations and develop VE-dual porosity and VE-matchstick models. These vertically-integrated dual-permeability and dual-porosity models provide a range of computationally efficient tools to model CO2 storage in fractured saline aquifers.

  5. [Design of a risk matrix to assess sterile formulations at health care facilities].

    PubMed

    Martín de Rosales Cabrera, A M; López Cabezas, C; García Salom, P

    2014-05-01

    To design a matrix allowing classifying sterile formulations prepared at the hospital with different risk levels. i) Literature search and critical appraisal of the model proposed by the European Resolution CM/Res Ap(2011)1, ii) Identification of the risk associated to the elaboration process by means of the AMFE methodology (Modal Analysis of Failures and Effects), iii) estimation of the severity associated to the risks detected. After initially trying a model of numeric scoring, the classification matrix was changed to an alphabetical classification, grading each criterion from A to D.Each preparation assessed is given a 6-letter combination with three possible risk levels: low, intermediate, and high. This model was easier for risk assignment, and more reproducible. The final model designed analyzes 6 criteria: formulation process, administration route, the drug's safety profile, amount prepared, distribution, and susceptibility for microbiological contamination.The risk level obtained will condition the requirements of the formulation area, validity time, and storing conditions. The matrix model proposed may help health care institutions to better assess the risk of sterile formulations prepared,and provides information about the acceptable validity time according to the storing conditions and the manufacturing area. Its use will increase the safety level of this procedure as well as help in resources planning and distribution. Copyright AULA MEDICA EDICIONES 2014. Published by AULA MEDICA. All rights reserved.

  6. Evaluating the predictability of the in vitro transfer model and in vivo rat studies as a surrogate to investigate the supersaturation and precipitation behaviour of different Albendazole formulations for humans.

    PubMed

    Ruff, Aaron; Holm, René; Kostewicz, Edmund S

    2017-07-15

    The present study investigated the ability of the in vitro transfer model and an in vivo pharmacokinetic study in rats to investigate the supersaturation and precipitation behaviour of albendazole (ABZ) relative to data from a human intestinal aspiration study reported in the literature. Two lipid based formulation systems, a hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin (HPβCD) solution and the addition of a crystallization inhibitor (HPMC-E5) on the behaviour of ABZ was investigated. These formulations were investigated to represent differences in their ability to facilitate supersaturation within the small intestine. Overall, both the in vitro transfer model and the in vivo rat study were able to rank order the formulations (as aqueous suspension±HPMC

  7. [Modern polymers in matrix tablets technology].

    PubMed

    Zimmer, Łukasz; Kasperek, Regina; Poleszak, Ewa

    2014-01-01

    Matrix tablets are the most popular method of oral drug administration, and polymeric materials have been used broadly in matrix formulations to modify and modulate drug release rate. The main goal of the system is to extend drug release profiles to maintain a constant in vivo plasma drug concentration and a consistent pharmacological effect. Polymeric matrix tablets offer a great potential as oral controlled drug delivery systems. Cellulose derivatives, like hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) are often used as matrix formers. However, also other types of polymers can be used for this purpose including: Kollidon SR, acrylic acid polymers such as Eudragits and Carbopols. Nevertheless, polymers of natural origin like: carragens, chitosan and alginates widely used in the food and cosmetics industry are now coming to the fore of pharmaceutical research and are used in matrix tablets technology. Modern polymers allow to obtain matrix tablets by 3D printing, which enables to develop new formulation types. In this paper, the polymers used in matrix tablets technology and examples of their applications were described.

  8. Comparative Oral Absorption of Curcumin in a Natural Turmeric Matrix with Two Other Curcumin Formulations: An Open-label Parallel-arm Study.

    PubMed

    Gopi, Sreeraj; Jacob, Joby; Varma, Karthik; Jude, Shintu; Amalraj, Augustine; Arundhathy, C A; George, Robin; Sreeraj, T R; Divya, C; Kunnumakkara, Ajaikumar B; Stohs, Sidney J

    2017-12-01

    Curcuminoids are the major bioactive molecules in turmeric, and poor bioavailability deters them from being the major components of many health and wellness applications. This study was conducted to assess the bioavailability of a completely natural turmeric matrix formulation (CNTMF) and compare its bioavailability with two other commercially available formulations, namely, curcumin with volatile oil (volatile oil formulation) and curcumin with phospholipids and cellulose (phospholipid formulation) in healthy human adult male subjects (15 each group) under fasting conditions. Each formulation was administrated orally as a single 500-mg dose in capsule form, and blood samples were analyzed by liquid chromatography mass spectrometry at various time intervals up to 24 h. The ingestion of the CNTMF was very well absorbed and resulted in a mean curcuminoids plasma C max of 170.14 ng/mL (T max  = 4 h) compared with 47.54 ng/mL and 69.63 ng/mL for the volatile oil (T max  = 3 h) and phospholipid (T max  = 2.25 h) formulations, respectively. The extent of absorption of total curcuminoids in the blood for the CNTMF was 6× greater than volatile oil formulation and 5× greater than phospholipids formulation. The results of this study indicate that curcumin in a natural turmeric matrix exhibited greater bioavailability than the two comparator products. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  9. On the origin of dual Lax pairs and their r-matrix structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Avan, Jean; Caudrelier, Vincent

    2017-10-01

    We establish the algebraic origin of the following observations made previously by the authors and coworkers: (i) A given integrable PDE in 1 + 1 dimensions within the Zakharov-Shabat scheme related to a Lax pair can be cast in two distinct, dual Hamiltonian formulations; (ii) Associated to each formulation is a Poisson bracket and a phase space (which are not compatible in the sense of Magri); (iii) Each matrix in the Lax pair satisfies a linear Poisson algebra a la Sklyanin characterized by the same classical r matrix. We develop the general concept of dual Lax pairs and dual Hamiltonian formulation of an integrable field theory. We elucidate the origin of the common r-matrix structure by tracing it back to a single Lie-Poisson bracket on a suitable coadjoint orbit of the loop algebra sl(2 , C) ⊗ C(λ ,λ-1) . The results are illustrated with the examples of the nonlinear Schrödinger and Gerdjikov-Ivanov hierarchies.

  10. A Tensor Product Formulation of Strassen's Matrix Multiplication Algorithm with Memory Reduction

    DOE PAGES

    Kumar, B.; Huang, C. -H.; Sadayappan, P.; ...

    1995-01-01

    In this article, we present a program generation strategy of Strassen's matrix multiplication algorithm using a programming methodology based on tensor product formulas. In this methodology, block recursive programs such as the fast Fourier Transforms and Strassen's matrix multiplication algorithm are expressed as algebraic formulas involving tensor products and other matrix operations. Such formulas can be systematically translated to high-performance parallel/vector codes for various architectures. In this article, we present a nonrecursive implementation of Strassen's algorithm for shared memory vector processors such as the Cray Y-MP. A previous implementation of Strassen's algorithm synthesized from tensor product formulas required working storagemore » of size O(7 n ) for multiplying 2 n × 2 n matrices. We present a modified formulation in which the working storage requirement is reduced to O(4 n ). The modified formulation exhibits sufficient parallelism for efficient implementation on a shared memory multiprocessor. Performance results on a Cray Y-MP8/64 are presented.« less

  11. Quantification of various growth factors in different demineralized bone matrix preparations.

    PubMed

    Wildemann, B; Kadow-Romacker, A; Haas, N P; Schmidmaier, G

    2007-05-01

    Besides autografts, allografts, and synthetic materials, demineralized bone matrix (DBM) is used for bone defect filling and treatment of non-unions. Different DBM formulations are introduced in clinic since years. However, little is known about the presents and quantities of growth factors in DBM. Aim of the present study was the quantification of eight growth factors important for bone healing in three different "off the shelf" DBM formulations, which are already in human use: DBX putty, Grafton DBM putty, and AlloMatrix putty. All three DBM formulations are produced from human donor tissue but they differ in the substitutes added. From each of the three products 10 different lots were analyzed. Protein was extracted from the samples with Guanidine HCL/EDTA method and human ELISA kits were used for growth factor quantification. Differences between the three different products were seen in total protein contend and the absolute growth factor values but also a large variability between the different lots was found. The order of the growth factors, however, is almost comparable between the materials. In the three investigated materials FGF basic and BMP-4 were not detectable in any analyzed sample. BMP-2 revealed the highest concentration extractable from the samples with approximately 3.6 microg/g tissue without a significant difference between the three DBM formulations. In DBX putty significantly more TGF-beta1 and FGFa were measurable compared to the two other DBMs. IGF-I revealed the significantly highest value in the AlloMatrix and PDGF in Grafton. No differences were accessed for VEGF. Due to the differences in the growth factor concentration between the individual samples, independently from the product formulation, further analyzes are required to optimize the clinical outcome of the used demineralized bone matrix. Copyright 2006 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  12. A Matrix-Free Algorithm for Multidisciplinary Design Optimization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lambe, Andrew Borean

    Multidisciplinary design optimization (MDO) is an approach to engineering design that exploits the coupling between components or knowledge disciplines in a complex system to improve the final product. In aircraft design, MDO methods can be used to simultaneously design the outer shape of the aircraft and the internal structure, taking into account the complex interaction between the aerodynamic forces and the structural flexibility. Efficient strategies are needed to solve such design optimization problems and guarantee convergence to an optimal design. This work begins with a comprehensive review of MDO problem formulations and solution algorithms. First, a fundamental MDO problem formulation is defined from which other formulations may be obtained through simple transformations. Using these fundamental problem formulations, decomposition methods from the literature are reviewed and classified. All MDO methods are presented in a unified mathematical notation to facilitate greater understanding. In addition, a novel set of diagrams, called extended design structure matrices, are used to simultaneously visualize both data communication and process flow between the many software components of each method. For aerostructural design optimization, modern decomposition-based MDO methods cannot efficiently handle the tight coupling between the aerodynamic and structural states. This fact motivates the exploration of methods that can reduce the computational cost. A particular structure in the direct and adjoint methods for gradient computation motivates the idea of a matrix-free optimization method. A simple matrix-free optimizer is developed based on the augmented Lagrangian algorithm. This new matrix-free optimizer is tested on two structural optimization problems and one aerostructural optimization problem. The results indicate that the matrix-free optimizer is able to efficiently solve structural and multidisciplinary design problems with thousands of variables and constraints. On the aerostructural test problem formulated with thousands of constraints, the matrix-free optimizer is estimated to reduce the total computational time by up to 90% compared to conventional optimizers.

  13. A Matrix-Free Algorithm for Multidisciplinary Design Optimization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lambe, Andrew Borean

    Multidisciplinary design optimization (MDO) is an approach to engineering design that exploits the coupling between components or knowledge disciplines in a complex system to improve the final product. In aircraft design, MDO methods can be used to simultaneously design the outer shape of the aircraft and the internal structure, taking into account the complex interaction between the aerodynamic forces and the structural flexibility. Efficient strategies are needed to solve such design optimization problems and guarantee convergence to an optimal design. This work begins with a comprehensive review of MDO problem formulations and solution algorithms. First, a fundamental MDO problem formulation is defined from which other formulations may be obtained through simple transformations. Using these fundamental problem formulations, decomposition methods from the literature are reviewed and classified. All MDO methods are presented in a unified mathematical notation to facilitate greater understanding. In addition, a novel set of diagrams, called extended design structure matrices, are used to simultaneously visualize both data communication and process flow between the many software components of each method. For aerostructural design optimization, modern decomposition-based MDO methods cannot efficiently handle the tight coupling between the aerodynamic and structural states. This fact motivates the exploration of methods that can reduce the computational cost. A particular structure in the direct and adjoint methods for gradient computation. motivates the idea of a matrix-free optimization method. A simple matrix-free optimizer is developed based on the augmented Lagrangian algorithm. This new matrix-free optimizer is tested on two structural optimization problems and one aerostructural optimization problem. The results indicate that the matrix-free optimizer is able to efficiently solve structural and multidisciplinary design problems with thousands of variables and constraints. On the aerostructural test problem formulated with thousands of constraints, the matrix-free optimizer is estimated to reduce the total computational time by up to 90% compared to conventional optimizers.

  14. Quantitative determination of alginic acid in pharmaceutical formulations using capillary electrophoresis.

    PubMed

    Moore, Douglas E; Miao, William G; Benikos, Con

    2004-01-27

    A capillary electrophoresis (CE) method has been developed and validated for the quantitative determination of alginic acid, which is used as a rafting agent in complex antacid formulations. The method involves a preliminary separation of the alginic acid from the formulation by washing the sample matrix with methanol, diluted HCl and water. This is followed by electrophoresis within a fused silica capillary using borate/boric acid buffer as the electrolyte, and the quantification is performed by a UV detector monitoring at 200 nm, where the intrinsic absorption of alginic acid is measured. An assay precision of better than 3% was achieved in intra- and interday determinations. No interference was found from the matrix of the antacid formulations.

  15. Sustaining pattern of phenformin hydrochloride using various polymers and waxes.

    PubMed

    Pandey, V P; Kannappan, N; Manavalan, R; Subburaj, T

    2002-01-01

    The present study was carried out to formulate matrix tablets of phenformin hydrochloride. Granules of phenformin HCl were prepared by using ethyl cellulose, eudragit RS 100, gum acacia, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and triethanol amine. Thus the granules were compressed and fourteen tablets formulations were prepared. All the physical parameters of granules and matrix tablets were studied including compatibility study. One commercial timed disintegration capsule was also included for study and comparison. The results of in vitro studies showed that sustained release matrix tablet might be prepared using carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, triethanol amine and magnesium stearate.

  16. Transfer matrix method for four-flux radiative transfer.

    PubMed

    Slovick, Brian; Flom, Zachary; Zipp, Lucas; Krishnamurthy, Srini

    2017-07-20

    We develop a transfer matrix method for four-flux radiative transfer, which is ideally suited for studying transport through multiple scattering layers. The model predicts the specular and diffuse reflection and transmission of multilayer composite films, including interface reflections, for diffuse or collimated incidence. For spherical particles in the diffusion approximation, we derive closed-form expressions for the matrix coefficients and show remarkable agreement with numerical Monte Carlo simulations for a range of absorption values and film thicknesses, and for an example multilayer slab.

  17. Design of Robust Adaptive Unbalance Response Controllers for Rotors with Magnetic Bearings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Knospe, Carl R.; Tamer, Samir M.; Fedigan, Stephen J.

    1996-01-01

    Experimental results have recently demonstrated that an adaptive open loop control strategy can be highly effective in the suppression of unbalance induced vibration on rotors supported in active magnetic bearings. This algorithm, however, relies upon a predetermined gain matrix. Typically, this matrix is determined by an optimal control formulation resulting in the choice of the pseudo-inverse of the nominal influence coefficient matrix as the gain matrix. This solution may result in problems with stability and performance robustness since the estimated influence coefficient matrix is not equal to the actual influence coefficient matrix. Recently, analysis tools have been developed to examine the robustness of this control algorithm with respect to structured uncertainty. Herein, these tools are extended to produce a design procedure for determining the adaptive law's gain matrix. The resulting control algorithm has a guaranteed convergence rate and steady state performance in spite of the uncertainty in the rotor system. Several examples are presented which demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach and its advantages over the standard optimal control formulation.

  18. Matrix tablets for sustained release of repaglinide: Preparation, pharmacokinetics and hypoglycemic activity in beagle dogs.

    PubMed

    He, Wei; Wu, Mengmeng; Huang, Shiqing; Yin, Lifang

    2015-01-15

    Repaglinide (RG) is an efficient antihyperglycemic drug; however, due to its short half-life, patients are required to take the marketed products several times a day, which compromises the therapeutic effects. The present study was conducted to develop a hydrophilic sustained release matrix tablet for RG with the aims of prolonging its action time, reducing the required administration times and side effects and improving patient adherence. The matrix tablets were fabricated by a direct compression method, the optimized formulation for which was obtained by screening the factors that affected the drug release. Moreover, studies of the pharmacokinetics and hypoglycemic activity as measured by glucose assay kits were performed in dogs. Sustained drug releases profiles over 10h and a reduced influence of medium pHs on release were achieved with the optimized formulation; moreover, the in vivo performance of extended release formulation was also examined, and better absorption, a one-fold decrease in Cmax, a two-fold increase of Tmax and a prolonged hypoglycemic effect compared to the marketed product were observed. In conclusion, sustained RG release and prolonged action were observed with present matrix tablets, which therefore provide a promising formulation for T2D patients who require long-term treatment. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Gamma scintigraphic study of the hydrodynamically balanced matrix tablets of Metformin HCl in rabbits

    PubMed Central

    Razavi, Mahboubeh; Karimian, Hamed; Yeong, Chai Hong; Sarji, Sazilah Ahmad; Chung, Lip Yong; Nyamathulla, Shaik; Noordin, Mohamed Ibrahim

    2015-01-01

    The purpose of this study is to evaluate the in vitro and in vivo performance of gastro-retentive matrix tablets having Metformin HCl as model drug and combination of natural polymers. A total of 16 formulations were prepared by a wet granulation method using xanthan, tamarind seed powder, tamarind kernel powder and salep as the gel-forming agents and sodium bicarbonate as a gas-forming agent. All the formulations were evaluated for compendial and non-compendial tests and in vitro study was carried out on a USP-II dissolution apparatus at a paddle speed of 50 rpm. MOX2 formulation, composed of salep and xanthan in the ratio of 4:1 with 96.9% release, was considered as the optimum formulation with more than 90% release in 12 hours and short floating lag time. In vivo study was carried out using gamma scintigraphy in New Zealand White rabbits, optimized formulation was incorporated with 10 mg of 153Sm for labeling MOX2 formulation. The radioactive samarium oxide was used as the marker to trace transit of the tablets in the gastrointestinal tract. The in vivo data also supported retention of MOX2 formulation in the gastric region for 12 hours and were different from the control formulation without a gas and gel forming agent. It was concluded that the prepared floating gastro-retentive matrix tablets had a sustained-release effect in vitro and in vivo, gamma scintigraphy played an important role in locating the oral transit and the drug-release pattern. PMID:26124637

  20. A design tool for direct and non-stochastic calculations of near-field radiative transfer in complex structures: The NF-RT-FDTD algorithm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Didari, Azadeh; Pinar Mengüç, M.

    2017-08-01

    Advances in nanotechnology and nanophotonics are inextricably linked with the need for reliable computational algorithms to be adapted as design tools for the development of new concepts in energy harvesting, radiative cooling, nanolithography and nano-scale manufacturing, among others. In this paper, we provide an outline for such a computational tool, named NF-RT-FDTD, to determine the near-field radiative transfer between structured surfaces using Finite Difference Time Domain method. NF-RT-FDTD is a direct and non-stochastic algorithm, which accounts for the statistical nature of the thermal radiation and is easily applicable to any arbitrary geometry at thermal equilibrium. We present a review of the fundamental relations for far- and near-field radiative transfer between different geometries with nano-scale surface and volumetric features and gaps, and then we discuss the details of the NF-RT-FDTD formulation, its application to sample geometries and outline its future expansion to more complex geometries. In addition, we briefly discuss some of the recent numerical works for direct and indirect calculations of near-field thermal radiation transfer, including Scattering Matrix method, Finite Difference Time Domain method (FDTD), Wiener Chaos Expansion, Fluctuating Surface Current (FSC), Fluctuating Volume Current (FVC) and Thermal Discrete Dipole Approximations (TDDA).

  1. Oral matrix tablet formulations for concomitant controlled release of anti-tubercular drugs: design and in vitro evaluations.

    PubMed

    Hiremath, Praveen S; Saha, Ranendra N

    2008-10-01

    The aim of the present investigation was to develop controlled release (C.R.) matrix tablet formulations of rifampicin and isoniazid combination, to study the design parameters and to evaluate in vitro release characteristics. In the present study, a series of formulations were developed with different release rates and duration using hydrophilic polymers hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) and hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC). The duration of rifampicin and isoniazid release could be tailored by varying the polymer type, polymer ratio and processing techniques. Further, Eudragit L100-55 was incorporated in the matrix tablets to compensate for the pH-dependent release of rifampicin. Rifampicin was found to follow linear release profile with time from HPMC formulations. In case of formulations with HPC, there was an initial higher release in simulated gastric fluid (SGF) followed by zero order release profiles in simulated intestinal fluid (SIFsp) for rifampicin. The release of isoniazid was found to be predominantly by diffusion mechanism in case of HPMC formulations, and with HPC formulations release was due to combination of diffusion and erosion. The initial release was sufficiently higher for rifampicin from HPC thus ruling out the need to incorporate a separate loading dose. The initial release was sufficiently higher for isoniazid in all formulations. Thus, with the use of suitable polymer or polymer combinations and with the proper optimization of the processing techniques it was possible to design the C.R. formulations of rifampicin and isoniazid combination that could provide the sufficient initial release and release extension up to 24h for both the drugs despite of the wide variations in their physicochemical properties.

  2. Original electric-vertex formulation of the symmetric eight-vertex model on the square lattice is fully nonuniversal

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krčmár, Roman; Šamaj, Ladislav

    2018-01-01

    The partition function of the symmetric (zero electric field) eight-vertex model on a square lattice can be formulated either in the original "electric" vertex format or in an equivalent "magnetic" Ising-spin format. In this paper, both electric and magnetic versions of the model are studied numerically by using the corner transfer matrix renormalization-group method which provides reliable data. The emphasis is put on the calculation of four specific critical exponents, related by two scaling relations, and of the central charge. The numerical method is first tested in the magnetic format, the obtained dependencies of critical exponents on the model's parameters agree with Baxter's exact solution, and weak universality is confirmed within the accuracy of the method due to the finite size of the system. In particular, the critical exponents η and δ are constant as required by weak universality. On the other hand, in the electric format, analytic formulas based on the scaling relations are derived for the critical exponents ηe and δe which agree with our numerical data. These exponents depend on the model's parameters which is evidence for the full nonuniversality of the symmetric eight-vertex model in the original electric formulation.

  3. Matrix cracking in laminated composites under monotonic and cyclic loadings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Allen, David H.; Lee, Jong-Won

    1991-01-01

    An analytical model based on the internal state variable (ISV) concept and the strain energy method is proposed for characterizing the monotonic and cyclic response of laminated composites containing matrix cracks. A modified constitution is formulated for angle-ply laminates under general in-plane mechanical loading and constant temperature change. A monotonic matrix cracking criterion is developed for predicting the crack density in cross-ply laminates as a function of the applied laminate axial stress. An initial formulation for a cyclic matrix cracking criterion for cross-ply laminates is also discussed. For the monotonic loading case, a number of experimental data and well-known models are compared with the present study for validating the practical applicability of the ISV approach.

  4. Novel Formulations of Phase Change Materials—Epoxy Composites for Thermal Energy Storage

    PubMed Central

    Alvarez Feijoo, Miguel Angel

    2018-01-01

    This research aimed to evaluate the thermal properties of new formulations of phase change materials (PCMs)-epoxy composites, containing a thickening agent and a thermally conductive phase. The composite specimens produced consisted of composites fabricated using (a) inorganic PCMs (hydrated salts), epoxy resins and aluminum particulates or (b) organic PCM (paraffin), epoxy resins, and copper particles. Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) was used to analyze the thermal behavior of the samples, while hardness measurements were used to determine changes in mechanical properties at diverse PCM and conductive phase loading values. The results indicate that the epoxy matrix can act as a container for the PCM phase without hindering the heat-absorbing behavior of the PCMs employed. Organic PCMs presented reversible phase transformations over multiple cycles, an advantage that was lacking in their inorganic counterparts. The enthalpy of the organic PCM-epoxy specimens increased linearly with the PCM content in the matrix. The use of thickening agents prevented phase segregation issues and allowed the fabrication of specimens containing up to 40% PCM, a loading significantly higher than others reported. The conductive phase seemed to improve the heat transfer and the mechanical properties of the composites when present in low percentages (<10 wt %); however, given its mass, the enthalpy detected in the composites was reduced as their loading further increased. The conductive phase combination (PCM + epoxy resin + hardener + thickening agent) presents great potential as a heat-absorbing material at the temperatures employed. PMID:29373538

  5. Novel Formulations of Phase Change Materials-Epoxy Composites for Thermal Energy Storage.

    PubMed

    Arce, Maria Elena; Alvarez Feijoo, Miguel Angel; Suarez Garcia, Andres; Luhrs, Claudia C

    2018-01-26

    This research aimed to evaluate the thermal properties of new formulations of phase change materials (PCMs)-epoxy composites, containing a thickening agent and a thermally conductive phase. The composite specimens produced consisted of composites fabricated using (a) inorganic PCMs (hydrated salts), epoxy resins and aluminum particulates or (b) organic PCM (paraffin), epoxy resins, and copper particles. Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) was used to analyze the thermal behavior of the samples, while hardness measurements were used to determine changes in mechanical properties at diverse PCM and conductive phase loading values. The results indicate that the epoxy matrix can act as a container for the PCM phase without hindering the heat-absorbing behavior of the PCMs employed. Organic PCMs presented reversible phase transformations over multiple cycles, an advantage that was lacking in their inorganic counterparts. The enthalpy of the organic PCM-epoxy specimens increased linearly with the PCM content in the matrix. The use of thickening agents prevented phase segregation issues and allowed the fabrication of specimens containing up to 40% PCM, a loading significantly higher than others reported. The conductive phase seemed to improve the heat transfer and the mechanical properties of the composites when present in low percentages (<10 wt %); however, given its mass, the enthalpy detected in the composites was reduced as their loading further increased. The conductive phase combination (PCM + epoxy resin + hardener + thickening agent) presents great potential as a heat-absorbing material at the temperatures employed.

  6. Problems encountered with conventional fiber-reinforced composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Landel, R. F.

    1981-01-01

    Preparational, computational, and operational problems associated with fiber-reinforced composites (FRC) are reviewed. Initial preparation of FRCs is shown to involve consideration of the type of prepreg, the setting time, cure conditions and cycles, and cure temperatures. The effects of the choice of bonding agents, the fiber transfer length, and individual fiber responses to bonding agents are noted to have an impact on fiber strength, moisture uptake, and fatigue resistance. The deformation prior to failure and the failure region are modeled through models of mini-, micro- and macro mechanics formulations employing a stiffness matrix, failure criterion, or fracture mechanics. The detection, evaluation, and repair of defects comprises the operational domain, and it is stressed that no good repair techniques exist for FRCs.

  7. Correlation of AH-1G airframe flight vibration data with a coupled rotor-fuselage analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sangha, K.; Shamie, J.

    1990-01-01

    The formulation and features of the Rotor-Airframe Comprehensive Analysis Program (RACAP) is described. The analysis employs a frequency domain, transfer matrix approach for the blade structural model, a time domain wake or momentum theory aerodynamic model, and impedance matching for rotor-fuselage coupling. The analysis is applied to the AH-1G helicopter, and a correlation study is conducted on fuselage vibration predictions. The purpose of the study is to evaluate the state-of-the-art in helicopter fuselage vibration prediction technology. The fuselage vibration predicted using RACAP are fairly good in the vertical direction and somewhat deficient in the lateral/longitudinal directions. Some of these deficiencies are traced to the fuselage finite element model.

  8. Spin-adapted matrix product states and operators

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Keller, Sebastian, E-mail: sebastian.keller@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch

    Matrix product states (MPSs) and matrix product operators (MPOs) allow an alternative formulation of the density matrix renormalization group algorithm introduced by White. Here, we describe how non-abelian spin symmetry can be exploited in MPSs and MPOs by virtue of the Wigner–Eckart theorem at the example of the spin-adapted quantum chemical Hamiltonian operator.

  9. Teaching Improvement Model Designed with DEA Method and Management Matrix

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Montoneri, Bernard

    2014-01-01

    This study uses student evaluation of teachers to design a teaching improvement matrix based on teaching efficiency and performance by combining management matrix and data envelopment analysis. This matrix is designed to formulate suggestions to improve teaching. The research sample consists of 42 classes of freshmen following a course of English…

  10. Model reduction of nonsquare linear MIMO systems using multipoint matrix continued-fraction expansions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Guo, Tong-Yi; Hwang, Chyi; Shieh, Leang-San

    1994-01-01

    This paper deals with the multipoint Cauer matrix continued-fraction expansion (MCFE) for model reduction of linear multi-input multi-output (MIMO) systems with various numbers of inputs and outputs. A salient feature of the proposed MCFE approach to model reduction of MIMO systems with square transfer matrices is its equivalence to the matrix Pade approximation approach. The Cauer second form of the ordinary MCFE for a square transfer function matrix is generalized in this paper to a multipoint and nonsquare-matrix version. An interesting connection of the multipoint Cauer MCFE method to the multipoint matrix Pade approximation method is established. Also, algorithms for obtaining the reduced-degree matrix-fraction descriptions and reduced-dimensional state-space models from a transfer function matrix via the multipoint Cauer MCFE algorithm are presented. Practical advantages of using the multipoint Cauer MCFE are discussed and a numerical example is provided to illustrate the algorithms.

  11. MODFLOW–USG version 1: An unstructured grid version of MODFLOW for simulating groundwater flow and tightly coupled processes using a control volume finite-difference formulation

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Panday, Sorab; Langevin, Christian D.; Niswonger, Richard G.; Ibaraki, Motomu; Hughes, Joseph D.

    2013-01-01

    A new version of MODFLOW, called MODFLOW–USG (for UnStructured Grid), was developed to support a wide variety of structured and unstructured grid types, including nested grids and grids based on prismatic triangles, rectangles, hexagons, and other cell shapes. Flexibility in grid design can be used to focus resolution along rivers and around wells, for example, or to subdiscretize individual layers to better represent hydrostratigraphic units. MODFLOW–USG is based on an underlying control volume finite difference (CVFD) formulation in which a cell can be connected to an arbitrary number of adjacent cells. To improve accuracy of the CVFD formulation for irregular grid-cell geometries or nested grids, a generalized Ghost Node Correction (GNC) Package was developed, which uses interpolated heads in the flow calculation between adjacent connected cells. MODFLOW–USG includes a Groundwater Flow (GWF) Process, based on the GWF Process in MODFLOW–2005, as well as a new Connected Linear Network (CLN) Process to simulate the effects of multi-node wells, karst conduits, and tile drains, for example. The CLN Process is tightly coupled with the GWF Process in that the equations from both processes are formulated into one matrix equation and solved simultaneously. This robustness results from using an unstructured grid with unstructured matrix storage and solution schemes. MODFLOW–USG also contains an optional Newton-Raphson formulation, based on the formulation in MODFLOW–NWT, for improving solution convergence and avoiding problems with the drying and rewetting of cells. Because the existing MODFLOW solvers were developed for structured and symmetric matrices, they were replaced with a new Sparse Matrix Solver (SMS) Package developed specifically for MODFLOW–USG. The SMS Package provides several methods for resolving nonlinearities and multiple symmetric and asymmetric linear solution schemes to solve the matrix arising from the flow equations and the Newton-Raphson formulation, respectively.

  12. Effects of the oceans on polar motion: Extended investigations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dickman, Steven R.

    1987-01-01

    Matrix formulation of the tide equations (pole tide in nonglobal oceans); matrix formulation of the associated boundary conditions (constraints on the tide velocity at coastlines); and FORTRAN encoding of the tide equations excluding boundary conditions were completed. The need for supercomputer facilities was evident. Large versions of the programs were successfully run on the CYBER, submitting the jobs from SUNY through the BITNET network. The code was also restructured to include boundary constraints.

  13. Wound healing effects of collagen-laminin dermal matrix impregnated with resveratrol loaded hyaluronic acid-DPPC microparticles in diabetic rats.

    PubMed

    Gokce, Evren H; Tuncay Tanrıverdi, Sakine; Eroglu, Ipek; Tsapis, Nicolas; Gokce, Goksel; Tekmen, Isıl; Fattal, Elias; Ozer, Ozgen

    2017-10-01

    An alternative formulation for the treatment of diabetic foot wounds that heal slowly is a requirement in pharmaceutical field. The aim of this study was to develop a dermal matrix consisting of skin proteins and lipids with an antioxidant that will enhance healing and balance the oxidative stress in the diabetic wound area due to the high levels of glucose. Thus a novel three dimensional collagen-laminin porous dermal matrix was developed by lyophilization. Resveratrol-loaded hyaluronic acid and dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine microparticles were combined with this dermal matrix. Characterization, in vitro release, microbiological and in vivo studies were performed. Spherical microparticles were obtained with a high RSV encapsulation efficacy. The microparticles were well dispersed in the dermal matrix from the surface to deeper layers. Collagenase degraded dermal matrix, however the addition of RSV loaded microparticles delayed the degradation time. The release of RSV was sustained and reached 70% after 6h. Histological changes and antioxidant parameters in different treatment groups were investigated in full-thickness excision diabetic rat model. Collagen fibers were intense and improved by the presence of formulation without any signs of inflammation. The highest healing score was obtained with the dermal matrix impregnated with RSV-microparticles with an increased antioxidant activity. Collagen-laminin dermal matrix with RSV microparticles was synergistically effective due to presence of skin components in the formulation and controlled release achieved. This combination is a safe and promising option for the treatment of diabetic wounds requiring long recovery. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Formulation development and optimization of sustained release matrix tablet of Itopride HCl by response surface methodology and its evaluation of release kinetics

    PubMed Central

    Bose, Anirbandeep; Wong, Tin Wui; Singh, Navjot

    2012-01-01

    The objective of this present investigation was to develop and formulate sustained release (SR) matrix tablets of Itopride HCl, by using different polymer combinations and fillers, to optimize by Central Composite Design response surface methodology for different drug release variables and to evaluate drug release pattern of the optimized product. Sustained release matrix tablets of various combinations were prepared with cellulose-based polymers: hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC) and polyvinyl pyrolidine (pvp) and lactose as fillers. Study of pre-compression and post-compression parameters facilitated the screening of a formulation with best characteristics that underwent here optimization study by response surface methodology (Central Composite Design). The optimized tablet was further subjected to scanning electron microscopy to reveal its release pattern. The in vitro study revealed that combining of HPMC K100M (24.65 MG) with pvp(20 mg)and use of LACTOSE as filler sustained the action more than 12 h. The developed sustained release matrix tablet of improved efficacy can perform therapeutically better than a conventional tablet. PMID:23960836

  15. Formulation and dissolution kinetics study of hydrophilic matrix tablets with tramadol hydrochloride and different co-processed dry binders.

    PubMed

    Komersová, Alena; Lochař, Václav; Myslíková, Kateřina; Mužíková, Jitka; Bartoš, Martin

    2016-12-01

    The aim of this study is to present the possibility of using of co-processed dry binders for formulation of matrix tablets with drug controlled release. Hydrophilic matrix tablets with tramadol hydrochloride, hypromellose and different co-processed dry binders were prepared by direct compression method. Hypromelloses Methocel™ K4M Premium CR or Methocel™ K100M Premium CR were used as controlled release agents and Prosolv® SMCC 90 or Disintequik™ MCC 25 were used as co-processed dry binders. Homogeneity of the tablets was evaluated using scanning electron microscopy and energy dispersive X-ray microanalysis. The release of tramadol hydrochloride from prepared formulations was studied by dissolution test method. The dissolution profiles obtained were evaluated by non-linear regression analysis, release rate constants and other kinetic parameters were determined. It was found that matrix tablets based on Prosolv® SMCC 90 and Methocel™ Premium CR cannot control the tramadol release effectively for >12h and tablets containing Disintequik™ MCC 25 and Methocel™ Premium CR >8h. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Formulation development and optimization of sustained release matrix tablet of Itopride HCl by response surface methodology and its evaluation of release kinetics.

    PubMed

    Bose, Anirbandeep; Wong, Tin Wui; Singh, Navjot

    2013-04-01

    The objective of this present investigation was to develop and formulate sustained release (SR) matrix tablets of Itopride HCl, by using different polymer combinations and fillers, to optimize by Central Composite Design response surface methodology for different drug release variables and to evaluate drug release pattern of the optimized product. Sustained release matrix tablets of various combinations were prepared with cellulose-based polymers: hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose (HPMC) and polyvinyl pyrolidine (pvp) and lactose as fillers. Study of pre-compression and post-compression parameters facilitated the screening of a formulation with best characteristics that underwent here optimization study by response surface methodology (Central Composite Design). The optimized tablet was further subjected to scanning electron microscopy to reveal its release pattern. The in vitro study revealed that combining of HPMC K100M (24.65 MG) with pvp(20 mg)and use of LACTOSE as filler sustained the action more than 12 h. The developed sustained release matrix tablet of improved efficacy can perform therapeutically better than a conventional tablet.

  17. Locating an imaging radar in Canada for identifying spaceborne objects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schick, William G.

    1992-12-01

    This research presents a study of the maximal coverage p-median facility location problem as applied to the location of an imaging radar in Canada for imaging spaceborne objects. The classical mathematical formulation of the maximal coverage p-median problem is converted into network-flow with side constraint formulations that are developed using a scaled down version of the imaging radar location problem. Two types of network-flow with side constraint formulations are developed: a network using side constraints that simulates the gains in a generalized network; and a network resembling a multi-commodity flow problem that uses side constraints to force flow along identical arcs. These small formulations are expanded to encompass a case study using 12 candidate radar sites, and 48 satellites divided into three states. SAS/OR PROC NETFLOW was used to solve the network-flow with side constraint formulations. The case study show that potential for both formulations, although the simulated gains formulation encountered singular matrix computational difficulties as a result of the very organized nature of its side constraint matrix. The multi-commodity flow formulation, when combined with equi-distribution of flow constraints, provided solutions for various values of p, the number of facilities to be selected.

  18. Spacecraft inertia estimation via constrained least squares

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Keim, Jason A.; Acikmese, Behcet A.; Shields, Joel F.

    2006-01-01

    This paper presents a new formulation for spacecraft inertia estimation from test data. Specifically, the inertia estimation problem is formulated as a constrained least squares minimization problem with explicit bounds on the inertia matrix incorporated as LMIs [linear matrix inequalities). The resulting minimization problem is a semidefinite optimization that can be solved efficiently with guaranteed convergence to the global optimum by readily available algorithms. This method is applied to data collected from a robotic testbed consisting of a freely rotating body. The results show that the constrained least squares approach produces more accurate estimates of the inertia matrix than standard unconstrained least squares estimation methods.

  19. Calcium modified edible Canna (Canna edulis L) starch for controlled released matrix

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Putri, A. P.; Ridwan, M.; Darmawan, T. A.; Darusman, F.; Gadri, A.

    2017-07-01

    Canna edulis L starch was modified with calcium chloride in order to form controlled released matrix. Present study aim to analyze modified starch characteristic. Four different formulation of ondansetron granules was used to provide dissolution profile of controlled released, two formula consisted of 15% and 30% modified starch, one formula utilized matrix reference standards and the last granules was negative control. Methocel-hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose was used as controlled released matrix reference standards in the third formula. Calcium starch was synthesized in the presence of sodium hydroxide to form gelatinized mass and calcium chloride as the cross linking agent. Physicochemical and dissolution properties of modified starch for controlled released application were investigated. Modified starch has higher swelling index, water solubility and compressibility index. Three of four different formulation of granules provide dissolution profile of controlled released. The profiles indicate granules which employed calcium Canna edulis L starch as matrix are able to resemble controlled drug released profile of matrix reference, however their bigger detain ability lead to lower bioavailability.

  20. Accelerated weathering of natural fiber-filled polyethylene composites

    Treesearch

    Thomas Lundin; Steven M. Cramer; Robert H. Falk; Colin Felton

    2004-01-01

    The resistance of natural fiber-filled high-density polyethylene composite specimens to ultraviolet- (UV) and moisture-induced degradation was evaluated by measuring changes to flexural properties. High-density polyethylene (HDPE) served as the polymer matrix for four formulations: two formulations without fiber filler and two formulations one containing wood flour and...

  1. Thermal shock fracture in cross-ply fibre-reinforced ceramic-matrix composites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kastritseas, C.; Smith, P. A.; Yeomans, J. A.

    2010-11-01

    The onset of matrix cracking due to thermal shock in a range of simple and multi-layer cross-ply laminates comprising a calcium aluminosilicate (CAS) matrix reinforced with Nicalon® fibres is investigated analytically. A comprehensive stress analysis under conditions of thermal shock, ignoring transient effects, is performed and fracture criteria based on either a recently derived model for the thermal shock resistance of unidirectional Nicalon®/glass ceramic-matrix composites or fracture mechanics considerations are formulated. The effect of material thickness on the apparent thermal shock resistance is also modelled. Comparison with experimental results reveals that the accuracy of the predictions is satisfactory and the reasons for some discrepancies are discussed. In addition, a theoretical argument based on thermal shock theory is formulated to explain the observed cracking patterns.

  2. Correlation of laboratory and production freeze drying cycles.

    PubMed

    Kuu, Wei Y; Hardwick, Lisa M; Akers, Michael J

    2005-09-30

    The purpose of this study was to develop the correlation of cycle parameters between a laboratory and a production freeze-dryer. With the established correlation, key cycle parameters obtained using a laboratory dryer may be converted to those for a production dryer with minimal experimental efforts. In order to develop the correlation, it was important to consider the contributions from the following freeze-drying components: (1) the dryer, (2) the vial, and (3) the formulation. The critical parameters for the dryer are the shelf heat transfer coefficient and shelf surface radiation emissivity. The critical parameters for the vial are the vial bottom heat transfer coefficients (the contact parameter Kcs and separation distance lv), and vial top heat transfer coefficient. The critical parameter of the formulation is the dry layer mass transfer coefficient. The above heat and mass transfer coefficients were determined by freeze-drying experiments in conjunction with mathematical modeling. With the obtained heat and mass transfer coefficients, the maximum product temperature, Tbmax, during primary drying was simulated using a primary drying subroutine as a function of the shelf temperature and chamber pressure. The required shelf temperature and chamber pressure, in order to perform a successful cycle run without product collapse, were then simulated based on the resulting values of Tbmax. The established correlation approach was demonstrated by the primary drying of the model formulation 5% mannitol solution. The cycle runs were performed using a LyoStar dryer as the laboratory dryer and a BOC Edwards dryer as the production dryer. The determined normalized dried layer mass transfer resistance for 5% mannitol is expressed as RpN=0.7313+17.19l, where l is the receding dry layer thickness. After demonstrating the correlation approach using the model formulation 5% mannitol, a practical comparison study was performed for the actual product, the lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) formulation. The determined normalized dried layer mass transfer resistance for the LDH formulation is expressed as RpN=4.344+10.85l. The operational templates Tbmax and primary drying time were also generated by simulation. The cycle run for the LDH formulation using the Edwards production dryer verified that the cycle developed in a laboratory freeze-dryer was transferable at the production scale.

  3. Controlled release hydrophilic matrix tablet formulations of isoniazid: design and in vitro studies.

    PubMed

    Hiremath, Praveen S; Saha, Ranendra N

    2008-01-01

    The aim of the present investigation was to develop oral controlled release matrix tablet formulations of isoniazid using hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) as a hydrophilic release retardant polymer and to study the influence of various formulation factors like proportion of the polymer, polymer viscosity grade, compression force, and release media on the in vitro release characteristics of the drug. The formulations were developed using wet granulation technology. The in vitro release studies were performed using US Pharmacopoeia type 1 apparatus (basket method) in 900 ml of pH 7.4 phosphate buffer at 100 rpm. The release kinetics was analyzed using Korsmeyer-Peppas model. The release profiles were also analyzed using statistical method (one-way analysis of variance) and f (2) metric values. The release profiles found to follow Higuchi's square root kinetics model irrespective of the polymer ratio and the viscosity grade used. The results in the present investigation confirm that the release rate of the drug from the HPMC matrices is highly influenced by the drug/HPMC ratio and viscosity grade of the HPMC. Also, the effect of compression force and release media was found to be significant on the release profiles of isoniazid from HPMC matrix tablets. The release mechanism was found to be anomalous non-Fickian diffusion in all the cases. In the present investigation, a series of controlled release formulations of isoniazid were developed with different release rates and duration so that these formulations could further be assessed from the in vivo bioavailability studies. The formulations were found to be stable and reproducible.

  4. A computer program to generate equations of motion matrices, L217 (EOM). Volume 1: Engineering and usage

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kroll, R. I.; Clemmons, R. E.

    1979-01-01

    The equations of motion program L217 formulates the matrix coefficients for a set of second order linear differential equations that describe the motion of an airplane relative to its level equilibrium flight condition. Aerodynamic data from FLEXSTAB or Doublet Lattice (L216) programs can be used to derive the equations for quasi-steady or full unsteady aerodynamics. The data manipulation and the matrix coefficient formulation are described.

  5. Influence of poloxamers on the dissolution performance and stability of controlled-release formulations containing Precirol ATO 5.

    PubMed

    Jannin, V; Pochard, E; Chambin, O

    2006-02-17

    Lipid excipients are usually used for the development of sustained-release formulations. When used in relatively high quantities, Precirol ATO 5 imparts sustained-release properties to solid oral dosage forms, by forming a lipid matrix. To control or adjust the drug release kinetics from such lipid matrix however, one must often resort to complementary ingredients or techniques. This study investigates the influence of poloxamers (Lutrol) included in lipid matrices composed of glyceryl palmitostearate (Precirol ATO 5) on their dissolution performance and their stability. The addition of these hydrophilic polymers in the lipid matrix increased the amount of theophylline released thanks to the swelling of the hydrophilic polymer and the creation of a porous network into the inert lipid matrix. The grade and the quantity of Lutrol could modulate the extent of drug release. Theophylline was released mainly by the matrix erosion but also by diffusion through the pores as suggested by the Peppas' model. Moreover, the addition of Lutrol enhanced the stability during storage. The theophylline release was quite steady after 6 months in different conditions (temperature and humidity). Thus, the mixture of glyceryl palmitostearate and poloxamers is an approach with many advantages for the development of controlled-release formulations by capsule molding.

  6. Numerical investigations on the effect of slenderness ratio of matrix elements in cryogenic chill down process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reby Roy, K. E.; Mohammed, Jesna; Abhiroop, V. M.; Thekkethil, S. R.

    2017-02-01

    Cryogenic fluids have many applications in space, medicine, preservation etc. The chill-down of cryogenic fluid transfer line is a complicated phenomenon occurring in most of the cryogenic systems. The cryogenic fluid transfer line, which is initially at room temperature, has to be cooled to the temperature of the cryogen as fast as possible. When the cryogenic fluid at liquid state passes along the line, transient heat transfer between the cryogen and the transfer line causes voracious evaporation of the liquid. This paper makes a contribution to the two-phase flow along a rectangular flow passage consisting of an array of elliptically shaped matrix elements. A simplified 2D model is considered and the problem is solved using ANSYS FLUENT. The present analysis aims to study the influence of the slenderness ratio of matrix elements on the heat transfer rate and chill down time. For a comparative study, matrix elements of slenderness ratios 5 and 10 are considered. Liquid nitrogen at 74K flows through the matrix. The material of the transfer line is assumed to be aluminium which is initially at room temperature. The influence of Reynolds numbers from 800 to 3000 on chill-down is also investigated.

  7. Formulation and Evaluation of a Novel Matrix-Type Orally Disintegrating Ibuprofen Tablet

    PubMed Central

    Tayebi, Hoda; Mortazavi, Seyed Alireza

    2011-01-01

    Orally disintegrating tablets (ODTs) are capable of turning quickly into a liquid dosage form in contact with the saliva, thus possessing the advantages of both the solid dosage forms particularly stability and liquid dosage forms specially ease of swallowing and pre-gastric absorption of drug. The aim of this study was to prepare a novel matrix-type buccal fast disintegrating ibuprofen tablet formulation using special polymers, water soluble excipients, super-disintegrants and quickly soluble granules. For this purpose different tablet formulations of ibuprofen were prepared. The amount of ibuprofen in each formulation was 100 mg. Eight groups of formulation were prepared (A-H series), accounting for a total number of 45 formulations. Formulations prepared were examined in terms of different physicochemical tests including powder/granule flowability, appearance, thickness, uniformity of weight, hardness, friability and disintegration time. Results of formulation F22a (in series F), was found to be acceptable, making it the chosen formulation for further studies. Then, by adding various flavorants and sweeteners to this formulation, complementary series of formulations, named G and H, were prepared. Following the comparison of their taste with each other through asking 10 volunteers, the most suitable formulation regarding the taste, being formulation F22s, was chosen as the ultimate formulation. This formulation had PVP, ibuprofen and croscarmellose as the intra-granular components and xylitol and saccharin as the extra-granular ingredients. Formulation F22s was found to be acceptable in terms of physicochemical tests conducted, showing quick disintegration within the buccal cavity, appropriate hardness and rather low friability. Hence formulation F22s was selected as the final formulation. PMID:24250378

  8. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Peric, A.D.

    Powder and granules of the high density polyethylene (PEHD) were used to prepare mortar based matrices for immobilization of radioactive waste materials containing {sup 137}Cs, as well as containers for solidified radioactive waste form. Seven types of matrices, differ due to the percentage of granules and filler material added, were investigated. PEHD powder and granules were added to mortar matrix preparations with the objective of improving physico-chemical characteristics of the radwaste-mortar matrix mixtures, in particular the leach-rate of the immobilized radionuclide, as well as mechanical characteristics either of mortar matrix and container. In this paper, only mechanical strength aspect ofmore » the investigated mortar and concrete container formulations, is presented. The equivalent diameter of the PEHD granules used was 2.0 mm. PEHD granules were used to replace 100 volume percent of stone granules, sifted size of 2.0 mm, normally used in the matrix preparation, in order to decrease the porosity and density of the mortar matrix and to avoid segregation of the stone particles at the bottom of the immobilized radioactive waste cylindrical form. PEHD powder, particle size of 250 micrometer, was added as filler to the mortar formulation, replacing 5, 8 and 10 wt% of the total cement weight in matrix formulation and 15 and 18 wt% of the total cement weight in container formulation. Cured samples were investigated on mechanical strength, using 150 MPa hydraulic press, in order to determine influence of added polyethylene granules and powder on samples resistance to mechanical forces that solidified waste materials and concrete containers may experience at the disposal site. Results of performed investigations have shown that samples prepared with polyethylene granules, replacing 100 wt% of the stone granules, have almost twice as much mechanical strength than samples prepared with stone aggregate. Samples prepared with PEHD granules and powder have mechanical strength resistance up to 13.5% higher than ones prepared with PEHD granules, solely. Improved Mechanical strength resistance of tested samples accommodates trend that functionally depends on the percentage of PEHD powder added in formulation.« less

  9. General Relativistic Radiative Transfer: Applications to Black-Hole Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wu, Kinwah; Fuerst, Steven V.; Mizuno, Yosuke; Nishikawa, Ken-Ichi; Branduardi-Raymont, Graziella; Lee, Khee-Gan

    2007-01-01

    We present general relativistic radiation transfer formulations which include opacity effects due to absorption, emission and scattering explicitly. We consider a moment expansions for the transfer in the presence of scattering. The formulation is applied to calculation emissions from accretion and outflows in black-hole systems. Cases with thin accretion disks and accretion tori are considered. Effects, such as emission anisotropy, non-stationary flows and geometrical self-occultation are investigated. Polarisation transfer in curved space-time is discussed qualitatively.

  10. A robust bi-orthogonal/dynamically-orthogonal method using the covariance pseudo-inverse with application to stochastic flow problems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Babaee, Hessam; Choi, Minseok; Sapsis, Themistoklis P.; Karniadakis, George Em

    2017-09-01

    We develop a new robust methodology for the stochastic Navier-Stokes equations based on the dynamically-orthogonal (DO) and bi-orthogonal (BO) methods [1-3]. Both approaches are variants of a generalized Karhunen-Loève (KL) expansion in which both the stochastic coefficients and the spatial basis evolve according to system dynamics, hence, capturing the low-dimensional structure of the solution. The DO and BO formulations are mathematically equivalent [3], but they exhibit computationally complimentary properties. Specifically, the BO formulation may fail due to crossing of the eigenvalues of the covariance matrix, while both BO and DO become unstable when there is a high condition number of the covariance matrix or zero eigenvalues. To this end, we combine the two methods into a robust hybrid framework and in addition we employ a pseudo-inverse technique to invert the covariance matrix. The robustness of the proposed method stems from addressing the following issues in the DO/BO formulation: (i) eigenvalue crossing: we resolve the issue of eigenvalue crossing in the BO formulation by switching to the DO near eigenvalue crossing using the equivalence theorem and switching back to BO when the distance between eigenvalues is larger than a threshold value; (ii) ill-conditioned covariance matrix: we utilize a pseudo-inverse strategy to invert the covariance matrix; (iii) adaptivity: we utilize an adaptive strategy to add/remove modes to resolve the covariance matrix up to a threshold value. In particular, we introduce a soft-threshold criterion to allow the system to adapt to the newly added/removed mode and therefore avoid repetitive and unnecessary mode addition/removal. When the total variance approaches zero, we show that the DO/BO formulation becomes equivalent to the evolution equation of the Optimally Time-Dependent modes [4]. We demonstrate the capability of the proposed methodology with several numerical examples, namely (i) stochastic Burgers equation: we analyze the performance of the method in the presence of eigenvalue crossing and zero eigenvalues; (ii) stochastic Kovasznay flow: we examine the method in the presence of a singular covariance matrix; and (iii) we examine the adaptivity of the method for an incompressible flow over a cylinder where for large stochastic forcing thirteen DO/BO modes are active.

  11. Matrix heat exchanger including a liquid, thermal couplant

    DOEpatents

    Fewell, Thomas E.; Ward, Charles T.

    1976-01-01

    A tube-to-tube heat exchanger is disclosed with a thermally conductive matrix between and around the tubes to define annuli between the tubes and matrix. The annuli are filled to a level with a molten metal or alloy to provide a conductive heat transfer path from one tube through the matrix to the second tube. A matrix heat exchanger of this type is particularly useful for heat transfer between fluids which would react should one leak into the second.

  12. Development of a poly(dimethylacrylamide) based matrix material for solid phase high density peptide array synthesis employing a laser based material transfer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ridder, Barbara; Foertsch, Tobias C.; Welle, Alexander; Mattes, Daniela S.; von Bojnicic-Kninski, Clemens M.; Loeffler, Felix F.; Nesterov-Mueller, Alexander; Meier, Michael A. R.; Breitling, Frank

    2016-12-01

    Poly(dimethylacrylamide) (PDMA) based matrix materials were developed for laser-based in situ solid phase peptide synthesis to produce high density arrays. In this specific array synthesis approach, amino acid derivatives are embedded into a matrix material, serving as a ;solid; solvent material at room temperature. Then, a laser pulse transfers this mixture to the target position on a synthesis slide, where the peptide array is synthesized. Upon heating above the glass transition temperature of the matrix material, it softens, allowing diffusion of the amino acid derivatives to the synthesis surface and serving as a solvent for peptide bond formation. Here, we synthesized PDMA six-arm star polymers, offering the desired matrix material properties, using atom transfer radical polymerization. With the synthesized polymers as matrix material, we structured and synthesized arrays with combinatorial laser transfer. With densities of up to 20,000 peptide spots per cm2, the resolution could be increased compared to the commercially available standard matrix material. Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry experiments revealed the penetration behavior of an amino acid derivative into the prepared acceptor synthesis surface and the effectiveness of the washing protocols.

  13. Mixed quantum/classical theory of rotationally and vibrationally inelastic scattering in space-fixed and body-fixed reference frames

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Semenov, Alexander; Babikov, Dmitri

    2013-11-01

    We formulated the mixed quantum/classical theory for rotationally and vibrationally inelastic scattering process in the diatomic molecule + atom system. Two versions of theory are presented, first in the space-fixed and second in the body-fixed reference frame. First version is easy to derive and the resultant equations of motion are transparent, but the state-to-state transition matrix is complex-valued and dense. Such calculations may be computationally demanding for heavier molecules and/or higher temperatures, when the number of accessible channels becomes large. In contrast, the second version of theory requires some tedious derivations and the final equations of motion are rather complicated (not particularly intuitive). However, the state-to-state transitions are driven by real-valued sparse matrixes of much smaller size. Thus, this formulation is the method of choice from the computational point of view, while the space-fixed formulation can serve as a test of the body-fixed equations of motion, and the code. Rigorous numerical tests were carried out for a model system to ensure that all equations, matrixes, and computer codes in both formulations are correct.

  14. Formulation of immunoassay calibrators in pasteurized albumin can significantly enhance their durability.

    PubMed

    Warren, David J; Nordlund, Marianne S; Paus, Elisabeth

    2010-02-28

    Calibrator matrix can have significant effects on the commutability of assay standards and on the maintenance of their integrity. We have observed marked instability in progastrin-releasing peptide (proGRP) assay standards traceable to the bovine serum albumin (BSA) used in matrix formulation. Attempts were made to improve calibrator stability using different albumin pretreatments. Observed analyte recoveries in calibrators prepared with untreated BSA were consistently less than 45% after 1 week of storage at 4 degrees C. Pre-treating the BSA by chromatography on immobilized heparin or benzamidine failed to improve calibrator durability with day 7 recoveries of less than 55%. In marked contrast, calibrators formulated with albumin pasteurized at pH 3.0 displayed remarkable stability. Recoveries of >97% were observed after 4 weeks of storage at either 4 degrees C or room temperature. Even calibrators incubated for 4 weeks at 37 degrees C gave recoveries between 91-106%. This improvement was not seen with BSA pasteurized at neutral pH. Albumin pretreatment is straightforward, easily scalable and dramatically improves calibrator stability. Matrix formulated with acid-pasteurized BSA may prove more generally useful when assays are plagued by poor calibrator durability. 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. Improved high temperature resistant matrix resins

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chang, G. E.; Powell, S. H.; Jones, R. J.

    1983-01-01

    The objective was to develop organic matrix resins suitable for service at temperatures up to 644 K (700 F) and at air pressures up to 0.4 MPa (60 psia) for time durations of a minimum of 100 hours. Matrix resins capable of withstanding these extreme oxidative environmental conditions would lead to increased use of polymer matrix composites in aircraft engines and provide significant weight and cost savings. Six linear condensation, aromatic/heterocyclic polymers containing fluorinated and/or diphenyl linkages were synthesized. The thermo-oxidative stability of the resins was determined at 644 K and compressed air pressures up to 0.4 MPa. Two formulations, both containing perfluoroisopropylidene linkages in the polymer backbone structure, exhibited potential for 644 K service to meet the program objectives. Two other formulations could not be fabricated into compression molded zero defect specimens.

  16. Matrix-assisted cocrystallization (MAC) simultaneous production and formulation of pharmaceutical cocrystals by hot-melt extrusion.

    PubMed

    Boksa, Kevin; Otte, Andrew; Pinal, Rodolfo

    2014-09-01

    A novel method for the simultaneous production and formulation of pharmaceutical cocrystals, matrix-assisted cocrystallization (MAC), is presented. Hot-melt extrusion (HME) is used to create cocrystals by coprocessing the drug and coformer in the presence of a matrix material. Carbamazepine (CBZ), nicotinamide (NCT), and Soluplus were used as a model drug, coformer, and matrix, respectively. The MAC product containing 80:20 (w/w) cocrystal:matrix was characterized by differential scanning calorimetry, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, and powder X-ray diffraction. A partial least squares (PLS) regression model was developed for quantifying the efficiency of cocrystal formation. The MAC product was estimated to be 78% (w/w) cocrystal (theoretical 80%), with approximately 0.3% mixture of free (unreacted) CBZ and NCT, and 21.6% Soluplus (theoretical 20%) with the PLS model. A physical mixture (PM) of a reference cocrystal (RCC), prepared by precipitation from solution, and Soluplus resulted in faster dissolution relative to the pure RCC. However, the MAC product with the exact same composition resulted in considerably faster dissolution and higher maximum concentration (∼five-fold) than those of the PM. The MAC product consists of high-quality cocrystals embedded in a matrix. The processing aspect of MAC plays a major role on the faster dissolution observed. The MAC approach offers a scalable process, suitable for the continuous manufacturing and formulation of pharmaceutical cocrystals. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

  17. Sensitivity of secondary production and export flux to choice of trophic transfer formulation in marine ecosystem models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anderson, Thomas R.; Hessen, Dag O.; Mitra, Aditee; Mayor, Daniel J.; Yool, Andrew

    2013-09-01

    The performance of four contemporary formulations describing trophic transfer, which have strongly contrasting assumptions as regards the way that consumer growth is calculated as a function of food C:N ratio and in the fate of non-limiting substrates, was compared in two settings: a simple steady-state ecosystem model and a 3D biogeochemical general circulation model. Considerable variation was seen in predictions for primary production, transfer to higher trophic levels and export to the ocean interior. The physiological basis of the various assumptions underpinning the chosen formulations is open to question. Assumptions include Liebig-style limitation of growth, strict homeostasis in zooplankton biomass, and whether excess C and N are released by voiding in faecal pellets or via respiration/excretion post-absorption by the gut. Deciding upon the most appropriate means of formulating trophic transfer is not straightforward because, despite advances in ecological stoichiometry, the physiological mechanisms underlying these phenomena remain incompletely understood. Nevertheless, worrying inconsistencies are evident in the way in which fundamental transfer processes are justified and parameterised in the current generation of marine ecosystem models, manifested in the resulting simulations of ocean biogeochemistry. Our work highlights the need for modellers to revisit and appraise the equations and parameter values used to describe trophic transfer in marine ecosystem models.

  18. Coherent-Anomaly Method in Critical Phenomena. III.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hu, Xiao; Katori, Makoto; Suzuki, Masuo

    Two kinds of systematic mean-field transfer-matrix methods are formulated in the 2-dimensional Ising spin system, by introducing Weiss-like and Bethe-like approximations. All the critical exponents as well as the true critical point can be estimated in these methods following the CAM procedure. The numerical results of the above system are Tc* = 2.271 (J/kB), γ=γ' ≃ 1.749, β≃0.131 and δ ≃ 15.1. The specific heat is confirmed to be continuous and to have a logarithmic divergence at the true critical point, i.e., α=α'=0. Thus, the finite-degree-of-approximation scaling ansatz is shown to be correct and very powerful in practical estimations of the critical exponents as well as the true critical point.

  19. FAST TRACK COMMUNICATION Critical exponents of domain walls in the two-dimensional Potts model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dubail, Jérôme; Lykke Jacobsen, Jesper; Saleur, Hubert

    2010-12-01

    We address the geometrical critical behavior of the two-dimensional Q-state Potts model in terms of the spin clusters (i.e. connected domains where the spin takes a constant value). These clusters are different from the usual Fortuin-Kasteleyn clusters, and are separated by domain walls that can cross and branch. We develop a transfer matrix technique enabling the formulation and numerical study of spin clusters even when Q is not an integer. We further identify geometrically the crossing events which give rise to conformal correlation functions. This leads to an infinite series of fundamental critical exponents h_{\\ell _1-\\ell _2,2\\ell _1}, valid for 0 <= Q <= 4, that describe the insertion of ell1 thin and ell2 thick domain walls.

  20. Super periodic potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hasan, Mohammd; Mandal, Bhabani Prasad

    2018-04-01

    In this paper we introduce the concept of super periodic potential (SPP) of arbitrary order n, n ∈I+, in one dimension. General theory of wave propagation through SPP of order n is presented and the reflection and transmission coefficients are derived in their closed analytical form by transfer matrix formulation. We present scattering features of super periodic rectangular potential and super periodic delta potential as special cases of SPP. It is found that the symmetric self-similarity is the special case of super periodicity. Thus by identifying a symmetric fractal potential as special cases of SPP, one can obtain the tunnelling amplitude for a particle from such fractal potential. By using the formalism of SPP we obtain the close form expression of tunnelling amplitude of a particle for general Cantor and Smith-Volterra-Cantor potentials.

  1. Symplectic maps and chromatic optics in particle accelerators

    DOE PAGES

    Cai, Yunhai

    2015-07-06

    Here, we have applied the nonlinear map method to comprehensively characterize the chromatic optics in particle accelerators. Our approach is built on the foundation of symplectic transfer maps of magnetic elements. The chromatic lattice parameters can be transported from one element to another by the maps. We also introduce a Jacobian operator that provides an intrinsic linkage between the maps and the matrix with parameter dependence. The link allows us to directly apply the formulation of the linear optics to compute the chromatic lattice parameters. As an illustration, we analyze an alternating-gradient cell with nonlinear sextupoles, octupoles, and decapoles andmore » derive analytically their settings for the local chromatic compensation. Finally, the cell becomes nearly perfect up to the third-order of the momentum deviation.« less

  2. Formulation and evaluation of diclofenac controlled release matrix tablets made of HPMC and Poloxamer 188 polymer: An assessment on mechanism of drug release.

    PubMed

    Al-Hanbali, Othman A; Hamed, Rania; Arafat, Mosab; Bakkour, Youssef; Al-Matubsi, Hisham; Mansour, Randa; Al-Bataineh, Yazan; Aldhoun, Mohammad; Sarfraz, Muhammad; Dardas, Abdel Khaleq Yousef

    2018-01-01

    In this study, hydrophilic hydroxypropyl methylcellulose matrices with various concentrations of Poloxamer 188 were used in the development of oral controlled release tablets containing diclofenac sodium. Four formulations of hydrophilic matrix tablets containing 16.7% w/w HPMC and 0, 6.7, 16.7 and 25.0% w/w Poloxamer 188, respectively, were developed. Tablets were prepared by direct compression and characterized for diameter, hardness, thickness, weight and uniformity of content. The influence of various blends of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and Poloxamer 188 on the in vitro dissolution profile and mechanism of drug release of was investigated. In the four formulations, the rate of drug release decreased with increasing the concentration of Poloxamer 188 at the initial dissolution stages due to the increase in the apparent viscosity of the gel diffusion layer. However, in the late dissolution stages, the rate of drug release increased with increasing Poloxamer 188 concentration due to the increase in wettability and dissolution of the matrix. The kinetic of drug release from the tablets followed non-Fickian mechanism, as predicted by Korsmeyer-Peppas model, which involves diffusion through the gel layer and erosion of the matrix system.

  3. A momentum-space formulation without partial wave decomposition for scattering of two spin-half particles

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fachruddin, Imam, E-mail: imam.fachruddin@sci.ui.ac.id; Salam, Agus

    2016-03-11

    A new momentum-space formulation for scattering of two spin-half particles, both either identical or unidentical, is formulated. As basis states the free linear-momentum states are not expanded into the angular-momentum states, the system’s spin states are described by the product of the spin states of the two particles, and the system’s isospin states by the total isospin states of the two particles. We evaluate the Lippmann-Schwinger equations for the T-matrix elements in these basis states. The azimuthal behavior of the potential and of the T-matrix elements leads to a set of coupled integral equations for the T-matrix elements in twomore » variables only, which are the magnitude of the relative momentum and the scattering angle. Some symmetry relations for the potential and the T-matrix elements reduce the number of the integral equations to be solved. A set of six spin operators to express any interaction of two spin-half particles is introduced. We show the spin-averaged differential cross section as being calculated in terms of the solution of the set of the integral equations.« less

  4. A new experimental design method to optimize formulations focusing on a lubricant for hydrophilic matrix tablets.

    PubMed

    Choi, Du Hyung; Shin, Sangmun; Khoa Viet Truong, Nguyen; Jeong, Seong Hoon

    2012-09-01

    A robust experimental design method was developed with the well-established response surface methodology and time series modeling to facilitate the formulation development process with magnesium stearate incorporated into hydrophilic matrix tablets. Two directional analyses and a time-oriented model were utilized to optimize the experimental responses. Evaluations of tablet gelation and drug release were conducted with two factors x₁ and x₂: one was a formulation factor (the amount of magnesium stearate) and the other was a processing factor (mixing time), respectively. Moreover, different batch sizes (100 and 500 tablet batches) were also evaluated to investigate an effect of batch size. The selected input control factors were arranged in a mixture simplex lattice design with 13 experimental runs. The obtained optimal settings of magnesium stearate for gelation were 0.46 g, 2.76 min (mixing time) for a 100 tablet batch and 1.54 g, 6.51 min for a 500 tablet batch. The optimal settings for drug release were 0.33 g, 7.99 min for a 100 tablet batch and 1.54 g, 6.51 min for a 500 tablet batch. The exact ratio and mixing time of magnesium stearate could be formulated according to the resulting hydrophilic matrix tablet properties. The newly designed experimental method provided very useful information for characterizing significant factors and hence to obtain optimum formulations allowing for a systematic and reliable experimental design method.

  5. Formulation and In-vitro Characterization of Sustained Release Matrix Type Ocular Timolol Maleate Mini-Tablet

    PubMed Central

    Mortazavi, Seyed Alireza; Jafariazar, Zahra; Ghadjahani, Yasaman; Mahmoodi, Hoda; Mehtarpour, Farzaneh

    2014-01-01

    The purpose of this study was preparation and evaluation of sustained release matrix type ocular mini-tablets of timolol maleate, as a potential formulation for the treatment of glaucoma. Following the initial studies on timolol maleate powder, it was formulated into ocular mini-tablets. The polymers investigated in this study included cellulose derivatives (HEC, CMC, EC) and Carbopol 971P. Mannitol was used as the solubilizing agent and magnesium stearate as the lubricant. Mini-tablets were prepared by through mixing of the ingredients, followed by direct compression. All the prepared formulations were evaluated in terms of physicochemical tests, including uniformity of weight, thickness, crushing strength, friability and in-vitro drug release. Four groups of formulations were prepared. The presence of different amounts of cellulose derivatives or Carbopol 971P, alone, was studied in group A formulations. In group B formulations, the effect of adding Carbopol 971P alongside different cellulose derivatives was investigated. Group C formulations were made by including mannitol as the solubilizing agent, alongside Carbopol 971P and a cellulose derivative. In group D formulations, mini-tablets were made using Carbopol 971P, alongside two different cellulose derivative. The selected formulation (C1) contained ethyl cellulose, Carbopol 971P, mannitol and magnesium stearate, which showed almost 100% drug release over 5 h. Based on kinetic studies, this formulation was found to best fit the zero-order model of drug release. However, the Higuchi and Hixson -Crowell models also showed a good fit. Hence, overall, formulation C1 was chosen as the best formulation. PMID:24734053

  6. Effect of hydrophobic inclusions on polymer swelling kinetics studied by magnetic resonance imaging.

    PubMed

    Gajdošová, Michaela; Pěček, Daniel; Sarvašová, Nina; Grof, Zdeněk; Štěpánek, František

    2016-03-16

    The rate of drug release from polymer matrix-based sustained release formulations is often controlled by the thickness of a gel layer that forms upon contact with dissolution medium. The effect of formulation parameters on the kinetics of elementary rate processes that contribute to gel layer formation, such as water ingress, polymer swelling and erosion, is therefore of interest. In the present work, gel layer formation has been investigated by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), which is a non-destructive method allowing direct visualization of effective water concentration inside the tablet and its surrounding. Using formulations with Levetiracetam as the active ingredient, HPMC as a hydrophilic matrix former and carnauba wax (CW) as a hydrophobic component in the matrix system, the effect of different ratios of these two ingredients on the kinetics of gel formation (MRI) and drug release (USP 4 like dissolution test) has been investigated and interpreted using a mathematical model. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. On the transfer matrix of the supersymmetric eight-vertex model. I. Periodic boundary conditions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hagendorf, Christian; Liénardy, Jean

    2018-03-01

    The square-lattice eight-vertex model with vertex weights a, b, c, d obeying the relation (a^2+ab)(b^2+ab) = (c^2+ab)(d^2+ab) and periodic boundary conditions is considered. It is shown that the transfer matrix of the model for L  =  2n  +  1 vertical lines and periodic boundary conditions along the horizontal direction possesses the doubly degenerate eigenvalue \\Thetan = (a+b){\\hspace{0pt}}2n+1 . This proves a conjecture by Stroganov from 2001. The proof uses the supersymmetry of a related XYZ spin-chain Hamiltonian. The eigenstates of the transfer matrix corresponding to \\Thetan are shown to be the ground states of the spin-chain Hamiltonian. Moreover, for positive vertex weights \\Thetan is the largest eigenvalue of the transfer matrix.

  8. Transfer matrix spectrum for cyclic representations of the 6-vertex reflection algebra by quantum separation of variables

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pezelier, Baptiste

    2018-02-01

    In this proceeding, we recall the notion of quantum integrable systems on a lattice and then introduce the Sklyanin’s Separation of Variables method. We sum up the main results for the transfer matrix spectral problem for the cyclic representations of the trigonometric 6-vertex reflection algebra associated to the Bazanov-Stroganov Lax operator. These results apply as well to the spectral analysis of the lattice sine-Gordon model with open boundary conditions. The transfer matrix spectrum (both eigenvalues and eigenstates) is completely characterized in terms of the set of solutions to a discrete system of polynomial equations. We state an equivalent characterization as the set of solutions to a Baxter’s like T-Q functional equation, allowing us to rewrite the transfer matrix eigenstates in an algebraic Bethe ansatz form.

  9. Matrix basis for plane and modal waves in a Timoshenko beam.

    PubMed

    Claeyssen, Julio Cesar Ruiz; Tolfo, Daniela de Rosso; Tonetto, Leticia

    2016-11-01

    Plane waves and modal waves of the Timoshenko beam model are characterized in closed form by introducing robust matrix basis that behave according to the nature of frequency and wave or modal numbers. These new characterizations are given in terms of a finite number of coupling matrices and closed form generating scalar functions. Through Liouville's technique, these latter are well behaved at critical or static situations. Eigenanalysis is formulated for exponential and modal waves. Modal waves are superposition of four plane waves, but there are plane waves that cannot be modal waves. Reflected and transmitted waves at an interface point are formulated in matrix terms, regardless of having a conservative or a dissipative situation. The matrix representation of modal waves is used in a crack problem for determining the reflected and transmitted matrices. Their euclidean norms are seen to be dominated by certain components at low and high frequencies. The matrix basis technique is also used with a non-local Timoshenko model and with the wave interaction with a boundary. The matrix basis allows to characterize reflected and transmitted waves in spectral and non-spectral form.

  10. A novel approach in formulation of special transition elements: Mesh interface elements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sarigul, Nesrin

    1991-01-01

    The objective of this research program is in the development of more accurate and efficient methods for solution of singular problems encountered in various branches of mechanics. The research program can be categorized under three levels. The first two levels involve the formulation of a new class of elements called 'mesh interface elements' (MIE) to connect meshes of traditional elements either in three dimensions or in three and two dimensions. The finite element formulations are based on boolean sum and blending operators. MEI are being formulated and tested in this research to account for the steep gradients encountered in aircraft and space structure applications. At present, the heat transfer and structural analysis problems are being formulated from uncoupled theory point of view. The status report: (1) summarizes formulation for heat transfer and structural analysis; (2) explains formulation of MEI; (3) examines computational efficiency; and (4) shows verification examples.

  11. Combined heat and mass transfer device for improving separation process

    DOEpatents

    Tran, Thanh Nhon

    1999-01-01

    A two-phase small channel heat exchange matrix simultaneously provides for heat transfer and mass transfer between the liquid and vapor phases of a multi-component mixture at a single, predetermined location within a separation column, significantly improving the thermodynamic efficiency of the separation process. The small channel heat exchange matrix is composed of a series of channels having a hydraulic diameter no greater than 5.0 millimeters for conducting a two-phase coolant. In operation, the matrix provides the liquid-vapor contacting surfaces within the separation column, such that heat and mass are transferred simultaneously between the liquid and vapor phases. The two-phase coolant allows for a uniform heat transfer coefficient to be maintained along the length of the channels and across the surface of the matrix. Preferably, a perforated, concave sheet connects each channel to an adjacent channel to facilitate the flow of the liquid and vapor phases within the column and to increase the liquid-vapor contacting surface area.

  12. Combined heat and mass transfer device for improving separation process

    DOEpatents

    Tran, T.N.

    1999-08-24

    A two-phase small channel heat exchange matrix simultaneously provides for heat transfer and mass transfer between the liquid and vapor phases of a multi-component mixture at a single, predetermined location within a separation column, significantly improving the thermodynamic efficiency of the separation process. The small channel heat exchange matrix is composed of a series of channels having a hydraulic diameter no greater than 5.0 millimeters for conducting a two-phase coolant. In operation, the matrix provides the liquid-vapor contacting surfaces within the separation column, such that heat and mass are transferred simultaneously between the liquid and vapor phases. The two-phase coolant allows for a uniform heat transfer coefficient to be maintained along the length of the channels and across the surface of the matrix. Preferably, a perforated, concave sheet connects each channel to an adjacent channel to facilitate the flow of the liquid and vapor phases within the column and to increase the liquid-vapor contacting surface area. 12 figs.

  13. Efficient Basis Formulation for (1 +1 )-Dimensional SU(2) Lattice Gauge Theory: Spectral Calculations with Matrix Product States

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bañuls, Mari Carmen; Cichy, Krzysztof; Cirac, J. Ignacio; Jansen, Karl; Kühn, Stefan

    2017-10-01

    We propose an explicit formulation of the physical subspace for a (1 +1 )-dimensional SU(2) lattice gauge theory, where the gauge degrees of freedom are integrated out. Our formulation is completely general, and might be potentially suited for the design of future quantum simulators. Additionally, it allows for addressing the theory numerically with matrix product states. We apply this technique to explore the spectral properties of the model and the effect of truncating the gauge degrees of freedom to a small finite dimension. In particular, we determine the scaling exponents for the vector mass. Furthermore, we also compute the entanglement entropy in the ground state and study its scaling towards the continuum limit.

  14. Fem Formulation for Heat and Mass Transfer in Porous Medium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Azeem; Soudagar, Manzoor Elahi M.; Salman Ahmed, N. J.; Anjum Badruddin, Irfan

    2017-08-01

    Heat and mass transfer in porous medium can be modelled using three partial differential equations namely, momentum equation, energy equation and mass diffusion. These three equations are coupled to each other by some common terms that turn the whole phenomenon into a complex problem with inter-dependable variables. The current article describes the finite element formulation of heat and mass transfer in porous medium with respect to Cartesian coordinates. The problem under study is formulated into algebraic form of equations by using Galerkin's method with the help of two-node linear triangular element having three nodes. The domain is meshed with smaller sized elements near the wall region and bigger size away from walls.

  15. Sparse non-negative matrix factorizations via alternating non-negativity-constrained least squares for microarray data analysis.

    PubMed

    Kim, Hyunsoo; Park, Haesun

    2007-06-15

    Many practical pattern recognition problems require non-negativity constraints. For example, pixels in digital images and chemical concentrations in bioinformatics are non-negative. Sparse non-negative matrix factorizations (NMFs) are useful when the degree of sparseness in the non-negative basis matrix or the non-negative coefficient matrix in an NMF needs to be controlled in approximating high-dimensional data in a lower dimensional space. In this article, we introduce a novel formulation of sparse NMF and show how the new formulation leads to a convergent sparse NMF algorithm via alternating non-negativity-constrained least squares. We apply our sparse NMF algorithm to cancer-class discovery and gene expression data analysis and offer biological analysis of the results obtained. Our experimental results illustrate that the proposed sparse NMF algorithm often achieves better clustering performance with shorter computing time compared to other existing NMF algorithms. The software is available as supplementary material.

  16. Hybrid transfer-matrix FDTD method for layered periodic structures.

    PubMed

    Deinega, Alexei; Belousov, Sergei; Valuev, Ilya

    2009-03-15

    A hybrid transfer-matrix finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method is proposed for modeling the optical properties of finite-width planar periodic structures. This method can also be applied for calculation of the photonic bands in infinite photonic crystals. We describe the procedure of evaluating the transfer-matrix elements by a special numerical FDTD simulation. The accuracy of the new method is tested by comparing computed transmission spectra of a 32-layered photonic crystal composed of spherical or ellipsoidal scatterers with the results of direct FDTD and layer-multiple-scattering calculations.

  17. Pharmacokinetic analysis of modified-release metoprolol formulations: An interspecies comparison.

    PubMed

    De Thaye, Elien; Vervaeck, Anouk; Marostica, Eleonora; Remon, Jean Paul; Van Bocxlaer, Jan; Vervaet, Chris; Vermeulen, An

    2017-01-15

    In the current study, we investigated the metoprolol absorption kinetics of an in-house produced oral sustained-release formulation, matrices manufactured via prilling, and two commercially available formulations, ZOK-ZID ® (reservoir) and Slow-Lopresor ® (matrix) in both New Zealand White rabbits and Beagle dogs, using a population pharmacokinetic analysis approach. The aim of this study was to compare the in vivo pharmacokinetic (PK) profiles of different formulations based on metoprolol, a selective adrenergic β 1 -receptor antagonist, in dogs and rabbits and to contrast the observed differences. To that end, metoprolol (50 to 200mg) was administered to 6 Beagle dogs and 6 New Zealand White rabbits as a single intravenous (IV) bolus injection and to 8 dogs and 6 rabbits as an oral modified release formulation. To derive pharmacokinetic parameters from the data, a non-linear mixed-effects model was developed using NONMEM ® where the contribution of observations below the limit of detection (BDL, below detection limit) to the parameter estimates was taken into account in the parameter estimation procedure. In both species and for the three modified release formulations, different absorption models were tested to describe the PK of metoprolol following oral dosing. In Beagle dogs, plasma concentration-time profiles were best described using a sequential zero- and first-order absorption model. In rabbits though, the absorption phase was best described using a first-order process only. In both species, the reservoir formulation ZOK-ZID ® was behaving quite similarly. In contrast, the absorption properties of both matrix formulations were rather different between species. This study indicates that the PK of the reservoir formulation is similar in both species, even after accounting for the almost completely missed absorption phase in rabbits. The insights gained further illustrate that rabbits are not very well suited to study the PK of the current matrix formulations in view of their less optimal prolonged release characteristics and the resulting fast decline in metoprolol plasma levels. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. In vivo biocompatibility, sustained-release and stability of triptorelin formulations based on a liquid, degradable polymer.

    PubMed

    Asmus, Lutz R; Tille, Jean-Christophe; Kaufmann, Béatrice; Melander, Louise; Weiss, Torsten; Vessman, Kerstin; Koechling, Wolfgang; Schwach, Grégoire; Gurny, Robert; Möller, Michael

    2013-02-10

    Hexylsubstituted poly(lactic acid) (hexPLA) is a viscous polymer, which degrades in the presence of water similar to the structure related poly(lactic acid). With hydrophilic active compounds, like Triptorelin acetate, the lipophilic polymer was formulated in form of parenterally injectable suspensions. This first in vivo study toward the biocompatibility of hexPLA implants in rats over 3 months in comparison to in situ forming poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) formulations is presented here. The hexPLA implants showed only a mild acute inflammation at the injection site after application, which continuously regressed. In contrast to the PLGA formulations, hexPLA did not provoke an encapsulation of the implant with extracellular matrix. Prior to the formulation application, the stability of Triptorelin inside the hexPLA matrix was assessed under different storage conditions and in the presence of buffer to simulate a peptide degrading environment. At 5°C Triptorelin showed a stability of 98% inside the polymer for at least 6 months. The stability was still 78% at an elevated temperature of 40°C. HexPLA protected the incorporated peptide from the surrounding aqueous environment, which resulted in 20% less degradation inside the polymer compared to the solution. This protection effect supports the use of Triptorelin-hexPLA formulations for parenteral sustained-release formulations. In a second in vivo evaluation in Wistar Hannover rats, formulations containing 5% and 10% Triptorelin in the polymeric matrix released the active compound continuously for 6 months. The formulations showed a higher release during the initial 7 days, which is necessary for the clinical use to down-regulate all GnRH-receptors. Afterwards, a zero order drug release was observed over the first 3 months. After 3 months, the plasma levels decreased slowly but remained at effective concentrations for the total of 6 months. Furthermore, a qualitative in vitro-in vivo correlation was observed, possibly facilitating future optimization of the Triptorelin-hexPLA sustained-release formulations. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Transferring elements of a density matrix

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Allahverdyan, Armen E.; Hovhannisyan, Karen V.; Yerevan State University, A. Manoogian Street 1, Yerevan

    2010-01-15

    We study restrictions imposed by quantum mechanics on the process of matrix-element transfer. This problem is at the core of quantum measurements and state transfer. Given two systems A and B with initial density matrices lambda and r, respectively, we consider interactions that lead to transferring certain matrix elements of unknown lambda into those of the final state r-tilde of B. We find that this process eliminates the memory on the transferred (or certain other) matrix elements from the final state of A. If one diagonal matrix element is transferred, r(tilde sign){sub aa}=lambda{sub aa}, the memory on each nondiagonal elementmore » lambda{sub an}ot ={sub b} is completely eliminated from the final density operator of A. Consider the following three quantities, Relambda{sub an}ot ={sub b}, Imlambda{sub an}ot ={sub b}, and lambda{sub aa}-lambda{sub bb} (the real and imaginary part of a nondiagonal element and the corresponding difference between diagonal elements). Transferring one of them, e.g., Rer(tilde sign){sub an}ot ={sub b}=Relambda{sub an}ot ={sub b}, erases the memory on two others from the final state of A. Generalization of these setups to a finite-accuracy transfer brings in a trade-off between the accuracy and the amount of preserved memory. This trade-off is expressed via system-independent uncertainty relations that account for local aspects of the accuracy-disturbance trade-off in quantum measurements. Thus, the general aspect of state disturbance in quantum measurements is elimination of memory on non-diagonal elements, rather than diagonalization.« less

  20. Creep-induced residual stress strengthening in a Nicalon-fiber-reinforced BMAS-glass-ceramic-matrix composite

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Widjaja, S.; Jakus, K.; Ritter, J.E.

    The feasibility of inducing a compressive residual stress in the matrix of a Nicalon-fiber-reinforced BMAS-glass-ceramic-matrix composite through a creep-load transfer treatment was studied. Specimens were crept at 1100 C under constant tensile load to cause load transfer from the matrix to the fibers, then cooled under load. Upon removal of the load at room temperature, the matrix was put into compression by the elastic recovery of the fibers. This compressive residual stress in the matrix increased the room-temperature proportional limit stress of the composite. The increase in the proportional limit stress was found to be dependent upon the applied creepmore » stress, with an increase in creep stress resulting in an increase in the proportional limit stress. Acoustic emission results showed that the onset of significant matrix cracking correlated closely to the proportional limit stress. Changes in the state of residual stress in the matrix were supported by X-ray diffraction results. Fracture surfaces of all specimens exhibited fiber pullout behavior, indicating that the creep-load transfer process did not embrittle the fiber/matrix interface.« less

  1. Effects of exposure duration on transfer of nonrepellent termiticides among workers of coptotermes formosanus shiraki (Isotera: Rhinotermitidae)

    Treesearch

    Thomas G. Shelton; J. Kenneth Grace

    2003-01-01

    The potential for transfer ofnonrepellent termiticide toxicants between workers of the formosan subterranean termitem coptotermes formosanus Shiraki, was examined using two commercially available pesticide formulations and a simple donor-recipient model modified from current methods in the literature. Pesticides used were imidacloprid, formulated as...

  2. Green's function solution to radiative heat transfer between longitudinal gray fins

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Frankel, J. I.; Silvestri, J. J.

    1991-01-01

    A demonstration is presented of the applicability and versatility of a pure integral formulation for radiative-conductive heat-transfer problems. Preliminary results have been obtained which indicate that this formulation allows an accurate, fast, and stable computation procedure to be implemented. Attention is given to the accessory problem defining Green's function.

  3. The Linear Parameters and the Decoupling Matrix for Linearly Coupled Motion in 6 Dimensional Phase Space

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Parzen, George

    It will be shown that starting from a coordinate system where the 6 phase space coordinates are linearly coupled, one can go to a new coordinate system, where the motion is uncoupled, by means of a linear transformation. The original coupled coordinates and the new uncoupled coordinates are related by a 6 x 6 matrix, R. R will be called the decoupling matrix. It will be shown that of the 36 elements of the 6 x 6 decoupling matrix R, only 12 elements are independent. This may be contrasted with the results for motion in 4- dimensional phase space, wheremore » R has 4 independent elements. A set of equations is given from which the 12 elements of R can be computed from the one period transfer matrix. This set of equations also allows the linear parameters, the β i,α i, i = 1, 3, for the uncoupled coordinates, to be computed from the one period transfer matrix. An alternative procedure for computing the linear parameters,β i,α i, i = 1, 3, and the 12 independent elements of the decoupling matrix R is also given which depends on computing the eigenvectors of the one period transfer matrix. These results can be used in a tracking program, where the one period transfer matrix can be computed by multiplying the transfer matrices of all the elements in a period, to compute the linear parameters α i and β i, i = 1, 3, and the elements of the decoupling matrix R. The procedure presented here for studying coupled motion in 6-dimensional phase space can also be applied to coupled motion in 4-dimensional phase space, where it may be a useful alternative procedure to the procedure presented by Edwards and Teng. In particular, it gives a simpler programing procedure for computing the beta functions and the emittances for coupled motion in 4-dimensional phase space.« less

  4. The linear parameters and the decoupling matrix for linearly coupled motion in 6 dimensional phase space. Informal report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Parzen, G.

    It will be shown that starting from a coordinate system where the 6 phase space coordinates are linearly coupled, one can go to a new coordinate system, where the motion is uncoupled, by means of a linear transformation. The original coupled coordinates and the new uncoupled coordinates are related by a 6 {times} 6 matrix, R. R will be called the decoupling matrix. It will be shown that of the 36 elements of the 6 {times} 6 decoupling matrix R, only 12 elements are independent. This may be contrasted with the results for motion in 4-dimensional phase space, where Rmore » has 4 independent elements. A set of equations is given from which the 12 elements of R can be computed from the one period transfer matrix. This set of equations also allows the linear parameters, {beta}{sub i}, {alpha}{sub i} = 1, 3, for the uncoupled coordinates, to be computed from the one period transfer matrix. An alternative procedure for computing the linear parameters, the {beta}{sub i}, {alpha}{sub i} i = 1, 3, and the 12 independent elements of the decoupling matrix R is also given which depends on computing the eigenvectors of the one period transfer matrix. These results can be used in a tracking program, where the one period transfer matrix can be computed by multiplying the transfer matrices of all the elements in a period, to compute the linear parameters {alpha}{sub i} and {beta}{sub i}, i = 1, 3, and the elements of the decoupling matrix R. The procedure presented here for studying coupled motion in 6-dimensional phase space can also be applied to coupled motion in 4-dimensional phase space, where it may be a useful alternative procedure to the procedure presented by Edwards and Teng. In particular, it gives a simpler programming procedure for computing the beta functions and the emittances for coupled motion in 4-dimensional phase space.« less

  5. Double Cantilever Beam Fracture Toughness Testing of Several Composite Materials

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kessler, Jeff A.; Adams, Donald F.

    1992-01-01

    Double-cantilever beam fracture toughness tests were performed by the Composite Materials Research Group on several different unidirectional composite materials provided by NASA Langley Research Center. The composite materials consisted of Hercules IM-7 carbon fiber and various matrix resin formulations. Multiple formulations of four different families of matrix resins were tested: LaRC - ITPI, LaRC - IA, RPT46T, and RP67/RP55. Report presents the materials tested and pertinent details supplied by NASA. For each material, three replicate specimens were tested. Multiple crack extensions were performed on each replicate.

  6. Explicit formulation of an anisotropic Allman/DKT 3-node thin triangular flat shell elements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ertas, A.; Krafcik, J. T.; Ekwaro-Osire, S.

    A simple, explicit formulation of the stiffness matrix for an anisotropic, 3-node, thin triangular, flat shell element in global coordinates is presented. An Allman triangle is used for membrane stiffness. The membrane stiffness matrix is explicitly derived by applying an Allman transformation to a Felippa 6-node linear strain triangle (LST). Bending stiffness is incorporated by the use of a discrete Kirchhoff triangle (DKT) bending triangle. Stiffness terms resulting from anisotropic membrane-bending coupling are included by integrating, in area coordinates, membrane and bending strain-displacement matrices.

  7. Study of multi-dimensional radiative energy transfer in molecular gases

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liu, Jiwen; Tiwari, S. N.

    1993-01-01

    The Monte Carlo method (MCM) is applied to analyze radiative heat transfer in nongray gases. The nongray model employed is based on the statistical arrow band model with an exponential-tailed inverse intensity distribution. Consideration of spectral correlation results in some distinguishing features of the Monte Carlo formulations. Validation of the Monte Carlo formulations has been conducted by comparing results of this method with other solutions. Extension of a one-dimensional problem to a multi-dimensional problem requires some special treatments in the Monte Carlo analysis. Use of different assumptions results in different sets of Monte Carlo formulations. The nongray narrow band formulations provide the most accurate results.

  8. Mathematical modeling of radiative-conductive heat transfer in semitransparent medium with phase change

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Savvinova, Nadezhda A.; Sleptsov, Semen D.; Rubtsov, Nikolai A.

    2017-11-01

    A mathematical phase change model is a formulation of the Stefan problem. Various formulations of the Stefan problem modeling of radiative-conductive heat transfer during melting or solidification of a semitransparent material are presented. Analysis of numerical results show that the radiative heat transfer has a significant effect on temperature distributions during melting (solidification) of the semitransparent material. In this paper conditions for application of various statements of the Stefan problem are analyzed.

  9. Matrix-mini-tablets of lornoxicam for targeting early morning peak symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis

    PubMed Central

    Mohd, Abdul Hadi; Raghavendra Rao, Nidagurthi Guggilla; Avanapu, Srinivasa Rao

    2014-01-01

    Objective(s): The aim of present research was to develop matrix-mini-tablets of lornoxicam filled in capsule for targeting early morning peak symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis. Materials and Methods: Matrix-mini-tablets of lornoxicam were prepared by direct compression method using microsomal enzyme dependent and pH-sensitive polymers which were further filled into an empty HPMC capsule. To assess the compatibility, FT-IR and DSC studies for pure drug, polymers and their physical mixture were performed. The formulated batches were subjected to physicochemical studies, estimation of drug content, in vitro drug release, drug release kinetics, and stability studies. Results: When FTIR and DSC studies were performed it was found that there was no interaction between lornoxicam and polymers which used. All the physicochemical properties of prepared matrix-mini-tablets were found to be in normal limits. The percentage of drug content was found to be 99.60±0.07%. Our optimized matrix mini-tablets-filled-capsule formulation F30 released lornoxicam after a lag time of 5.02±0.92 hr, 95.48±0.65 % at the end of 8 hr and 99.90±0.83 % at the end of 12 hr. Stability was also found for this formulation as per the guidelines of International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use. Conclusion: A novel colon targeted delivery system of lornoxicam was successfully developed by filling matrix-mini-tablets into an empty HPMC capsule shell for targeting early morning peak symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis. PMID:24967065

  10. Composite propellant combustion with low aluminum agglomeration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mullen, Jessica Christine

    Aluminum behavior---accumulation, agglomeration and ignition---is studied in a unique, wide-distribution, ammonium perchlorate/hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene (AP/HTPB) propellant formulation that results in low Al agglomeration, even at low pressures (1--30 atm). Variations in formulation---such as fine-AP/binder ratio, Al particle size, Al loading, coarse-AP size---are also examined. A fuel-rich, oxygenated binder matrix highly loaded with fine (2-mum) AP (FAP) at 75/25:FAP/binder (by mass) is found to have premixed flame conditions that produce minimal agglomeration (without ignition) of 15-mum Al. Coarse AP (CAP) is added to the system in the form of either particles (200 or 400 mum) or pressed-AP laminates (simulated CAP). In the 2-D laminate system the CAP/oxyfuel-matrix flame structure is seen to be similar to that previously described for non-aluminized laminates with split (diffusion) and merged (partially-premixed) flame regimes, depending on pressure and fuel-matrix thickness. Both laminate and particulate systems show that with CAP present, Al can agglomerate more extensively on CAP via lateral surface migration from fuel matrix to the CAP region. The particulate CAP system also shows that Al can accumulate/agglomerate via settling on CAP from above (in the direction of burning). Both systems, but more clearly the 2-D laminates, show that with CAP present, Al is ignited by the outer CAP/fuel-matrix canopy flames. Thus, a propellant formulation is proposed for reducing overall Al agglomeration through intrinsically reduced agglomeration in the fuel-matrix and a reduced number of CAP-particle agglomerates via higher FAP/CAP ratio.

  11. A novel mathematical model considering change of diffusion coefficient for predicting dissolution behavior of acetaminophen from wax matrix dosage form.

    PubMed

    Nitanai, Yuta; Agata, Yasuyoshi; Iwao, Yasunori; Itai, Shigeru

    2012-05-30

    From wax matrix dosage forms, drug and water-soluble polymer are released into the external solvent over time. As a consequence, the pore volume inside the wax matrix particles is increased and the diffusion coefficient of the drug is altered. In the present study, we attempted to derive a novel empirical mathematical model, namely, a time-dependent diffusivity (TDD) model, that assumes the change in the drug's diffusion coefficient can be used to predict the drug release from spherical wax matrix particles. Wax matrix particles were prepared by using acetaminophen (APAP), a model drug; glyceryl monostearate (GM), a wax base; and aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer E (AMCE), a functional polymer that dissolves below pH 5.0 and swells over pH 5.0. A three-factor, three-level (3(3)) Box-Behnken design was used to evaluate the effects of several of the variables in the model formulation, and the release of APAP from wax matrix particles was evaluated by the paddle method at pH 4.0 and pH 6.5. When comparing the goodness of fit to the experimental data between the proposed TDD model and the conventional pure diffusion model, a better correspondence was observed for the TDD model in all cases. Multiple regression analysis revealed that an increase in AMCE loading enhanced the diffusion coefficient with time, and that this increase also had a significant effect on drug release behavior. Furthermore, from the results of the multiple regression analysis, a formulation with desired drug release behavior was found to satisfy the criteria of the bitter taste masking of APAP without lowering the bioavailability. That is to say, the amount of APAP released remains below 15% for 10 min at pH 6.5 and exceeds 90% within 30 min at pH 4.0. The predicted formulation was 15% APAP loading, 8.25% AMCE loading, and 400 μm mean particle diameter. When wax matrix dosage forms were prepared accordingly, the predicted drug release behavior agreed well with experimental values at each pH level. Therefore, the proposed model is feasible as a useful tool for predicting drug release behavior, as well as for designing the formulation of wax matrix dosage forms. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. The exposure of honey bees (Apis mellifera; Hymenoptera: Apidae) to pesticides: Room for improvement in research.

    PubMed

    Benuszak, Johanna; Laurent, Marion; Chauzat, Marie-Pierre

    2017-06-01

    Losses of honey bees have been repeatedly reported from many places worldwide. The widespread use of synthetic pesticides has led to concerns regarding their environmental fate and their effects on pollinators. Based on a standardised review, we report the use of a wide variety of honey bee matrices and sampling methods in the scientific papers studying pesticide exposure. Matrices such as beeswax and beebread were very little analysed despite their capacities for long-term pesticide storage. Moreover, bioavailability and transfer between in-hive matrices were poorly understood and explored. Many pesticides were studied but interactions between molecules or with other stressors were lacking. Sampling methods, targeted matrices and units of measure should have been, to some extent, standardised between publications to ease comparison and cross checking. Data on honey bee exposure to pesticides would have also benefit from the use of commercial formulations in experiments instead of active ingredients, with a special assessment of co-formulants (quantitative exposure and effects). Finally, the air matrix within the colony must be explored in order to complete current knowledge on honey bee pesticide exposure. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. DebtRank: A Microscopic Foundation for Shock Propagation.

    PubMed

    Bardoscia, Marco; Battiston, Stefano; Caccioli, Fabio; Caldarelli, Guido

    2015-01-01

    The DebtRank algorithm has been increasingly investigated as a method to estimate the impact of shocks in financial networks, as it overcomes the limitations of the traditional default-cascade approaches. Here we formulate a dynamical "microscopic" theory of instability for financial networks by iterating balance sheet identities of individual banks and by assuming a simple rule for the transfer of shocks from borrowers to lenders. By doing so, we generalise the DebtRank formulation, both providing an interpretation of the effective dynamics in terms of basic accounting principles and preventing the underestimation of losses on certain network topologies. Depending on the structure of the interbank leverage matrix the dynamics is either stable, in which case the asymptotic state can be computed analytically, or unstable, meaning that at least one bank will default. We apply this framework to a dataset of the top listed European banks in the period 2008-2013. We find that network effects can generate an amplification of exogenous shocks of a factor ranging between three (in normal periods) and six (during the crisis) when we stress the system with a 0.5% shock on external (i.e. non-interbank) assets for all banks.

  14. Subwavelength elastic joints connecting torsional waveguides to maximize the power transmission coefficient

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Joong Seok; Lee, Il Kyu; Seung, Hong Min; Lee, Jun Kyu; Kim, Yoon Young

    2017-03-01

    Joints with slowly varying tapered shapes, such as linear or exponential profiles, are known to transmit incident wave power efficiently between two waveguides with dissimilar impedances. This statement is valid only when the considered joint length is longer than the wavelengths of the incident waves. When the joint length is shorter than the wavelengths, however, appropriate shapes of such subwavelength joints for efficient power transmission have not been explored much. In this work, considering one-dimensional torsional wave motion in a cylindrical elastic waveguide system, optimal shapes or radial profiles of a subwavelength joint maximizing the power transmission coefficient are designed by a gradient-based optimization formulation. The joint is divided into a number of thin disk elements using the transfer matrix approach and optimal radii of the disks are determined by iterative shape optimization processes for several single or bands of wavenumbers. Due to the subwavelength constraint, the optimized joint profiles were found to be considerably different from the slowly varying tapered shapes. Specifically, for bands of wavenumbers, peculiar gourd-like shapes were obtained as optimal shapes to maximize the power transmission coefficient. Numerical results from the proposed optimization formulation were also experimentally realized to verify the validity of the present designs.

  15. DebtRank: A Microscopic Foundation for Shock Propagation

    PubMed Central

    Bardoscia, Marco; Battiston, Stefano; Caccioli, Fabio; Caldarelli, Guido

    2015-01-01

    The DebtRank algorithm has been increasingly investigated as a method to estimate the impact of shocks in financial networks, as it overcomes the limitations of the traditional default-cascade approaches. Here we formulate a dynamical “microscopic” theory of instability for financial networks by iterating balance sheet identities of individual banks and by assuming a simple rule for the transfer of shocks from borrowers to lenders. By doing so, we generalise the DebtRank formulation, both providing an interpretation of the effective dynamics in terms of basic accounting principles and preventing the underestimation of losses on certain network topologies. Depending on the structure of the interbank leverage matrix the dynamics is either stable, in which case the asymptotic state can be computed analytically, or unstable, meaning that at least one bank will default. We apply this framework to a dataset of the top listed European banks in the period 2008–2013. We find that network effects can generate an amplification of exogenous shocks of a factor ranging between three (in normal periods) and six (during the crisis) when we stress the system with a 0.5% shock on external (i.e. non-interbank) assets for all banks. PMID:26091013

  16. Long range surface plasmons on asymmetric suspended thin film structures for biosensing applications.

    PubMed

    Min, Qiao; Chen, Chengkun; Berini, Pierre; Gordon, Reuven

    2010-08-30

    We show that long-range surface plasmons (LRSPs) are supported in a physically asymmetric thin film structure, consisting of a low refractive index medium on a metal slab, supported by a high refractive index dielectric layer (membrane) over air, as a suspended waveguide. For design purposes, an analytic formulation is derived in 1D yielding a transcendental equation that ensures symmetry of the transverse fields of the LRSP within the metal slab by constraining its thicknesses and that of the membrane. Results from the formulation are in quantitative agreement with transfer matrix calculations for a candidate slab waveguide consisting of an H(2)O-Au-SiO(2)-air structure. Biosensor-relevant figures of merit are compared for the asymmetric and symmetric structures, and it is found that the asymmetric structure actually improves performance, despite higher losses. The finite difference method is also used to analyse metal stripes providing 2D confinement on the structure, and additional constraints for non-radiative LRSP guiding thereon are discussed. These results are promising for sensors that operate with an aqueous solution that would otherwise require a low refractive index-matched substrate for the LRSP.

  17. A review of the matrix-exponential formalism in radiative transfer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Efremenko, Dmitry S.; Molina García, Víctor; Gimeno García, Sebastián; Doicu, Adrian

    2017-07-01

    This paper outlines the matrix exponential description of radiative transfer. The eigendecomposition method which serves as a basis for computing the matrix exponential and for representing the solution in a discrete ordinate setting is considered. The mathematical equivalence of the discrete ordinate method, the matrix operator method, and the matrix Riccati equations method is proved rigorously by means of the matrix exponential formalism. For optically thin layers, approximate solution methods relying on the Padé and Taylor series approximations to the matrix exponential, as well as on the matrix Riccati equations, are presented. For optically thick layers, the asymptotic theory with higher-order corrections is derived, and parameterizations of the asymptotic functions and constants for a water-cloud model with a Gamma size distribution are obtained.

  18. Rotordynamic analysis using the Complex Transfer Matrix: An application to elastomer supports using the viscoelastic correspondence principle

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Varney, Philip; Green, Itzhak

    2014-11-01

    Numerous methods are available to calculate rotordynamic whirl frequencies, including analytic methods, finite element analysis, and the transfer matrix method. The typical real-valued transfer matrix (RTM) suffers from several deficiencies, including lengthy computation times and the inability to distinguish forward and backward whirl. Though application of complex coordinates in rotordynamic analysis is not novel per se, specific advantages gained from using such coordinates in a transfer matrix analysis have yet to be elucidated. The present work employs a complex coordinate redefinition of the transfer matrix to obtain reduced forms of the elemental transfer matrices in inertial and rotating reference frames, including external stiffness and damping. Application of the complex-valued state variable redefinition results in a reduction of the 8×8 RTM to the 4×4 Complex Transfer Matrix (CTM). The CTM is advantageous in that it intrinsically separates forward and backward whirl, eases symbolic manipulation by halving the transfer matrices’ dimension, and provides significant improvement in computation time. A symbolic analysis is performed on a simple overhung rotor to demonstrate the mathematical motivation for whirl frequency separation. The CTM's utility is further shown by analyzing a rotordynamic system supported by viscoelastic elastomer rings. Viscoelastic elastomer ring supports can provide significant damping while reducing the cost and complexity associated with conventional components such as squeeze film dampers. The stiffness and damping of a viscoelastic damper ring are determined herein as a function of whirl frequency using the viscoelastic correspondence principle and a constitutive fractional calculus viscoelasticity model. The CTM is then employed to obtain the characteristic equation, where the whirl frequency dependent stiffness and damping of the elastomer supports are included. The Campbell diagram is shown, demonstrating the CTM's ability to intrinsically separate synchronous whirl direction for a non-trivial rotordynamic system. Good agreement is found between the CTM results and previously obtained analytic and experimental results for the elastomer ring supported rotordynamic system.

  19. The Relationship between N-Back Performance and Matrix Reasoning--Implications for Training and Transfer

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jaeggi, Susanne M.; Studer-Luethi, Barbara; Buschkuehl, Martin; Su, Yi-Fen; Jonides, John; Perrig, Walter J.

    2010-01-01

    We have previously demonstrated that training on a dual n-back task results in improvements in fluid intelligence ("Gf") as measured by matrix reasoning tasks. Here, we explored the underlying mechanisms of this transfer effect in two studies, and we evaluated the transfer potential of a single n-back task. In the first study, we demonstrated that…

  20. Polarimetric signatures of a canopy of dielectric cylinders based on first and second order vector radiative transfer theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tsang, Leung; Chan, Chi Hou; Kong, Jin AU; Joseph, James

    1992-01-01

    Complete polarimetric signatures of a canopy of dielectric cylinders overlying a homogeneous half space are studied with the first and second order solutions of the vector radiative transfer theory. The vector radiative transfer equations contain a general nondiagonal extinction matrix and a phase matrix. The energy conservation issue is addressed by calculating the elements of the extinction matrix and the elements of the phase matrix in a manner that is consistent with energy conservation. Two methods are used. In the first method, the surface fields and the internal fields of the dielectric cylinder are calculated by using the fields of an infinite cylinder. The phase matrix is calculated and the extinction matrix is calculated by summing the absorption and scattering to ensure energy conservation. In the second method, the method of moments is used to calculate the elements of the extinction and phase matrices. The Mueller matrix based on the first order and second order multiple scattering solutions of the vector radiative transfer equation are calculated. Results from the two methods are compared. The vector radiative transfer equations, combined with the solution based on method of moments, obey both energy conservation and reciprocity. The polarimetric signatures, copolarized and depolarized return, degree of polarization, and phase differences are studied as a function of the orientation, sizes, and dielectric properties of the cylinders. It is shown that second order scattering is generally important for vegetation canopy at C band and can be important at L band for some cases.

  1. The matrix effect in secondary ion mass spectrometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seah, M. P.; Shard, A. G.

    2018-05-01

    Matrix effects in the secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) of selected elemental systems have been analyzed to investigate the applicability of a mathematical description of the matrix effect, called here the charge transfer (CT) model. This model was originally derived for proton exchange and organic positive secondary ions, to characterise the enhancement or suppression of intensities in organic binary systems. In the systems considered in this paper protons are specifically excluded, which enables an assessment of whether the model applies for electrons as well. The present importance is in organic systems but, here we analyse simpler inorganic systems. Matrix effects in elemental systems cannot involve proton transfer if there are no protons present but may be caused by electron transfer and so electron transfer may also be involved in the matrix effects for organic systems. There are general similarities in both the magnitudes of the ion intensities as well as the matrix effects for both positive and negative secondary ions in both systems and so the CT model may be more widely applicable. Published SIMS analyses of binary elemental mixtures are analyzed. The data of Kim et al., for the Pt/Co system, provide, with good precision, data for such a system. This gives evidence for the applicability of the CT model, where electron, rather than proton, transfer is the matrix enhancing and suppressing mechanism. The published data of Prudon et al., for the important Si/Ge system, provides further evidence for the effects for both positive and negative secondary ions and allows rudimentary rules to be developed for the enhancing and suppressing species.

  2. Quantization of an electromagnetic field in two-dimensional photonic structures based on the scattering matrix formalism ( S-quantization)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ivanov, K. A.; Nikolaev, V. V.; Gubaydullin, A. R.; Kaliteevski, M. A.

    2017-10-01

    Based on the scattering matrix formalism, we have developed a method of quantization of an electromagnetic field in two-dimensional photonic nanostructures ( S-quantization in the two-dimensional case). In this method, the fields at the boundaries of the quantization box are expanded into a Fourier series and are related with each other by the scattering matrix of the system, which is the product of matrices describing the propagation of plane waves in empty regions of the quantization box and the scattering matrix of the photonic structure (or an arbitrary inhomogeneity). The quantization condition (similarly to the onedimensional case) is formulated as follows: the eigenvalues of the scattering matrix are equal to unity, which corresponds to the fact that the set of waves that are incident on the structure (components of the expansion into the Fourier series) is equal to the set of waves that travel away from the structure (outgoing waves). The coefficients of the matrix of scattering through the inhomogeneous structure have been calculated using the following procedure: the structure is divided into parallel layers such that the permittivity in each layer varies only along the axis that is perpendicular to the layers. Using the Fourier transform, the Maxwell equations have been written in the form of a matrix that relates the Fourier components of the electric field at the boundaries of neighboring layers. The product of these matrices is the transfer matrix in the basis of the Fourier components of the electric field. Represented in a block form, it is composed by matrices that contain the reflection and transmission coefficients for the Fourier components of the field, which, in turn, constitute the scattering matrix. The developed method considerably simplifies the calculation scheme for the analysis of the behavior of the electromagnetic field in structures with a two-dimensional inhomogeneity. In addition, this method makes it possible to obviate difficulties that arise in the analysis of the Purcell effect because of the divergence of the integral describing the effective volume of the mode in open systems.

  3. Polyimides formulated from a partially fluorinated diamine for aerospace tribological applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fusaro, R. L.

    1983-01-01

    Preliminary tribological studies on polyimides formulated from the diamine 2,2-bis 4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl hexafluorapane (4-BDAF) indicate that polyimides formulated from this diamine have excellent potential for high temperature tribological applications. The dianhydrides used to make the polyimides were pyromellitic (PMDA) and benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid (BTDA). Friction and wear studies at 25 and 200 C indicate that polyimides formulated using 50 mole percent of the PMDA dianhydride and 50 mole percent of the BTDA dianhydride perform better than polyimides formulated solely with the BTDA dianhydride. Graphite fiber reinforced polyimide composites were formulated with the polyimide made from the BTDA dianhydride, both graphitic and non-graphitic fibers were evaluated. Graphitic fibers produced better tribological results, since thin, flowing, "layer-like' transfer films were produced which did not build-up with long sliding durations. Non-graphitic fibers did not produce this type of transfer.

  4. Assessment of a hybrid finite element-transfer matrix model for flat structures with homogeneous acoustic treatments.

    PubMed

    Alimonti, Luca; Atalla, Noureddine; Berry, Alain; Sgard, Franck

    2014-05-01

    Modeling complex vibroacoustic systems including poroelastic materials using finite element based methods can be unfeasible for practical applications. For this reason, analytical approaches such as the transfer matrix method are often preferred to obtain a quick estimation of the vibroacoustic parameters. However, the strong assumptions inherent within the transfer matrix method lead to a lack of accuracy in the description of the geometry of the system. As a result, the transfer matrix method is inherently limited to the high frequency range. Nowadays, hybrid substructuring procedures have become quite popular. Indeed, different modeling techniques are typically sought to describe complex vibroacoustic systems over the widest possible frequency range. As a result, the flexibility and accuracy of the finite element method and the efficiency of the transfer matrix method could be coupled in a hybrid technique to obtain a reduction of the computational burden. In this work, a hybrid methodology is proposed. The performances of the method in predicting the vibroacoutic indicators of flat structures with attached homogeneous acoustic treatments are assessed. The results prove that, under certain conditions, the hybrid model allows for a reduction of the computational effort while preserving enough accuracy with respect to the full finite element solution.

  5. Generalized Bloch theorem for complex periodic potentials: A powerful application to quantum transport calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, X.-G.; Varga, Kalman; Pantelides, Sokrates T.

    2007-07-01

    Band-theoretic methods with periodically repeated supercells have been a powerful approach for ground-state electronic structure calculations but have not so far been adapted for quantum transport problems with open boundary conditions. Here, we introduce a generalized Bloch theorem for complex periodic potentials and use a transfer-matrix formulation to cast the transmission probability in a scattering problem with open boundary conditions in terms of the complex wave vectors of a periodic system with absorbing layers, allowing a band technique for quantum transport calculations. The accuracy and utility of the method are demonstrated by the model problems of the transmission of an electron over a square barrier and the scattering of a phonon in an inhomogeneous nanowire. Application to the resistance of a twin boundary in nanocrystalline copper yields excellent agreement with recent experimental data.

  6. A Riemann-Hilbert formulation for the finite temperature Hubbard model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cavaglià, Andrea; Cornagliotto, Martina; Mattelliano, Massimo; Tateo, Roberto

    2015-06-01

    Inspired by recent results in the context of AdS/CFT integrability, we reconsider the Thermodynamic Bethe Ansatz equations describing the 1D fermionic Hubbard model at finite temperature. We prove that the infinite set of TBA equations are equivalent to a simple nonlinear Riemann-Hilbert problem for a finite number of unknown functions. The latter can be transformed into a set of three coupled nonlinear integral equations defined over a finite support, which can be easily solved numerically. We discuss the emergence of an exact Bethe Ansatz and the link between the TBA approach and the results by Jüttner, Klümper and Suzuki based on the Quantum Transfer Matrix method. We also comment on the analytic continuation mechanism leading to excited states and on the mirror equations describing the finite-size Hubbard model with twisted boundary conditions.

  7. Matrix basis for plane and modal waves in a Timoshenko beam

    PubMed Central

    Tolfo, Daniela de Rosso; Tonetto, Leticia

    2016-01-01

    Plane waves and modal waves of the Timoshenko beam model are characterized in closed form by introducing robust matrix basis that behave according to the nature of frequency and wave or modal numbers. These new characterizations are given in terms of a finite number of coupling matrices and closed form generating scalar functions. Through Liouville’s technique, these latter are well behaved at critical or static situations. Eigenanalysis is formulated for exponential and modal waves. Modal waves are superposition of four plane waves, but there are plane waves that cannot be modal waves. Reflected and transmitted waves at an interface point are formulated in matrix terms, regardless of having a conservative or a dissipative situation. The matrix representation of modal waves is used in a crack problem for determining the reflected and transmitted matrices. Their euclidean norms are seen to be dominated by certain components at low and high frequencies. The matrix basis technique is also used with a non-local Timoshenko model and with the wave interaction with a boundary. The matrix basis allows to characterize reflected and transmitted waves in spectral and non-spectral form. PMID:28018668

  8. Using Experiential Methods To Teach about Measurement Validity.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alderfer, Clayton P.

    2003-01-01

    Indirectly, instructor behavior provided two models for using a multitrait-multimethod matrix. Students who formulated their own concept, created empirical indicators, and assessed convergent and discriminant validity had better results than those who, influenced by classroom authority dynamics, followed a poorly formulated concept with a…

  9. Preparation and evaluation of a controlled drug release of repaglinide through matrix pellets: in vitro and in vivo studies.

    PubMed

    Tavakoli, Naser; Minaiyan, Mohsen; Tabbakhian, Majid; Pendar, Yaqub

    2014-01-01

    Repaglinide, an oral antidiabetic agent, has a rapid onset of action and short half-life of approximately 1 h. Designing a controlled release dosage form of the drug is required to maintain its therapeutic blood level and to eliminate its adverse effects, particularly the hypoglycaemia. Repaglinide sustained release matrix pellets consisting of Avicel, lactose and different polymers were prepared using extrusion-spheronisation method. The effect of different formulation components on in vitro drug release were evaluated using USP apparatus (paddle) for 12 h in phosphate buffer. The optimised formulation was orally administrated to normal and STZ induced diabetic rats. Most pellet formulations had acceptable physical properties with regard to size distribution, flowability and friability. Repaglinide pellets comprising Avicel 50%, lactose 47% and SLS 1% were released 94% of its drug content after 12 h. The optimised formulation was able to decrease blood glucose level in normal rats and those with diabetes throughout 8-12 h.

  10. Integrability and conformal data of the dimer model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Morin-Duchesne, Alexi; Rasmussen, Jørgen; Ruelle, Philippe

    2016-04-01

    The central charge of the dimer model on the square lattice is still being debated in the literature. In this paper, we provide evidence supporting the consistency of a c=-2 description. Using Lieb’s transfer matrix and its description in terms of the Temperley-Lieb algebra {{TL}}n at β =0, we provide a new solution of the dimer model in terms of the model of critical dense polymers on a tilted lattice and offer an understanding of the lattice integrability of the dimer model. The dimer transfer matrix is analyzed in the scaling limit, and the result for {L}0-\\frac{c}{24} is expressed in terms of fermions. Higher Virasoro modes are likewise constructed as limits of elements of {{TL}}n and are found to yield a c=-2 realization of the Virasoro algebra, familiar from fermionic bc ghost systems. In this realization, the dimer Fock spaces are shown to decompose, as Virasoro modules, into direct sums of Feigin-Fuchs modules, themselves exhibiting reducible yet indecomposable structures. In the scaling limit, the eigenvalues of the lattice integrals of motion are found to agree exactly with those of the c=-2 conformal integrals of motion. Consistent with the expression for {L}0-\\frac{c}{24} obtained from the transfer matrix, we also construct higher Virasoro modes with c = 1 and find that the dimer Fock space is completely reducible under their action. However, the transfer matrix is found not to be a generating function for the c = 1 integrals of motion. Although this indicates that Lieb’s transfer matrix description is incompatible with the c = 1 interpretation, it does not rule out the existence of an alternative, c = 1 compatible, transfer matrix description of the dimer model.

  11. Higher-order compositional modeling of three-phase flow in 3D fractured porous media based on cross-flow equilibrium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moortgat, Joachim; Firoozabadi, Abbas

    2013-10-01

    Numerical simulation of multiphase compositional flow in fractured porous media, when all the species can transfer between the phases, is a real challenge. Despite the broad applications in hydrocarbon reservoir engineering and hydrology, a compositional numerical simulator for three-phase flow in fractured media has not appeared in the literature, to the best of our knowledge. In this work, we present a three-phase fully compositional simulator for fractured media, based on higher-order finite element methods. To achieve computational efficiency, we invoke the cross-flow equilibrium (CFE) concept between discrete fractures and a small neighborhood in the matrix blocks. We adopt the mixed hybrid finite element (MHFE) method to approximate convective Darcy fluxes and the pressure equation. This approach is the most natural choice for flow in fractured media. The mass balance equations are discretized by the discontinuous Galerkin (DG) method, which is perhaps the most efficient approach to capture physical discontinuities in phase properties at the matrix-fracture interfaces and at phase boundaries. In this work, we account for gravity and Fickian diffusion. The modeling of capillary effects is discussed in a separate paper. We present the mathematical framework, using the implicit-pressure-explicit-composition (IMPEC) scheme, which facilitates rigorous thermodynamic stability analyses and the computation of phase behavior effects to account for transfer of species between the phases. A deceptively simple CFL condition is implemented to improve numerical stability and accuracy. We provide six numerical examples at both small and larger scales and in two and three dimensions, to demonstrate powerful features of the formulation.

  12. A novel stimuli-synchronized alloy-treated matrix for space-defined gastrointestinal delivery of mesalamine in the Large White pig model.

    PubMed

    Bawa, Priya; Choonara, Yahya E; du Toit, Lisa C; Kumar, Pradeep; Ndesendo, Valence M K; Meyer, Leith C R; Pillay, Viness

    2013-03-28

    The study focussed on designing a Stimuli-Synchronized Matrix (SSM) for space-defined colonic delivery of the anti-inflammatory drug mesalamine. The configured matrix provided time-independent delivery and stimuli targeting. Formulations were optimized according to a Box-Behnken experimental design that constituted mesalamine-loaded BaSO4-crosslinked chitosan dispersed within a pectin, carboxymethylcellulose and xanthan gum complex. The complex was compressed into matrices and subsequently alloy-treated with pectin and ethylcellulose. In vitro drug release was determined in the presence and absence of colonic enzymes and the mean dissolution time was used for formulation optimization. To mechanistically elucidate the synchronous catalytic action of the enzymes pectinase and glucosidase on the matrix, computer-aided 3D modelling of active fractions of the enzyme-substrate complexes was generated to predict the orientation of residues affecting the substrate domain. Drug release profiles revealed distinct colonic enzyme responsiveness with fractions of 0.402 and 0.152 of mesalamine released in the presence and absence of enzymes, respectively after 24h. The commercial comparator product showed irreproducible release profiles over the same period (SD=0.550) compared to the SSM formulation (SD=0.037). FTIR spectra of alloy-treated matrices showed no peaks from 1589 to 1512cm(-1) after colonic enzyme exposure. With increasing enzyme exposure there were also no peaks between 1646 and 1132cm(-1). This indicated polymeric enzyme cleavage for controlled and space-defined release of mesalamine. Plasma concentration profiles in the Large White pig model produced a Cmax of 3.77±1.375μg/mL compared to 10.604±2.846μg/mL for the comparator formulation. The SSM formulation proved superior over the comparator product by providing superiorly controlled enzyme-responsive colonic drug delivery. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. In vitro studies on guar gum based formulation for the colon targeted delivery of Sennosides.

    PubMed

    Momin, Munira; Pundarikakshudu, K

    2004-09-24

    The objective of the present study is to develop colon targeted drug delivery systems for sennosides using guar gum as a carrier. Matrix tablets containing various proportions of guar gum were prepared by wet granulation technique using starch paste as a binder. The tablets were evaluated for content uniformity and in vitro drug release study as per BP method. T(50) % value from the dissolution studies was taken for selecting the best formulation. Guar gum matrix tablets released 4-18% sennosides in the physiological environment of gastrointestinal tract depending on the proportion of the guar gum used in the formulation. The matrix tablets containing 50% of guar gum were found to be suitable for targeting of sennosides for local action in the colon. Compared to tablets having 30% and 40% of guar gum, those with 50% guar gum gave better T(50)% (11.7 h) le and fewer amounts (5-8%) of drug release in upper GIT. These tablets with 50% guar gum released 43% and 96% sennosides with and without rat caecal fluids. This suggests the susceptibility of matrix to the colonic micro flora. The similarity factor (f2 value) for drug release with and without rat caecal fluids was found to be less than 30. When hydroxy propyl methylcellulose phthalate (10%) was used as a coat material on the matrix tablets, the initial loss of 5-8% sennosides in stomach could be completely averted. These tablets showed no change in physical appearance, content and dissolution profile upon storage at 45 degrees C / 75% relative humidity for 3 months. The results of our study indicates that matrix tablets containing 50% guar gum and coated with 10% hydroxy propyl methylcellulose phthalate are most suitable for drugs like sennosides which are mainly active in the lower GIT.

  14. Lyophilized mucoadhesive-dendrimer enclosed matrix tablet for extended oral delivery of albendazole.

    PubMed

    Mansuri, Shakir; Kesharwani, Prashant; Tekade, Rakesh Kumar; Jain, Narendra Kumar

    2016-05-01

    Dendrimers are multifunctional carriers widely employed for delivering drugs in a variety of disease conditions including HIV/AIDS and cancer. Albendazole (ABZ) is a commonly used anthelmintic drug in human as well as veterinary medicine. In this investigation, ABZ was formulated as a "muco-dendrimer" based sustained released tablet. The mucoadhesive complex was synthesized by anchoring chitosan to fifth generation PPI dendrimer (Muco-PPI) and characterized by UV, FTIR, (1)H NMR spectroscopy and electron microscopy. ABZ was entrapped inside Muco-PPI followed by lyophilization and tableting as matrix tablet. A half-life (t1/2) of 8.06±0.15, 8.17±0.47, 11.04±0.73, 11.49±0.92, 12.52±1.04 and 16.9±1.18h was noted for ABZ (free drug), conventional ABZ tablet (F1), conventional ABZ matrix tablet (F2), PPI-ABZ complex, PPI-ABZ matrix tablet (F3) and Muco-PPI-ABZ matrix tablet (F4), respectively. Thus the novel mucoadhesive-PPI based formulation of ABZ (F4) increased the t1/2 of ABZ significantly by almost twofold as compared to the administration of free drug. The in vivo drug release data showed that the Muco-PPI based formulations have a significantly higher Cmax (2.40±0.02μg/mL) compared with orally administered free ABZ (0.19±0.07μg/mL) as well as conventional tablet (0.20±0.05μg/mL). In addition, the Muco-PPI-ABZ matrix tablet displayed increased mean residence time (MRT) and is therefore a potential candidate to appreciably improve the pharmacokinetic profile of ABZ. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. An Innovative Sensing Approach Using Carbon Nanotube-Based Composites for Structural Health Monitoring of Concrete Structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dwivedi, Vatsal

    This thesis presents some work on two quite disparate kinds of dynamical systems described by Hamiltonian dynamics. The first part describes a computation of gauge anomalies and their macroscopic effects in a semiclassical picture. The geometric (symplectic) formulation of classical mechanics is used to describe the dynamics of Weyl fermions in even spacetime dimensions, the only quantum input to the symplectic form being the Berry curvature that encodes the spin-momentum locking. The (semi-)classical equations of motion are used in a kinetic theory setup to compute the gauge and singlet currents, whose conservation laws reproduce the nonabelian gauge and singlet anomalies. Anomalous contributions to the hydrodynamic currents for a gas of Weyl fermions at a finite temperature and chemical potential are also calculated, and are in agreement with similar results in literature which were obtained using thermodynamic and/or quantum field theoretical arguments. The second part describes a generalized transfer matrix formalism for noninteracting tight-binding models. The formalism is used to study the bulk and edge spectra, both of which are encoded in the spectrum of the transfer matrices, for some of the common tight-binding models for noninteracting electronic topological phases of matter. The topological invariants associated with the boundary states are interpreted as winding numbers for windings around noncontractible loops on a Riemann sheet constructed using the algebraic structure of the transfer matrices, as well as with a Maslov index on a symplectic group manifold, which is the space of transfer matrices.

  16. Design, development, physicochemical, and in vitro and in vivo evaluation of transdermal patches containing diclofenac diethylammonium salt.

    PubMed

    Arora, Priyanka; Mukherjee, Biswajit

    2002-09-01

    In this study, matrix-type transdermal patches containing diclofenac diethylamine were prepared using different ratios of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and ethylcellulose (EC) by solvent evaporation technique. The drug matrix film of PVP and EC was casted on a polyvinylalcohol backing membrane. All the prepared formulations were subjected to physical studies (moisture content, moisture uptake, and flatness), in vitro release studies and in vitro skin permeation studies. In vitro permeation studies were performed across cadaver skin using a modified diffusion cell. Variations in drug release profiles among the formulations studied were observed. Based on a physicochemical and in vitro skin permeation study, formulation PA4 (PVP/EC, 1:2) and PA5 (PVP/EC, 1:5) were chosen for further in vivo experiments. The antiinflammatory effect and a sustaining action of diclofenac diethylamine from the two transdermal patches selected were studied by inducing paw edema in rats with 1% w/v carrageenan solution. When the patches were applied half an hour before the subplantar injection of carrageenan in the hind paw of male Wistar rats, it was observed that formulation PA4 produced 100% inhibition of paw edema in rats 12 h after carrageenan insult, whereas in the case of formulation PA5, 4% mean paw edema was obtained half an hour after the carrageenan injection and the value became 19.23% 12 h after the carrageenan insult. The efficacy of transdermal patches was also compared with the marketed Voveran gel and it was found that PA4 transdermal patches produced a better result as compared with the Voveran gel. Hence, it can be reasonably concluded that diclofenac diethylamine can be formulated into the transdermal matrix type patches to sustain its release characteristics and the polymeric composition (PVP/EC, 1:2) was found to be the best choice for manufacturing transdermal patches of diclofenac diethylamine among the formulations studied. Copyright 2002 Wiley-Liss, Inc.

  17. Formulation characteristics and in vitro release testing of cyclosporine ophthalmic ointments.

    PubMed

    Dong, Yixuan; Qu, Haiou; Pavurala, Naresh; Wang, Jiang; Sekar, Vasanthakumar; Martinez, Marilyn N; Fahmy, Raafat; Ashraf, Muhammad; Cruz, Celia N; Xu, Xiaoming

    2018-06-10

    The aim of the present study was to investigate the relationship between formulation/process variables versus the critical quality attributes (CQAs) of cyclosporine ophthalmic ointments and to explore the feasibility of using an in vitro approach to assess product sameness. A definitive screening design (DSD) was used to evaluate the impact of formulation and process variables. The formulation variables included drug percentage, percentage of corn oil and lanolin alcohol. The process variables studied were mixing temperature, mixing time and the method of mixing. The quality and performance attributes examined included drug assay, content uniformity, image analysis, rheology (storage modulus, shear viscosity) and in vitro drug release. Of the formulation variables evaluated, the percentage of the drug substance and the percentage of corn oil in the matrix were the most influential factors with respect to in vitro drug release. Conversely, the process parameters tested were observed to have minimal impact. An evaluation of the release mechanism of cyclosporine from the ointment revealed an interplay between formulation (e.g. physicochemical properties of the drug and ointment matrix type) and the release medium. These data provide a scientific basis to guide method development for in vitro drug release testing of ointment dosage forms. These results demonstrate that the in vitro methods used in this investigation were fit-for-purpose for detecting formulation and process changes and therefore amenable to assessment of product sameness. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  18. Evaluation of the resistance of a geopolymer-based drug delivery system to tampering.

    PubMed

    Cai, Bing; Engqvist, Håkan; Bredenberg, Susanne

    2014-04-25

    Tamper-resistance is an important property of controlled-release formulations of opioid drugs. Tamper-resistant formulations aim to increase the degree of effort required to override the controlled release of the drug molecules from extended-release formulations for the purpose of non-medical use. In this study, the resistance of a geopolymer-based formulation to tampering was evaluated by comparing it with a commercial controlled-release tablet using several methods commonly used by drug abusers. Because of its high compressive strength and resistance to heat, much more effort and time was required to extract the drug from the geopolymer-based formulation. Moreover, in the drug-release test, the geopolymer-based formulation maintained its controlled-release characteristics after milling, while the drug was released immediately from the milled commercial tablets, potentially resulting in dose dumping. Although the tampering methods used in this study does not cover all methods that abuser could access, the results obtained by the described methods showed that the geopolymer matrix increased the degree of effort required to override the controlled release of the drug, suggesting that the formulation has improved resistance to some common drug-abuse tampering methods. The geopolymer matrix has the potential to make the opioid product less accessible and attractive to non-medical users. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Frequency domain system identification methods - Matrix fraction description approach

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Horta, Luca G.; Juang, Jer-Nan

    1993-01-01

    This paper presents the use of matrix fraction descriptions for least-squares curve fitting of the frequency spectra to compute two matrix polynomials. The matrix polynomials are intermediate step to obtain a linearized representation of the experimental transfer function. Two approaches are presented: first, the matrix polynomials are identified using an estimated transfer function; second, the matrix polynomials are identified directly from the cross/auto spectra of the input and output signals. A set of Markov parameters are computed from the polynomials and subsequently realization theory is used to recover a minimum order state space model. Unevenly spaced frequency response functions may be used. Results from a simple numerical example and an experiment are discussed to highlight some of the important aspect of the algorithm.

  20. The Heterogeneous P-Median Problem for Categorization Based Clustering

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Blanchard, Simon J.; Aloise, Daniel; DeSarbo, Wayne S.

    2012-01-01

    The p-median offers an alternative to centroid-based clustering algorithms for identifying unobserved categories. However, existing p-median formulations typically require data aggregation into a single proximity matrix, resulting in masked respondent heterogeneity. A proposed three-way formulation of the p-median problem explicitly considers…

  1. Influence of beta-cyclodextrin and chitosan in the formulation of a colon-specific drug delivery system.

    PubMed

    Rehman, K; Amin, M C I M; Muda, S

    2013-12-01

    The increase in diseases of the colon underscores the need to develop cost-effective site-directed therapies. We formulated a polysaccharide-based matrix system that could release ibuprofen under conditions simulating those in the colon by employing a wet granulation method. Tablets were prepared in a series of formulations containing a polysaccharide (beta-cyclodextrin and chitosan) matrix system along with ethylcellulose. We characterized physicochemical properties and performed an in vitro drug release assay in the absence and presence of digestive enzymes to assess the ability of the polysaccharides to function as a protective barrier against the upper gastrointestinal environment. Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy studies revealed no chemical interaction between ibuprofen and polysaccharides; however, spectrum analysis suggested the formation of an inclusion complex of beta-cyclodextrin with ibuprofen. The formulations contained 50% ethylcellulose and 50% beta-cyclodextrins (1:1) were proven to be the better formulation that slowly released the drug until 24 h (101.04 ± 0.65% maximum drug release in which 83.08 ± 0.89% drug was released in colonic medium) showed better drug release profiles than the formulations containing chitosan. We conclude that a beta-cyclodextrin drug carrier system may represent an effective approach for treatment of diseases of the colon. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

  2. Multiple response optimization of processing and formulation parameters of Eudragit RL/RS-based matrix tablets for sustained delivery of diclofenac.

    PubMed

    Elzayat, Ehab M; Abdel-Rahman, Ali A; Ahmed, Sayed M; Alanazi, Fars K; Habib, Walid A; Sakr, Adel

    2017-11-01

    Multiple response optimization is an efficient technique to develop sustained release formulation while decreasing the number of experiments based on trial and error approach. Diclofenac matrix tablets were optimized to achieve a release profile conforming to USP monograph, matching Voltaren ® SR and withstand formulation variables. The percent of drug released at predetermined multiple time points were the response variables in the design. Statistical models were obtained with relative contour diagrams being overlaid to predict process and formulation parameters expected to produce the target release profile. Tablets were prepared by wet granulation using mixture of equivalent quantities of Eudragit RL/RS at overall polymer concentration of 10-30%w/w and compressed at 5-15KN. Drug release from the optimized formulation E4 (15%w/w, 15KN) was similar to Voltaren, conformed to USP monograph and found to be stable. Substituting lactose with mannitol, reversing the ratio between lactose and microcrystalline cellulose or increasing drug load showed no significant difference in drug release. Using dextromethorphan hydrobromide as a model soluble drug showed burst release due to higher solubility and formation of micro cavities. A numerical optimization technique was employed to develop a stable consistent promising formulation for sustained delivery of diclofenac.

  3. Mechanistic modelling of drug release from polymer-coated and swelling and dissolving polymer matrix systems.

    PubMed

    Kaunisto, Erik; Marucci, Mariagrazia; Borgquist, Per; Axelsson, Anders

    2011-10-10

    The time required for the design of a new delivery device can be sensibly reduced if the release mechanism is understood and an appropriate mathematical model is used to characterize the system. Once all the model parameters are obtained, in silico experiments can be performed, to provide estimates of the release from devices with different geometries and compositions. In this review coated and matrix systems are considered. For coated formulations, models describing the diffusional drug release, the osmotic pumping drug release, and the lag phase of pellets undergoing cracking in the coating due to the build-up of a hydrostatic pressure are reviewed. For matrix systems, models describing pure polymer dissolution, diffusion in the polymer and drug release from swelling and eroding polymer matrix formulations are reviewed. Importantly, the experiments used to characterize the processes occurring during the release and to validate the models are presented and discussed. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-mass spectrometry of hydrophobic proteins in mixtures using formic acid, perfluorooctanoic acid, and sorbitol.

    PubMed

    Loo, Rachel R Ogorzalek; Loo, Joseph A

    2007-02-01

    Three MALDI-MS sample/matrix preparation approaches were evaluated for their ability to enhance hydrophobic protein detection from complex mixtures: (1) formic acid-based formulations, (2) perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) surfactant addition, and (3) sorbitol addition. While MALDI-MS of Escherichia coli cells desorbed from a standard sinapinic acid matrix displayed 94 (M + H)+ ions, 119 were observed from a formic acid-based matrix with no more than 10 common to both. Formic acid matrix revealed many lipoproteins and an 8282 m/z ion proposed to be the abundant, water-insoluble ATPase proteolipid. Among the formic acid-based cocktails examined, the slowest rate of serine/threonine formylation was found for 50% H2O/33% 2-propanol/17% formic acid. Faster formylation was observed from cocktails containing more formic acid and from mixtures including CH3CN. Sinapinic, ferulic, DHB, 4-hydroxybenzylidene malononitrile, and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole matrixes performed well in formic acid formulations. Dramatic differences in mixture spectra were also observed from PFOA/sinapinic acid, at detergent concentrations exceeding the critical micelle concentration, although these matrix cocktails proved difficult to crystallize. E. coli ions observed from these matrix conditions are listed in Tables S-1 and S-3 (Supporting Information). Similar complementarity was observed for M. acetivorans whole-cell mixtures. Including sorbitol in the sinapinic acid matrix was found to promote homogeneous crystallization and to enhance medium and higher m/z ion detection from dilute E. coli cellular mixtures.

  5. Investigation of in situ gelling alginate formulations as a sustained release vehicle for co-precipitates of dextromethrophan and Eudragit S 100.

    PubMed

    El Maghraby, Gamal Mohamed; Elzayat, Ehab Mostafa; Alanazi, Fars Kaed

    2014-03-01

    Alginate vehicles are capable of forming a gel matrix in situ when they come into contact with gastric medium in the presence of calcium ions. However, the gel structure is pH dependent and can break after gastric emptying, leading to dose dumping. The aim of this work was to develop modified in situ gelling alginate formulations capable of sustaining dextromethorphan release throughout the gastrointestinal tract. Alginate solution (2 %, m/m) was used as a vehicle for the tested formulations. Solid matrix of the drug and Eudragit S 100 was prepared by dissolving the drug and polymer in acetone. The organic solvent was then evaporated and the deposited solid matrix was micronized, sieved and dispersed in alginate solution to obtain candidate formulations. The release behavior of dextromethorphan was monitored and evaluated in a medium simulating the gastric and intestinal pH. Drug-polymer compatibility and possible solid-state interactions suggested physical interaction through hydrogen bonding between the drug and the polymer. A significant decrease in the rate and extent of dextromethorphan release was observed with increasing Eudragit S 100 concentration in the prepared particles. Most formulations showed sustained release profiles similar to that of a commercial sustained-release liquid based on ion exchange resin. The release pattern indicated strict control of drug release both under gastric and intestinal conditions, suggesting the potential advantage of using a solid dispersion of drug-Eudragit S 100 to overcome the problem of dose dumping after the rupture of the pH dependent alginate gels.

  6. Matrix method for two-dimensional waveguide mode solution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Baoguang; Cai, Congzhong; Venkatesh, Balajee Seshasayee

    2018-05-01

    In this paper, we show that the transfer matrix theory of multilayer optics can be used to solve the modes of any two-dimensional (2D) waveguide for their effective indices and field distributions. A 2D waveguide, even composed of numerous layers, is essentially a multilayer stack and the transmission through the stack can be analysed using the transfer matrix theory. The result is a transfer matrix with four complex value elements, namely A, B, C and D. The effective index of a guided mode satisfies two conditions: (1) evanescent waves exist simultaneously in the first (cladding) layer and last (substrate) layer, and (2) the complex element D vanishes. For a given mode, the field distribution in the waveguide is the result of a 'folded' plane wave. In each layer, there is only propagation and absorption; at each boundary, only reflection and refraction occur, which can be calculated according to the Fresnel equations. As examples, we show that this method can be used to solve modes supported by the multilayer step-index dielectric waveguide, slot waveguide, gradient-index waveguide and various plasmonic waveguides. The results indicate the transfer matrix method is effective for 2D waveguide mode solution in general.

  7. Formulation and evaluation of controlled release matrix mucoadhesive tablets of domperidone using Salvia plebeian gum

    PubMed Central

    Arora, Gurpreet; Malik, Karan; Singh, Inderbir; Arora, Sandeep; Rana, Vikas

    2011-01-01

    The aim of study was to prepare controlled release matrix mucoadhesive tablets of domperidone using Salvia plebeian gum as natural polymer. Tablets were formulated by direct compression technology employing the natural polymer in different concentrations (5, 10, 15 and 20% w/w). The prepared batches were evaluated for drug assay, diameter, thickness, hardness and tensile strength, swelling index, mucoadhesive strength (using texture analyzer) and subjected to in vitro drug release studies. Real-time stability studies were also conducted on prepared batches. In vitro drug release data were fitted in various release kinetic models for studying the mechanism of drug release. Tensile strength was found to increase from 0.808 ± 0.098 to 1.527 ± 0.10 mN/cm2 and mucoadhesive strength increased from 13.673 ± 1.542 to 40.378 ± 2.345 N, with an increase in the polymer concentration from 5 to 20% (A1 to A4). Swelling index was reported to increase with both increase in the concentration of gum and the time duration. The in vitro drug release decreased from 97.76 to 83.4% (A1 to A4) with the increase in polymer concentration. The drug release from the matrix tablets was found to follow zero-order and Higuchi models, indicating the matrix-forming potential of natural polymer. The value of n was found to be between 0.5221 and 0.8992, indicating the involvement of more than one drug release mechanism from the formulation and possibly the combination of both diffusion and erosion. These research findings clearly indicate the potential of S. plebeian gum to be used as binder, release retardant and mucoadhesive natural material in tablet formulations. PMID:22171313

  8. Advanced Amine Solvent Formulations and Process Integration for Near-Term CO2 Capture Success

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fisher, Kevin S.; Searcy, Katherine; Rochelle, Gary T.

    2007-06-28

    This Phase I SBIR project investigated the economic and technical feasibility of advanced amine scrubbing systems for post-combustion CO2 capture at coal-fired power plants. Numerous combinations of advanced solvent formulations and process configurations were screened for energy requirements, and three cases were selected for detailed analysis: a monoethanolamine (MEA) base case and two “advanced” cases: an MEA/Piperazine (PZ) case, and a methyldiethanolamine (MDEA) / PZ case. The MEA/PZ and MDEA/PZ cases employed an advanced “double matrix” stripper configuration. The basis for calculations was a model plant with a gross capacity of 500 MWe. Results indicated that CO2 capture increased themore » base cost of electricity from 5 cents/kWh to 10.7 c/kWh for the MEA base case, 10.1 c/kWh for the MEA / PZ double matrix, and 9.7 c/kWh for the MDEA / PZ double matrix. The corresponding cost per metric tonne CO2 avoided was 67.20 $/tonne CO2, 60.19 $/tonne CO2, and 55.05 $/tonne CO2, respectively. Derated capacities, including base plant auxiliary load of 29 MWe, were 339 MWe for the base case, 356 MWe for the MEA/PZ double matrix, and 378 MWe for the MDEA / PZ double matrix. When compared to the base case, systems employing advanced solvent formulations and process configurations were estimated to reduce reboiler steam requirements by 20 to 44%, to reduce derating due to CO2 capture by 13 to 30%, and to reduce the cost of CO2 avoided by 10 to 18%. These results demonstrate the potential for significant improvements in the overall economics of CO2 capture via advanced solvent formulations and process configurations.« less

  9. A novel experimental design method to optimize hydrophilic matrix formulations with drug release profiles and mechanical properties.

    PubMed

    Choi, Du Hyung; Lim, Jun Yeul; Shin, Sangmun; Choi, Won Jun; Jeong, Seong Hoon; Lee, Sangkil

    2014-10-01

    To investigate the effects of hydrophilic polymers on the matrix system, an experimental design method was developed to integrate response surface methodology and the time series modeling. Moreover, the relationships among polymers on the matrix system were studied with the evaluation of physical properties including water uptake, mass loss, diffusion, and gelling index. A mixture simplex lattice design was proposed while considering eight input control factors: Polyethylene glycol 6000 (x1 ), polyethylene oxide (PEO) N-10 (x2 ), PEO 301 (x3 ), PEO coagulant (x4 ), PEO 303 (x5 ), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) 100SR (x6 ), HPMC 4000SR (x7 ), and HPMC 10(5) SR (x8 ). With the modeling, optimal formulations were obtained depending on the four types of targets. The optimal formulations showed the four significant factors (x1 , x2 , x3 , and x8 ) and other four input factors (x4 , x5 , x6 , and x7 ) were not significant based on drug release profiles. Moreover, the optimization results were analyzed with estimated values, targets values, absolute biases, and relative biases based on observed times for the drug release rates with four different targets. The result showed that optimal solutions and target values had consistent patterns with small biases. On the basis of the physical properties of the optimal solutions, the type and ratio of the hydrophilic polymer and the relationships between polymers significantly influenced the physical properties of the system and drug release. This experimental design method is very useful in formulating a matrix system with optimal drug release. Moreover, it can distinctly confirm the relationships between excipients and the effects on the system with extensive and intensive evaluations. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

  10. Poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline) as matrix excipient for drug formulation by hot melt extrusion and injection molding.

    PubMed

    Claeys, Bart; Vervaeck, Anouk; Vervaet, Chris; Remon, Jean Paul; Hoogenboom, Richard; De Geest, Bruno G

    2012-10-15

    Here we evaluate poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline)s (PEtOx) as a matrix excipient for the production of oral solid dosage forms by hot melt extrusion (HME) followed by injection molding (IM). Using metoprolol tartrate as a good water-soluble model drug we demonstrate that drug release can be delayed by HME/IM, with the release rate controlled by the molecular weight of the PEtOx. Using fenofibrate as a lipophilic model drug we demonstrate that relative to the pure drug the dissolution rate is strongly enhanced by formulation in HME/IM tablets. For both drug molecules we find that solid solutions, i.e. molecularly dissolved drug in a polymeric matrix, are obtained by HME/IM. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  11. A spatial operator algebra for manipulator modeling and control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rodriguez, G.; Kreutz, K.; Milman, M.

    1988-01-01

    A powerful new spatial operator algebra for modeling, control, and trajectory design of manipulators is discussed along with its implementation in the Ada programming language. Applications of this algebra to robotics include an operator representation of the manipulator Jacobian matrix; the robot dynamical equations formulated in terms of the spatial algebra, showing the complete equivalence between the recursive Newton-Euler formulations to robot dynamics; the operator factorization and inversion of the manipulator mass matrix which immediately results in O(N) recursive forward dynamics algorithms; the joint accelerations of a manipulator due to a tip contact force; the recursive computation of the equivalent mass matrix as seen at the tip of a manipulator; and recursive forward dynamics of a closed chain system. Finally, additional applications and current research involving the use of the spatial operator algebra are discussed in general terms.

  12. Physico-chemical characterization of nano-emulsions in cosmetic matrix enriched on omega-3.

    PubMed

    Kabri, Tin-Hinan; Arab-Tehrany, Elmira; Belhaj, Nabila; Linder, Michel

    2011-09-21

    Nano-emulsions, as non-equilibrium systems, present characteristics and properties which depend not only on composition but also on their method of preparation. To obtain better penetration, nanocosmeceuticals use nano-sized systems for the delivery of active ingredients to targeted cells. In this work, nano-emulsions composed of miglyol, rapeseed oil and salmon oil were developed as a cosmetic matrix. Measurements of different physico-chemical properties of nano-emulsions were taken according to size, electrophoretic mobility, conductivity, viscosity, turbidity, cristallization and melting point. The RHLB was calculated for each formulation in order to achieve maximum stability. Both tween 80 and soya lecithin were found to stabilize formulations. The results showed that rapeseed oil and miglyol are the predominant parameters for determining the expression of results concerning the characterization of emulsion. Based on the mixture design, we achieved the optimal point using the following formulation: 56.5% rapessed oil, 35.5% miglyol, and 8% salmon oil. We considered this formulation to be the best as a nanocosmeceutical product due to the small size, good turbidity, and average HLB. This study demonstrates the influence of formulation on the physico-chemical properties of each nano-emulsion obtained by the mixture design.

  13. Dissipation, intermittency, and singularities in incompressible turbulent flows

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Debue, P.; Shukla, V.; Kuzzay, D.; Faranda, D.; Saw, E.-W.; Daviaud, F.; Dubrulle, B.

    2018-05-01

    We examine the connection between the singularities or quasisingularities in the solutions of the incompressible Navier-Stokes equation (INSE) and the local energy transfer and dissipation, in order to explore in detail how the former contributes to the phenomenon of intermittency. We do so by analyzing the velocity fields (a) measured in the experiments on the turbulent von Kármán swirling flow at high Reynolds numbers and (b) obtained from the direct numerical simulations of the INSE at a moderate resolution. To compute the local interscale energy transfer and viscous dissipation in experimental and supporting numerical data, we use the weak solution formulation generalization of the Kármán-Howarth-Monin equation. In the presence of a singularity in the velocity field, this formulation yields a nonzero dissipation (inertial dissipation) in the limit of an infinite resolution. Moreover, at finite resolutions, it provides an expression for local interscale energy transfers down to the scale where the energy is dissipated by viscosity. In the presence of a quasisingularity that is regularized by viscosity, the formulation provides the contribution to the viscous dissipation due to the presence of the quasisingularity. Therefore, our formulation provides a concrete support to the general multifractal description of the intermittency. We present the maps and statistics of the interscale energy transfer and show that the extreme events of this transfer govern the intermittency corrections and are compatible with a refined similarity hypothesis based on this transfer. We characterize the probability distribution functions of these extreme events via generalized Pareto distribution analysis and find that the widths of the tails are compatible with a similarity of the second kind. Finally, we make a connection between the topological and the statistical properties of the extreme events of the interscale energy transfer field and its multifractal properties.

  14. The influence of matrix composition and reinforcement type on the properties of polysialate composites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hammell, James A.

    There is a critical need for the development of materials for eliminating fire as a cause of death in aircraft accidents. Currently available composites that use organic matrices not only deteriorate at temperatures above 300°C but also emit toxic fumes. The results presented in this dissertation focus on the development of an inorganic matrix that does not burn or emit toxic fumes. The matrix, known as polysialate, can withstand temperatures in excess of 1000°C. The matrix behaves like a ceramic, but does not need high curing temperatures, so it can be processed like many common organic matrices. The major parameters evaluated in this dissertation are: (i) Influence of reinforcement type, (ii) Matrix formulation for both wet-dry durability and high temperature resistance, (iii) Influence of processing variables such as moisture reduction and storage, (iv) Tensile strain capacity of modified matrices and matrices reinforced with ceramic microfibers and discrete carbon fibers, and (v) analytical modeling of mechanical properties. For the reinforcement type; carbon, glass, and stainless steel wire fabrics were investigated. Carbon fabrics with 1, 3, 12, and 50k tows were used. A matrix chemical formulation that can withstand wetting and drying was developed. This formulation was tested at high temperatures to ascertain its stability above 400°C. On the topic of processing, shelf life of prepregged fabric layers and efficient moisture removal methods were studied. An analytical model based on layered reinforcement was developed for analyzing flexural specimens. It is shown that the new inorganic matrix can withstand wetting and drying, and also high temperature. The layered reinforcement concept provides accurate prediction of strength and stiffness for composites reinforced with 1k and 3k tows. The prepregged fabric layers can be stored for 14 days at -15°C without losing strength.

  15. Optimization of matrix tablets controlled drug release using Elman dynamic neural networks and decision trees.

    PubMed

    Petrović, Jelena; Ibrić, Svetlana; Betz, Gabriele; Đurić, Zorica

    2012-05-30

    The main objective of the study was to develop artificial intelligence methods for optimization of drug release from matrix tablets regardless of the matrix type. Static and dynamic artificial neural networks of the same topology were developed to model dissolution profiles of different matrix tablets types (hydrophilic/lipid) using formulation composition, compression force used for tableting and tablets porosity and tensile strength as input data. Potential application of decision trees in discovering knowledge from experimental data was also investigated. Polyethylene oxide polymer and glyceryl palmitostearate were used as matrix forming materials for hydrophilic and lipid matrix tablets, respectively whereas selected model drugs were diclofenac sodium and caffeine. Matrix tablets were prepared by direct compression method and tested for in vitro dissolution profiles. Optimization of static and dynamic neural networks used for modeling of drug release was performed using Monte Carlo simulations or genetic algorithms optimizer. Decision trees were constructed following discretization of data. Calculated difference (f(1)) and similarity (f(2)) factors for predicted and experimentally obtained dissolution profiles of test matrix tablets formulations indicate that Elman dynamic neural networks as well as decision trees are capable of accurate predictions of both hydrophilic and lipid matrix tablets dissolution profiles. Elman neural networks were compared to most frequently used static network, Multi-layered perceptron, and superiority of Elman networks have been demonstrated. Developed methods allow simple, yet very precise way of drug release predictions for both hydrophilic and lipid matrix tablets having controlled drug release. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. The Risk Assessment in the 21st Century (RISK21): Roadmap and Matrix

    EPA Science Inventory

    The RISK21 integrated evaluation strategy is a problem formulation-based exposure-driven risk assessment roadmap that takes advantage of existing information to graphically represent the intersection of exposure and toxicity data on a highly visual matrix. This paper describes i...

  17. A test for interfacial effects and stress transfer in ceramic matrix composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1988-01-01

    A test specimen was devised for measuring stress transfer between a high modulus fiber and a ceramic matrix. Single filaments of SiC were embedded in chemically vapor deposited SiC on a thin plate of molybdenum. The CVD overcoating which encapsulated the fiber was continuous with a coating of SiC on the molybdenum. When placed in a microtensile test device and loaded in the fiber direction, the fiber fracture characteristics provide information on the fiber/matrix adhesion and stress transfer. Problems were encountered due to the formation of a weak boundary between the SiC and the molybdenum which obviated any meaningful tensile tests. Also, the high CVD temperature used in fabricating these specimens restrict the fiber, matrix (and substrate) to materials having similar thermal coefficients of expansion in order to minimize thermal stresses.

  18. Development of a hybrid wave based-transfer matrix model for sound transmission analysis.

    PubMed

    Dijckmans, A; Vermeir, G

    2013-04-01

    In this paper, a hybrid wave based-transfer matrix model is presented that allows for the investigation of the sound transmission through finite multilayered structures placed between two reverberant rooms. The multilayered structure may consist of an arbitrary configuration of fluid, elastic, or poro-elastic layers. The field variables (structural displacements and sound pressures) are expanded in terms of structural and acoustic wave functions. The boundary and continuity conditions in the rooms determine the participation factors in the pressure expansions. The displacement of the multilayered structure is determined by the mechanical impedance matrix, which gives a relation between the pressures and transverse displacements at both sides of the structure. The elements of this matrix are calculated with the transfer matrix method. First, the hybrid model is numerically validated. Next a comparison is made with sound transmission loss measurements of a hollow brick wall and a sandwich panel. Finally, numerical simulations show the influence of structural damping, room dimensions and plate dimensions on the sound transmission loss of multilayered structures.

  19. Solvent Free Low-Melt Viscosity Imide Oligomers And Thermosetting Polyimide Composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chuang, CHun-Hua (Inventor)

    2006-01-01

    This invention relates to the composition and a solvent-free process for preparing novel imide oligomers and polymers specifically formulated with effective amounts of a dianhydride such as 2,3,3',4-biphenyltetra carboxylic dianydride (a-BPDA), at least one aromatic diamine' and an endcapped of 4-phenylethynylphthalic anhydride (PEPA) or nadic anhydride to produce imide oligomers that possess a low-melt viscosity of 1-60 poise at 260-280" C. When the imide oligomer melt is cured at about 371 C. in a press or autoclave under 100-500 psi, the melt resulted in a thermoset polyimide having a glass transition temperature (T(sub g)) equal to and above 310 C. A novel feature of this process is that the monomers; namely the dianhydrides, diamines and the endcaps, are melt processable to form imide oligomers at temperatures ranging between 232-280 C. (450-535 F) without any solvent. These low-melt imide oligomers can be easily processed by resin transfer molding (RTM), vacuum-assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) or the resin infusion process with fiber preforms e.g. carbon, glass or quartz preforms to produce polyimide matrix composites with 288-343C (550-650 F) high temperature performance capability.

  20. A matrix solution for the simulation of magnetic fields with ideal current loops

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stankiewicz, N.

    1979-01-01

    A matrix formulation is presented for describing axisymmetric magnetic field data with ideal current loops. A computer program written in APL is used to invert the matrix and hence to solve for the coil strengths which are used to represent the field data. Examples are given of the coil representation for (1) measured magnetic data, (2) refocusing fields, and (3) PPM focusing fields.

  1. Centralized PI control for high dimensional multivariable systems based on equivalent transfer function.

    PubMed

    Luan, Xiaoli; Chen, Qiang; Liu, Fei

    2014-09-01

    This article presents a new scheme to design full matrix controller for high dimensional multivariable processes based on equivalent transfer function (ETF). Differing from existing ETF method, the proposed ETF is derived directly by exploiting the relationship between the equivalent closed-loop transfer function and the inverse of open-loop transfer function. Based on the obtained ETF, the full matrix controller is designed utilizing the existing PI tuning rules. The new proposed ETF model can more accurately represent the original processes. Furthermore, the full matrix centralized controller design method proposed in this paper is applicable to high dimensional multivariable systems with satisfactory performance. Comparison with other multivariable controllers shows that the designed ETF based controller is superior with respect to design-complexity and obtained performance. Copyright © 2014 ISA. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  2. Quantum electron-vibrational dynamics at finite temperature: Thermo field dynamics approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Borrelli, Raffaele; Gelin, Maxim F.

    2016-12-01

    Quantum electron-vibrational dynamics in molecular systems at finite temperature is described using an approach based on the thermo field dynamics theory. This formulation treats temperature effects in the Hilbert space without introducing the Liouville space. A comparison with the theoretically equivalent density matrix formulation shows the key numerical advantages of the present approach. The solution of thermo field dynamics equations with a novel technique for the propagation of tensor trains (matrix product states) is discussed. Numerical applications to model spin-boson systems show that the present approach is a promising tool for the description of quantum dynamics of complex molecular systems at finite temperature.

  3. Recursive thoughts on the simulation of the flexible multibody dynamics of slender offshore structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schilder, J.; Ellenbroek, M.; de Boer, A.

    2017-12-01

    In this work, the floating frame of reference formulation is used to create a flexible multibody model of slender offshore structures such as pipelines and risers. It is shown that due to the chain-like topology of the considered structures, the equation of motion can be expressed in terms of absolute interface coordinates. In the presented form, kinematic constraint equations are satisfied explicitly and the Lagrange multipliers are eliminated from the equations. Hence, the structures can be conveniently coupled to finite element or multibody models of for example seabed and vessel. The chain-like topology enables the efficient use of recursive solution procedures for both transient dynamic analysis and equilibrium analysis. For this, the transfer matrix method is used. In order to improve the convergence of the equilibrium analysis, the analytical solution of an ideal catenary is used as an initial configuration, reducing the number of required iterations.

  4. Towards Protein Crystallization as a Process Step in Downstream Processing of Therapeutic Antibodies: Screening and Optimization at Microbatch Scale

    PubMed Central

    Zang, Yuguo; Kammerer, Bernd; Eisenkolb, Maike; Lohr, Katrin; Kiefer, Hans

    2011-01-01

    Crystallization conditions of an intact monoclonal IgG4 (immunoglobulin G, subclass 4) antibody were established in vapor diffusion mode by sparse matrix screening and subsequent optimization. The procedure was transferred to microbatch conditions and a phase diagram was built showing surprisingly low solubility of the antibody at equilibrium. With up-scaling to process scale in mind, purification efficiency of the crystallization step was investigated. Added model protein contaminants were excluded from the crystals to more than 95%. No measurable loss of Fc-binding activity was observed in the crystallized and redissolved antibody. Conditions could be adapted to crystallize the antibody directly from concentrated and diafiltrated cell culture supernatant, showing purification efficiency similar to that of Protein A chromatography. We conclude that crystallization has the potential to be included in downstream processing as a low-cost purification or formulation step. PMID:21966480

  5. Theoretical aspects of photonic band gap in 1D nano structure of LN: MgLN periodic layer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sisodia, Namita, E-mail: namitasisodiya@gmail.com

    2015-06-24

    By using the transfer matrix method, we have analyzed the photonic band gap properties in a periodic layer of LN:MgLN medium. The Width of alternate layers of LN and MgLN is in the range of hundred nanometers. The birefringent and ferroelectric properties of the medium (i.e ordinary, extraordinary refractive indices and electric dipole moment) is given due considerations in the formulation of photonic band gap. Effect of electronic transition dipole moment of the medium on photonic band gap is also taken into account. We find that photonic band gap can be modified by the variation in the ratio of themore » width of two medium. We explain our findings by obtaining numerical values and the effect on the photonic band gap due to variation in the ratio of alternate medium is shown graphically.« less

  6. Geometry of modified release formulations during dissolution--influence on performance of dosage forms with diclofenac sodium.

    PubMed

    Dorożyński, Przemysław; Kulinowski, Piotr; Jamróz, Witold; Juszczyk, Ewelina

    2014-12-30

    The objectives of the work included: presentation of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and fractal analysis based approach to comparison of dosage forms of different composition, structure, and assessment of the influence of the compositional factors i.e., matrix type, excipients etc., on properties and performance of the dosage form during drug dissolution. The work presents the first attempt to compare MRI data obtained for tablet formulations of different composition and characterized by distinct differences in hydration and drug dissolution mechanisms. The main difficulty, in such a case stems from differences in hydration behavior and tablet's geometry i.e., swelling, cracking, capping etc. A novel approach to characterization of matrix systems i.e., quantification of changes of geometrical complexity of the matrix shape during drug dissolution has been developed. Using three chosen commercial modified release tablet formulations with diclofenac sodium we present the method of parameterization of their geometrical complexity on the base of fractal analysis. The main result of the study is the correlation between the hydrating tablet behavior and drug dissolution - the increase of geometrical complexity expressed as fractal dimension relates to the increased variability of drug dissolution results. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. A three-dimensional nonlinear Timoshenko beam based on the core-congruential formulation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Crivelli, Luis A.; Felippa, Carlos A.

    1992-01-01

    A three-dimensional, geometrically nonlinear two-node Timoshenkoo beam element based on the total Larangrian description is derived. The element behavior is assumed to be linear elastic, but no restrictions are placed on magnitude of finite rotations. The resulting element has twelve degrees of freedom: six translational components and six rotational-vector components. The formulation uses the Green-Lagrange strains and second Piola-Kirchhoff stresses as energy-conjugate variables and accounts for the bending-stretching and bending-torsional coupling effects without special provisions. The core-congruential formulation (CCF) is used to derived the discrete equations in a staged manner. Core equations involving the internal force vector and tangent stiffness matrix are developed at the particle level. A sequence of matrix transformations carries these equations to beam cross-sections and finally to the element nodal degrees of freedom. The choice of finite rotation measure is made in the next-to-last transformation stage, and the choice of over-the-element interpolation in the last one. The tangent stiffness matrix is found to retain symmetry if the rotational vector is chosen to measure finite rotations. An extensive set of numerical examples is presented to test and validate the present element.

  8. Generalization of the Mulliken-Hush treatment for the calculation of electron transfer matrix elements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cave, Robert J.; Newton, Marshall D.

    1996-01-01

    A new method for the calculation of the electronic coupling matrix element for electron transfer processes is introduced and results for several systems are presented. The method can be applied to ground and excited state systems and can be used in cases where several states interact strongly. Within the set of states chosen it is a non-perturbative treatment, and can be implemented using quantities obtained solely in terms of the adiabatic states. Several applications based on quantum chemical calculations are briefly presented. Finally, since quantities for adiabatic states are the only input to the method, it can also be used with purely experimental data to estimate electron transfer matrix elements.

  9. The multifacet graphically contracted function method. I. Formulation and implementation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shepard, Ron; Gidofalvi, Gergely; Brozell, Scott R.

    2014-08-01

    The basic formulation for the multifacet generalization of the graphically contracted function (MFGCF) electronic structure method is presented. The analysis includes the discussion of linear dependency and redundancy of the arc factor parameters, the computation of reduced density matrices, Hamiltonian matrix construction, spin-density matrix construction, the computation of optimization gradients for single-state and state-averaged calculations, graphical wave function analysis, and the efficient computation of configuration state function and Slater determinant expansion coefficients. Timings are given for Hamiltonian matrix element and analytic optimization gradient computations for a range of model problems for full-CI Shavitt graphs, and it is observed that both the energy and the gradient computation scale as O(N2n4) for N electrons and n orbitals. The important arithmetic operations are within dense matrix-matrix product computational kernels, resulting in a computationally efficient procedure. An initial implementation of the method is used to present applications to several challenging chemical systems, including N2 dissociation, cubic H8 dissociation, the symmetric dissociation of H2O, and the insertion of Be into H2. The results are compared to the exact full-CI values and also to those of the previous single-facet GCF expansion form.

  10. The multifacet graphically contracted function method. I. Formulation and implementation.

    PubMed

    Shepard, Ron; Gidofalvi, Gergely; Brozell, Scott R

    2014-08-14

    The basic formulation for the multifacet generalization of the graphically contracted function (MFGCF) electronic structure method is presented. The analysis includes the discussion of linear dependency and redundancy of the arc factor parameters, the computation of reduced density matrices, Hamiltonian matrix construction, spin-density matrix construction, the computation of optimization gradients for single-state and state-averaged calculations, graphical wave function analysis, and the efficient computation of configuration state function and Slater determinant expansion coefficients. Timings are given for Hamiltonian matrix element and analytic optimization gradient computations for a range of model problems for full-CI Shavitt graphs, and it is observed that both the energy and the gradient computation scale as O(N(2)n(4)) for N electrons and n orbitals. The important arithmetic operations are within dense matrix-matrix product computational kernels, resulting in a computationally efficient procedure. An initial implementation of the method is used to present applications to several challenging chemical systems, including N2 dissociation, cubic H8 dissociation, the symmetric dissociation of H2O, and the insertion of Be into H2. The results are compared to the exact full-CI values and also to those of the previous single-facet GCF expansion form.

  11. Design, Development and Optimization of S (-) Atenolol Floating Sustained Release Matrix Tablets Using Surface Response Methodology

    PubMed Central

    Gunjal, P. T.; Shinde, M. B.; Gharge, V. S.; Pimple, S. V.; Gurjar, M. K.; Shah, M. N.

    2015-01-01

    The objective of this present investigation was to develop and formulate floating sustained release matrix tablets of s (-) atenolol, by using different polymer combinations and filler, to optimize by using surface response methodology for different drug release variables and to evaluate the drug release pattern of the optimized product. Floating sustained release matrix tablets of various combinations were prepared with cellulose-based polymers: Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium bicarbonate as a gas generating agent, polyvinyl pyrrolidone as a binder and lactose monohydrate as filler. The 32 full factorial design was employed to investigate the effect of formulation variables on different properties of tablets applicable to floating lag time, buoyancy time, % drug release in 1 and 6 h (D1 h,D6 h) and time required to 90% drug release (t90%). Significance of result was analyzed using analysis of non variance and P < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. S (-) atenolol floating sustained release matrix tablets followed the Higuchi drug release kinetics that indicates the release of drug follows anomalous (non-Fickian) diffusion mechanism. The developed floating sustained release matrix tablet of improved efficacy can perform therapeutically better than a conventional tablet. PMID:26798171

  12. Design, Development and Optimization of S (-) Atenolol Floating Sustained Release Matrix Tablets Using Surface Response Methodology.

    PubMed

    Gunjal, P T; Shinde, M B; Gharge, V S; Pimple, S V; Gurjar, M K; Shah, M N

    2015-01-01

    The objective of this present investigation was to develop and formulate floating sustained release matrix tablets of s (-) atenolol, by using different polymer combinations and filler, to optimize by using surface response methodology for different drug release variables and to evaluate the drug release pattern of the optimized product. Floating sustained release matrix tablets of various combinations were prepared with cellulose-based polymers: Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium bicarbonate as a gas generating agent, polyvinyl pyrrolidone as a binder and lactose monohydrate as filler. The 3(2) full factorial design was employed to investigate the effect of formulation variables on different properties of tablets applicable to floating lag time, buoyancy time, % drug release in 1 and 6 h (D1 h,D6 h) and time required to 90% drug release (t90%). Significance of result was analyzed using analysis of non variance and P < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. S (-) atenolol floating sustained release matrix tablets followed the Higuchi drug release kinetics that indicates the release of drug follows anomalous (non-Fickian) diffusion mechanism. The developed floating sustained release matrix tablet of improved efficacy can perform therapeutically better than a conventional tablet.

  13. Formulation, in vitro and in vivo evaluation of transdermal patches containing risperidone.

    PubMed

    Aggarwal, Geeta; Dhawan, Sanju; Hari Kumar, S L

    2013-01-01

    The efficacy of oral risperidone treatment in prevention of schizophrenia is well known. However, oral side effects and patient compliance is always a problem for schizophrenics. In this study, risperidone was formulated into matrix transdermal patches to overcome these problems. The formulation factors for such patches, including eudragit RL 100 and eudragit RS 100 as matrix forming polymers, olive oil, groundnut oil and jojoba oil in different concentrations as enhancers and amount of drug loaded were investigated. The transdermal patches containing risperidone were prepared by solvent casting method and characterized for physicochemical and in vitro permeation studies through excised rat skin. Among the tested preparations, formulations with 20% risperidone, 3:2 ERL 100 and ERS 100 as polymers, mixture of olive oil and jojoba oil as enhancer, exhibited greatest cumulative amount of drug permeated (1.87 ± 0.09 mg/cm(2)) in 72 h, so batch ROJ was concluded as optimized formulation and assessed for pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and skin irritation potential. The pharmacokinetic characteristics of the optimized risperidone patch were determined using rabbits, while orally administered risperidone in solution was used for comparison. The calculated relative bioavailability of risperidone transdermal patch was 115.20% with prolonged release of drug. Neuroleptic efficacy of transdermal formulation was assessed by rota-rod and grip test in comparison with control and marketed oral formulations with no skin irritation. This suggests the transdermal application of risperidone holds promise for improved bioavailability and better management of schizophrenia in long-term basis.

  14. Multi-spectrometer calibration transfer based on independent component analysis.

    PubMed

    Liu, Yan; Xu, Hao; Xia, Zhenzhen; Gong, Zhiyong

    2018-02-26

    Calibration transfer is indispensable for practical applications of near infrared (NIR) spectroscopy due to the need for precise and consistent measurements across different spectrometers. In this work, a method for multi-spectrometer calibration transfer is described based on independent component analysis (ICA). A spectral matrix is first obtained by aligning the spectra measured on different spectrometers. Then, by using independent component analysis, the aligned spectral matrix is decomposed into the mixing matrix and the independent components of different spectrometers. These differing measurements between spectrometers can then be standardized by correcting the coefficients within the independent components. Two NIR datasets of corn and edible oil samples measured with three and four spectrometers, respectively, were used to test the reliability of this method. The results of both datasets reveal that spectra measurements across different spectrometers can be transferred simultaneously and that the partial least squares (PLS) models built with the measurements on one spectrometer can predict that the spectra can be transferred correctly on another.

  15. Migration of scattered teleseismic body waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bostock, M. G.; Rondenay, S.

    1999-06-01

    The retrieval of near-receiver mantle structure from scattered waves associated with teleseismic P and S and recorded on three-component, linear seismic arrays is considered in the context of inverse scattering theory. A Ray + Born formulation is proposed which admits linearization of the forward problem and economy in the computation of the elastic wave Green's function. The high-frequency approximation further simplifies the problem by enabling (1) the use of an earth-flattened, 1-D reference model, (2) a reduction in computations to 2-D through the assumption of 2.5-D experimental geometry, and (3) band-diagonalization of the Hessian matrix in the inverse formulation. The final expressions are in a form reminiscent of the classical diffraction stack of seismic migration. Implementation of this procedure demands an accurate estimate of the scattered wave contribution to the impulse response, and thus requires the removal of both the reference wavefield and the source time signature from the raw record sections. An approximate separation of direct and scattered waves is achieved through application of the inverse free-surface transfer operator to individual station records and a Karhunen-Loeve transform to the resulting record sections. This procedure takes the full displacement field to a wave vector space wherein the first principal component of the incident wave-type section is identified with the direct wave and is used as an estimate of the source time function. The scattered displacement field is reconstituted from the remaining principal components using the forward free-surface transfer operator, and may be reduced to a scattering impulse response upon deconvolution of the source estimate. An example employing pseudo-spectral synthetic seismograms demonstrates an application of the methodology.

  16. Development of Baits for Insect Control

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    This article outlines the importance of baits. Baits are formulations that can be used to deliver a toxic chemical or a pathogen (active agent) via ingestion to an insect pest with the goal of killing it. A bait formulations consist of a bait matrix which is the carrier for an active agent. The bait...

  17. Matrix Formalism of Synchrobetatron Coupling

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huang, Xiaobiao; /SLAC

    In this paper we present a complete linear synchrobetatron coupling formalism by studying the transfer matrix which describes linear horizontal and longitudinal motions. With the technique established in the linear horizontal-vertical coupling study [D. Sagan and D. Rubin, Phys. Rev. ST Accel. Beams 2, 074001 (1999)], we found a transformation to block diagonalize the transfer matrix and decouple the betatron motion and the synchrotron motion. By separating the usual dispersion term from the horizontal coordinate first, we were able to obtain analytic expressions of the transformation under reasonable approximations. We also obtained the perturbations to the betatron tune and themore » Courant-Snyder functions. The closed orbit changes due to finite energy gains at rf cavities and radiation energy losses were also studied by the 5 x 5 extended transfer matrix with the fifth column describing kicks in the 4-dimension phase space.« less

  18. Sparse matrix-vector multiplication on network-on-chip

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, C.-C.; Götze, J.; Jheng, H.-Y.; Ruan, S.-J.

    2010-12-01

    In this paper, we present an idea for performing matrix-vector multiplication by using Network-on-Chip (NoC) architecture. In traditional IC design on-chip communications have been designed with dedicated point-to-point interconnections. Therefore, regular local data transfer is the major concept of many parallel implementations. However, when dealing with the parallel implementation of sparse matrix-vector multiplication (SMVM), which is the main step of all iterative algorithms for solving systems of linear equation, the required data transfers depend on the sparsity structure of the matrix and can be extremely irregular. Using the NoC architecture makes it possible to deal with arbitrary structure of the data transfers; i.e. with the irregular structure of the sparse matrices. So far, we have already implemented the proposed SMVM-NoC architecture with the size 4×4 and 5×5 in IEEE 754 single float point precision using FPGA.

  19. An information hidden model holding cover distributions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fu, Min; Cai, Chao; Dai, Zuxu

    2018-03-01

    The goal of steganography is to embed secret data into a cover so no one apart from the sender and intended recipients can find the secret data. Usually, the way the cover changing was decided by a hidden function. There were no existing model could be used to find an optimal function which can greatly reduce the distortion the cover suffered. This paper considers the cover carrying secret message as a random Markov chain, taking the advantages of a deterministic relation between initial distributions and transferring matrix of the Markov chain, and takes the transferring matrix as a constriction to decrease statistical distortion the cover suffered in the process of information hiding. Furthermore, a hidden function is designed and the transferring matrix is also presented to be a matrix from the original cover to the stego cover. Experiment results show that the new model preserves a consistent statistical characterizations of original and stego cover.

  20. Release of Liposomal Contents by Cell-Secreted Matrix Metalloproteinase-9

    PubMed Central

    Banerjee, Jayati; Hanson, Andrea J.; Gadam, Bhushan; Elegbede, Adekunle I.; Tobwala, Shakila; Ganguly, Bratati; Wagh, Anil; Muhonen, Wallace W.; Law, Benedict; Shabb, John B.; Srivastava, D. K.; Mallik, Sanku

    2011-01-01

    Liposomes have been widely used as a drug delivery vehicle and currently, more than 10 liposomal formulations are approved by the Food and Drug Administration for clinical use. However, upon targeting, the release of the liposome-encapsulated contents is usually slow. We have recently demonstrated that contents from appropriately-formulated liposomes can be rapidly released by the cancer-associated enzyme matrix metalloproteinase-9 (MMP-9). Herein, we report our detailed studies to optimize the liposomal formulations. By properly selecting the lipopeptide, the major lipid component and their relative amounts, we demonstrate that the contents are rapidly released in the presence of cancer-associated levels of recombinant human MMP-9. We observed that the degree of lipid mismatch between the lipopepides and the major lipid component profoundly affects the release profiles from the liposomes. By utilizing the optimized liposomal formulations, we also demonstrate that cancer cells (HT-29) which secrete low levels of MMP-9 failed to release significant amount of the liposomal contents. Metastatic cancer cells (MCF7) secreting high levels of the enzyme rapidly release the encapsulated contents from the liposomes. PMID:19601658

  1. Physical and chemical stability of nanostructured lipid drug carriers (NLC) based on natural lipids from Baikal region (Siberia, Russia).

    PubMed

    Averina, E S; Müller, R H; Popov, D V; Radnaeva, L D

    2011-05-01

    At the turn of the millennium, a new generation of lipid nanoparticles for pharmacology was developed, nanostructured lipid carriers (NLC). The features of NLC structure which allow the inclusion of natural biologically active lipids in the NLC matrix open a wide prospect for the creation of high performance drug carriers. In this study NLC formulations were developed based on natural lipids from the Siberia region (Russia): fish oil from Lake Baikal fish; polyunsaturated fatty acid fractions and monounsaturated and saturated fatty acid fractions from fish oil and Siberian pine seed oil. Formulation parameters of NLC such as as type of surfactant and storage conditions were evaluated. The data obtained indicated high physical stability of NLC formulated on the basis of pure fish oil stabilized by Tween 80 and NLC formulated on the basis of free fatty acids stabilized by Poloxamer 188. The good chemical stability of the lipid matrix and the high concentrations of the biologically active polyunsaturated fatty acids in the NLC developed open wide prospects for their use in pharmaceutics and cosmetics.

  2. Variance-Based Cluster Selection Criteria in a K-Means Framework for One-Mode Dissimilarity Data.

    PubMed

    Vera, J Fernando; Macías, Rodrigo

    2017-06-01

    One of the main problems in cluster analysis is that of determining the number of groups in the data. In general, the approach taken depends on the cluster method used. For K-means, some of the most widely employed criteria are formulated in terms of the decomposition of the total point scatter, regarding a two-mode data set of N points in p dimensions, which are optimally arranged into K classes. This paper addresses the formulation of criteria to determine the number of clusters, in the general situation in which the available information for clustering is a one-mode [Formula: see text] dissimilarity matrix describing the objects. In this framework, p and the coordinates of points are usually unknown, and the application of criteria originally formulated for two-mode data sets is dependent on their possible reformulation in the one-mode situation. The decomposition of the variability of the clustered objects is proposed in terms of the corresponding block-shaped partition of the dissimilarity matrix. Within-block and between-block dispersion values for the partitioned dissimilarity matrix are derived, and variance-based criteria are subsequently formulated in order to determine the number of groups in the data. A Monte Carlo experiment was carried out to study the performance of the proposed criteria. For simulated clustered points in p dimensions, greater efficiency in recovering the number of clusters is obtained when the criteria are calculated from the related Euclidean distances instead of the known two-mode data set, in general, for unequal-sized clusters and for low dimensionality situations. For simulated dissimilarity data sets, the proposed criteria always outperform the results obtained when these criteria are calculated from their original formulation, using dissimilarities instead of distances.

  3. Determination of eigenvalues of dynamical systems by symbolic computation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Howard, J. C.

    1982-01-01

    A symbolic computation technique for determining the eigenvalues of dynamical systems is described wherein algebraic operations, symbolic differentiation, matrix formulation and inversion, etc., can be performed on a digital computer equipped with a formula-manipulation compiler. An example is included that demonstrates the facility with which the system dynamics matrix and the control distribution matrix from the state space formulation of the equations of motion can be processed to obtain eigenvalue loci as a function of a system parameter. The example chosen to demonstrate the technique is a fourth-order system representing the longitudinal response of a DC 8 aircraft to elevator inputs. This simplified system has two dominant modes, one of which is lightly damped and the other well damped. The loci may be used to determine the value of the controlling parameter that satisfied design requirements. The results were obtained using the MACSYMA symbolic manipulation system.

  4. Electronic coupling matrix elements from charge constrained density functional theory calculations using a plane wave basis set

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oberhofer, Harald; Blumberger, Jochen

    2010-12-01

    We present a plane wave basis set implementation for the calculation of electronic coupling matrix elements of electron transfer reactions within the framework of constrained density functional theory (CDFT). Following the work of Wu and Van Voorhis [J. Chem. Phys. 125, 164105 (2006)], the diabatic wavefunctions are approximated by the Kohn-Sham determinants obtained from CDFT calculations, and the coupling matrix element calculated by an efficient integration scheme. Our results for intermolecular electron transfer in small systems agree very well with high-level ab initio calculations based on generalized Mulliken-Hush theory, and with previous local basis set CDFT calculations. The effect of thermal fluctuations on the coupling matrix element is demonstrated for intramolecular electron transfer in the tetrathiafulvalene-diquinone (Q-TTF-Q-) anion. Sampling the electronic coupling along density functional based molecular dynamics trajectories, we find that thermal fluctuations, in particular the slow bending motion of the molecule, can lead to changes in the instantaneous electron transfer rate by more than an order of magnitude. The thermal average, ( {< {| {H_ab } |^2 } > } )^{1/2} = 6.7 {mH}, is significantly higher than the value obtained for the minimum energy structure, | {H_ab } | = 3.8 {mH}. While CDFT in combination with generalized gradient approximation (GGA) functionals describes the intermolecular electron transfer in the studied systems well, exact exchange is required for Q-TTF-Q- in order to obtain coupling matrix elements in agreement with experiment (3.9 mH). The implementation presented opens up the possibility to compute electronic coupling matrix elements for extended systems where donor, acceptor, and the environment are treated at the quantum mechanical (QM) level.

  5. Infrared radiative energy transfer in gaseous systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tiwari, Surendra N.

    1991-01-01

    Analyses and numerical procedures are presented to investigate the radiative interactions in various energy transfer processes in gaseous systems. Both gray and non-gray radiative formulations for absorption and emission by molecular gases are presented. The gray gas formulations are based on the Planck mean absorption coefficient and the non-gray formulations are based on the wide band model correlations for molecular absorption. Various relations for the radiative flux and divergence of radiative flux are developed. These are useful for different flow conditions and physical problems. Specific plans for obtaining extensive results for different cases are presented. The procedure developed was applied to several realistic problems. Results of selected studies are presented.

  6. Theory and investigation of acoustic multiple-input multiple-output systems based on spherical arrays in a room.

    PubMed

    Morgenstern, Hai; Rafaely, Boaz; Zotter, Franz

    2015-11-01

    Spatial attributes of room acoustics have been widely studied using microphone and loudspeaker arrays. However, systems that combine both arrays, referred to as multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems, have only been studied to a limited degree in this context. These systems can potentially provide a powerful tool for room acoustics analysis due to the ability to simultaneously control both arrays. This paper offers a theoretical framework for the spatial analysis of enclosed sound fields using a MIMO system comprising spherical loudspeaker and microphone arrays. A system transfer function is formulated in matrix form for free-field conditions, and its properties are studied using tools from linear algebra. The system is shown to have unit-rank, regardless of the array types, and its singular vectors are related to the directions of arrival and radiation at the microphone and loudspeaker arrays, respectively. The formulation is then generalized to apply to rooms, using an image source method. In this case, the rank of the system is related to the number of significant reflections. The paper ends with simulation studies, which support the developed theory, and with an extensive reflection analysis of a room impulse response, using the platform of a MIMO system.

  7. Parallel family trees for transfer matrices in the Potts model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Navarro, Cristobal A.; Canfora, Fabrizio; Hitschfeld, Nancy; Navarro, Gonzalo

    2015-02-01

    The computational cost of transfer matrix methods for the Potts model is related to the question in how many ways can two layers of a lattice be connected? Answering the question leads to the generation of a combinatorial set of lattice configurations. This set defines the configuration space of the problem, and the smaller it is, the faster the transfer matrix can be computed. The configuration space of generic (q , v) transfer matrix methods for strips is in the order of the Catalan numbers, which grows asymptotically as O(4m) where m is the width of the strip. Other transfer matrix methods with a smaller configuration space indeed exist but they make assumptions on the temperature, number of spin states, or restrict the structure of the lattice. In this paper we propose a parallel algorithm that uses a sub-Catalan configuration space of O(3m) to build the generic (q , v) transfer matrix in a compressed form. The improvement is achieved by grouping the original set of Catalan configurations into a forest of family trees, in such a way that the solution to the problem is now computed by solving the root node of each family. As a result, the algorithm becomes exponentially faster than the Catalan approach while still highly parallel. The resulting matrix is stored in a compressed form using O(3m ×4m) of space, making numerical evaluation and decompression to be faster than evaluating the matrix in its O(4m ×4m) uncompressed form. Experimental results for different sizes of strip lattices show that the parallel family trees (PFT) strategy indeed runs exponentially faster than the Catalan Parallel Method (CPM), especially when dealing with dense transfer matrices. In terms of parallel performance, we report strong-scaling speedups of up to 5.7 × when running on an 8-core shared memory machine and 28 × for a 32-core cluster. The best balance of speedup and efficiency for the multi-core machine was achieved when using p = 4 processors, while for the cluster scenario it was in the range p ∈ [ 8 , 10 ] . Because of the parallel capabilities of the algorithm, a large-scale execution of the parallel family trees strategy in a supercomputer could contribute to the study of wider strip lattices.

  8. Magnetic Photon Splitting: The S-Matrix Formulation in the Landau Representation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Baring, Matthew G.

    1999-01-01

    Calculations of reaction rates for the third-order QED process of photon splitting gamma yields gamma.gamma in strong magnetic fields traditionally have employed either the effective Lagrangian method or variants of Schwinger's proper-time technique. Recently, Mentzel, Berg and Wunner [1] presented an alternative derivation via an S-matrix formulation in the Landau representation. Advantages of such a formulation include the ability to compute rates near pair resonances above pair threshold. This paper presents new developments of the Landau representation formalism as applied to photon splitting, providing significant, advances beyond the work of [1] by summing over the spin quantum numbers of the electron propagators, and analytically integrating over the component of momentum of the intermediate states that is parallel to field. The ensuing tractable expressions for the scattering amplitudes are satisfyingly compact, and of an appearance familiar to S-matrix theory applications. Such developments can facilitate numerical computations of splitting considerably both below and above pair threshold. Specializations to two regimes of interest are obtained, namely the limit of highly supercritical fields and the domain where photon energies are far inferior to that for the threshold of single-photon pair creation. In particular, for the first time the low-frequency amplitudes are simply expressed in terms of the Gamma function, its integral and its derivatives. In addition, the equivalence of the asymptotic forms in these two domains to extant results from effective Lagrangian/proper- time formulations is demonstrated.

  9. Simultaneous estimation of ramipril, acetylsalicylic acid and atorvastatin calcium by chemometrics assisted UV-spectrophotometric method in capsules.

    PubMed

    Sankar, A S Kamatchi; Vetrichelvan, Thangarasu; Venkappaya, Devashya

    2011-09-01

    In the present work, three different spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous estimation of ramipril, aspirin and atorvastatin calcium in raw materials and in formulations are described. Overlapped data was quantitatively resolved by using chemometric methods, viz. inverse least squares (ILS), principal component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS). Calibrations were constructed using the absorption data matrix corresponding to the concentration data matrix. The linearity range was found to be 1-5, 10-50 and 2-10 μg mL-1 for ramipril, aspirin and atorvastatin calcium, respectively. The absorbance matrix was obtained by measuring the zero-order absorbance in the wavelength range between 210 and 320 nm. A training set design of the concentration data corresponding to the ramipril, aspirin and atorvastatin calcium mixtures was organized statistically to maximize the information content from the spectra and to minimize the error of multivariate calibrations. By applying the respective algorithms for PLS 1, PCR and ILS to the measured spectra of the calibration set, a suitable model was obtained. This model was selected on the basis of RMSECV and RMSEP values. The same was applied to the prediction set and capsule formulation. Mean recoveries of the commercial formulation set together with the figures of merit (calibration sensitivity, selectivity, limit of detection, limit of quantification and analytical sensitivity) were estimated. Validity of the proposed approaches was successfully assessed for analyses of drugs in the various prepared physical mixtures and formulations.

  10. Fast radiative transfer models for retrieval of cloud properties in the back-scattering region: application to DSCOVR-EPIC sensor

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Molina Garcia, Victor; Sasi, Sruthy; Efremenko, Dmitry; Doicu, Adrian; Loyola, Diego

    2017-04-01

    In this work, the requirements for the retrieval of cloud properties in the back-scattering region are described, and their application to the measurements taken by the Earth Polychromatic Imaging Camera (EPIC) on board the Deep Space Climate Observatory (DSCOVR) is shown. Various radiative transfer models and their linearizations are implemented, and their advantages and issues are analyzed. As radiative transfer calculations in the back-scattering region are computationally time-consuming, several acceleration techniques are also studied. The radiative transfer models analyzed include the exact Discrete Ordinate method with Matrix Exponential (DOME), the Matrix Operator method with Matrix Exponential (MOME), and the approximate asymptotic and equivalent Lambertian cloud models. To reduce the computational cost of the line-by-line (LBL) calculations, the k-distribution method, the Principal Component Analysis (PCA) and a combination of the k-distribution method plus PCA are used. The linearized radiative transfer models for retrieval of cloud properties include the Linearized Discrete Ordinate method with Matrix Exponential (LDOME), the Linearized Matrix Operator method with Matrix Exponential (LMOME) and the Forward-Adjoint Discrete Ordinate method with Matrix Exponential (FADOME). These models were applied to the EPIC oxygen-A band absorption channel at 764 nm. It is shown that the approximate asymptotic and equivalent Lambertian cloud models give inaccurate results, so an offline processor for the retrieval of cloud properties in the back-scattering region requires the use of exact models such as DOME and MOME, which behave similarly. The combination of the k-distribution method plus PCA presents similar accuracy to the LBL calculations, but it is up to 360 times faster, and the relative errors for the computed radiances are less than 1.5% compared to the results when the exact phase function is used. Finally, the linearized models studied show similar behavior, with relative errors less than 1% for the radiance derivatives, but FADOME is 2 times faster than LDOME and 2.5 times faster than LMOME.

  11. Solute Migration from the Aquifer Matrix into a Solution Conduit and the Reverse.

    PubMed

    Li, Guangquan; Field, Malcolm S

    2016-09-01

    A solution conduit has a permeable wall allowing for water exchange and solute transfer between the conduit and its surrounding aquifer matrix. In this paper, we use Laplace Transform to solve a one-dimensional equation constructed using the Euler approach to describe advective transport of solute in a conduit, a production-value problem. Both nonuniform cross-section of the conduit and nonuniform seepage at the conduit wall are considered in the solution. Physical analysis using the Lagrangian approach and a lumping method is performed to verify the solution. Two-way transfer between conduit water and matrix water is also investigated by using the solution for the production-value problem as a first-order approximation. The approximate solution agrees well with the exact solution if dimensionless travel time in the conduit is an order of magnitude smaller than unity. Our analytical solution is based on the assumption that the spatial and/or temporal heterogeneity in the wall solute flux is the dominant factor in the spreading of spring-breakthrough curves, and conduit dispersion is only a secondary mechanism. Such an approach can lead to the better understanding of water exchange and solute transfer between conduits and aquifer matrix. Euler and Lagrangian approaches are used to solve transport in conduit. Two-way transfer between conduit and matrix is investigated. The solution is applicable to transport in conduit of persisting solute from matrix. © 2016, National Ground Water Association.

  12. Heat Transfer Characteristics of Regenerator Matrix (Case of Packed Wire Gauzes)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hamaguchi, K.; Takahashi, S.; Miyabe, H.

    1984-01-01

    The average heat transfer coefficient in the matrix of laminated wire screens (10 to 250 mesh) for a Stirling engine heat exchanger was studied experimentally. The data are correlated by N sub ud = 0.42 R sub ed 0.56 (3 or = R sub ed or = 400), and R sub ed are the Nusselt and Reynolds nubmers based on the wire diameter. The pressure drop decreased and the heat transfer increased as the wire diameter was decreased.

  13. Operator bases, S-matrices, and their partition functions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Henning, Brian; Lu, Xiaochuan; Melia, Tom; Murayama, Hitoshi

    2017-10-01

    Relativistic quantum systems that admit scattering experiments are quantitatively described by effective field theories, where S-matrix kinematics and symmetry considerations are encoded in the operator spectrum of the EFT. In this paper we use the S-matrix to derive the structure of the EFT operator basis, providing complementary descriptions in (i) position space utilizing the conformal algebra and cohomology and (ii) momentum space via an algebraic formulation in terms of a ring of momenta with kinematics implemented as an ideal. These frameworks systematically handle redundancies associated with equations of motion (on-shell) and integration by parts (momentum conservation). We introduce a partition function, termed the Hilbert series, to enumerate the operator basis — correspondingly, the S-matrix — and derive a matrix integral expression to compute the Hilbert series. The expression is general, easily applied in any spacetime dimension, with arbitrary field content and (linearly realized) symmetries. In addition to counting, we discuss construction of the basis. Simple algorithms follow from the algebraic formulation in momentum space. We explicitly compute the basis for operators involving up to n = 5 scalar fields. This construction universally applies to fields with spin, since the operator basis for scalars encodes the momentum dependence of n-point amplitudes. We discuss in detail the operator basis for non-linearly realized symmetries. In the presence of massless particles, there is freedom to impose additional structure on the S- matrix in the form of soft limits. The most na¨ıve implementation for massless scalars leads to the operator basis for pions, which we confirm using the standard CCWZ formulation for non-linear realizations. Although primarily discussed in the language of EFT, some of our results — conceptual and quantitative — may be of broader use in studying conformal field theories as well as the AdS/CFT correspondence.

  14. Formulation of a poorly water-soluble drug in sustained-release hollow granules with a high viscosity water-soluble polymer using a fluidized bed rotor granulator.

    PubMed

    Asada, Takumi; Yoshihara, Naoki; Ochiai, Yasushi; Kimura, Shin-Ichiro; Iwao, Yasunori; Itai, Shigeru

    2018-04-25

    Water-soluble polymers with high viscosity are frequently used in the design of sustained-release formulations of poorly water-soluble drugs to enable complete release of the drug in the gastrointestinal tract. Tablets containing matrix granules with a water-soluble polymer are preferred because tablets are easier to handle and the multiple drug-release units of the matrix granules decreases the influences of the physiological environment on the drug. However, matrix granules with a particle size of over 800 μm sometimes cause a content uniformity problem in the tableting process because of the large particle size. An effective method of manufacturing controlled-release matrix granules with a smaller particle size is desired. The aim of this study was to develop tablets containing matrix granules with a smaller size and good controlled-release properties, using phenytoin as a model poorly water-soluble drug. We adapted the recently developed hollow spherical granule granulation technology, using water-soluble polymers with different viscosities. The prepared granules had an average particle size of 300 μm and sharp particle size distribution (relative width: 0.52-0.64). The values for the particle strength of the granules were 1.86-1.97 N/mm 2 , and the dissolution profiles of the granules were not affected by the tableting process. The dissolution profiles and the blood concentration levels of drug released from the granules depended on the viscosity of the polymer contained in the granules. We succeeded in developing the desired controlled-release granules, and this study should be valuable in the development of sustained-release formulations of poorly water-soluble drugs. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. HYDROPHOBIC ZEOLITE-SILICONE RUBBER MIXED MATRIX MEMBRANES FOR ETHANOL-WATER SEPARATION: EFFECT OF ZEOLITE AND SILICONE COMPONENT SELECTION ON PERVAPORATION PERFORMANCE

    EPA Science Inventory

    High-silica ZSM 5 zeolites were incorporated into poly(dimethyl siloxane) (PDMS) polymers to form mixed matrix membranes for ethanol removal from water via pervaporation. Membrane formulation and preparation parameters were varied to determine the effect on pervaporation perform...

  16. Liquid-Crystal Thermosets, a New Generation of High-Performance Liquid-Crystal Polymers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dingemans, Theo; Weiser, Erik; Hou, Tan; Jensen, Brian; St. Clair, Terry

    2004-01-01

    One of the major challenges for NASA's next-generation reusable-launch-vehicle (RLV) program is the design of a cryogenic lightweight composite fuel tank. Potential matrix resin systems need to exhibit a low coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE), good mechanical strength, and excellent barrier properties at cryogenic temperatures under load. In addition, the resin system needs to be processable by a variety of non-autoclavable techniques, such as vacuum-bag curing, resin-transfer molding (RTM), vacuum-assisted resin-transfer molding (VaRTM), resin-film infusion (RFI), pultrusion, and advanced tow placement (ATP). To meet these requirements, the Advanced Materials and Processing Branch (AMPB) at NASA Langley Research Center developed a new family of wholly aromatic liquid-crystal oligomers that can be processed and thermally cross-linked while maintaining their liquid-crystal order. All the monomers were polymerized in the presence of a cross-linkable unit by use of an environmentally benign melt-condensation technique. This method does not require hazardous solvents, and the only side product is acetic acid. The final product can be obtained as a powder or granulate and has an infinite shelf life. The obtained oligomers melt into a nematic phase and do not exhibit isotropization temperatures greater than the temperatures of decomposition (Ti > T(sub dec)). Three aromatic formulations were designed and tested and included esters, ester-amides, and ester-imides. One of the major advantages of this invention, named LaRC-LCR or Langley Research Center-Liquid Crystal Resin, is the ability to control a variety of resin characteristics, such as melting temperature, viscosity, and the cross-link density of the final part. Depending on the formulation, oligomers can be prepared with melt viscosities in the range of 10-10,000 poise (100 rad/s), which can easily be melt-processed using a variety of composite-processing techniques. This capability provides NASA with custom-made matrix resins that meet the required processing conditions for the fabrication of textile composites. Once the resin is in place, the temperature is raised to 375 C and the oligomers are cross-linked into a high-glass-transition-temperature (Tg) nematic network without releasing volatiles. The mechanical properties of the fully crosslinked, composite articles are comparable to typical composites based on commercially available epoxy resins.

  17. On the mechanics of stress analysis of fiber-reinforced composites

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lee, V.G.

    A general mathematical formulation is developed for the three-dimensional inclusion and inhomogeneity problems, which are practically important in many engineering applications such as fiber pullout of reinforced composites, load transfer behavior in the stiffened structural components, and material defects and impurities existing in engineering materials. First, the displacement field (Green's function) for an elastic solid subjected to various distributions of ring loading is derived in closed form using the Papkovich-Neuber displacement potentials and the Hankel transforms. The Green's functions are used to derive the displacement and stress fields due to a finite cylindrical inclusion of prescribed dilatational eigenstrain such asmore » thermal expansion caused by an internal heat source. Unlike an elliptical inclusion, the interior stress field in the cylindrical inclusion is not uniform. Next, the three-dimensional inhomogeneity problem of a cylindrical fiber embedded in an infinite matrix of different material properties is considered to study load transfer of a finite fiber to an elastic medium. By using the equivalent inclusion method, the fiber is modeled as an inclusion with distributed eigenstrains of unknown strength, and the inhomogeneity problem can be treated as an equivalent inclusion problem. The eigenstrains are determined to simulate the disturbance due to the existing fiber. The equivalency of elastic field between inhomogeneity and inclusion problems leads to a set of integral equations. To solve the integral equations, the inclusion domain is discretized into a finite number of sub-inclusions with uniform eigenstrains, and the integral equations are reduced to a set of algebraic equations. The distributions of eigenstrains, interior stress field and axial force along the fiber are presented for various fiber lengths and the ratio of material properties of the fiber relative to the matrix.« less

  18. A Transfer Learning Approach for Applying Matrix Factorization to Small ITS Datasets

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Voß, Lydia; Schatten, Carlotta; Mazziotti, Claudia; Schmidt-Thieme, Lars

    2015-01-01

    Machine Learning methods for Performance Prediction in Intelligent Tutoring Systems (ITS) have proven their efficacy; specific methods, e.g. Matrix Factorization (MF), however suffer from the lack of available information about new tasks or new students. In this paper we show how this problem could be solved by applying Transfer Learning (TL),…

  19. Toda theories as contractions of affine Toda theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aghamohammadi, A.; Khorrami, M.; Shariati, A.

    1996-02-01

    Using a contraction procedure, we obtain Toda theories and their structures, from affine Toda theories and their corresponding structures. By structures, we mean the equation of motion, the classical Lax pair, the boundary term for half line theories, and the quantum transfer matrix. The Lax pair and the transfer matrix so obtained, depend nontrivially on the spectral parameter.

  20. A Synthetic Approach to the Transfer Matrix Method in Classical and Quantum Physics

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pujol, O.; Perez, J. P.

    2007-01-01

    The aim of this paper is to propose a synthetic approach to the transfer matrix method in classical and quantum physics. This method is an efficient tool to deal with complicated physical systems of practical importance in geometrical light or charged particle optics, classical electronics, mechanics, electromagnetics and quantum physics. Teaching…

  1. Technology of stable, prolonged-release eye-drops containing Cyclosporine A, distributed between lipid matrix and surface of the solid lipid microspheres (SLM).

    PubMed

    Wolska, Eliza; Sznitowska, Małgorzata

    2013-01-30

    The aim of this study was to prepare solid lipid microspheres (SLM) with incorporated Cyclosporine A (Cs), suitable for ocular application. For this purpose, SLM were formulated by using different lipids and three different nonionic surfactants. The SLM were produced using a hot emulsification method. The SLM dispersions contained 10, 20 or 30% of lipid (w/w) and up to 2% (w/w) of Cs. The size of the microspheres with Cs ranged from 1 to 15 μm. Physically stable SLM with Cs were prepared using Compritol, as a lipid matrix, and Tween 80, as a surfactant. In contrast, dispersion with Precirol alone, formed semi-solid gels during storage, while in formulations with Precirol and Miglyol, crystals of Cs were observed. In vitro release profile of Compritol formulations showed that 40% of Cs is released within 1h, while the release of the following 40% takes more time, depending on lipid content in the formulations. The large part of Cs, added to SLM formulations (from 45 to 80%), was found on the surface of microparticles, but no drug crystallization occurred during a long-term storage. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Physico-chemical characterization of nano-emulsions in cosmetic matrix enriched on omega-3

    PubMed Central

    2011-01-01

    Background Nano-emulsions, as non-equilibrium systems, present characteristics and properties which depend not only on composition but also on their method of preparation. To obtain better penetration, nanocosmeceuticals use nano-sized systems for the delivery of active ingredients to targeted cells. In this work, nano-emulsions composed of miglyol, rapeseed oil and salmon oil were developed as a cosmetic matrix. Measurements of different physico-chemical properties of nano-emulsions were taken according to size, electrophoretic mobility, conductivity, viscosity, turbidity, cristallization and melting point. The RHLB was calculated for each formulation in order to achieve maximum stability. Results Both tween 80 and soya lecithin were found to stabilize formulations. The results showed that rapeseed oil and miglyol are the predominant parameters for determining the expression of results concerning the characterization of emulsion. Based on the mixture design, we achieved the optimal point using the following formulation: 56.5% rapessed oil, 35.5% miglyol, and 8% salmon oil. We considered this formulation to be the best as a nanocosmeceutical product due to the small size, good turbidity, and average HLB. Conclusions This study demonstrates the influence of formulation on the physico-chemical properties of each nano-emulsion obtained by the mixture design. PMID:21936893

  3. Assessment of different formulations of oral Mycobacterium bovis Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG) vaccine in rodent models for immunogenicity and protection against aerosol challenge with M. bovis.

    PubMed

    Clark, Simon; Cross, Martin L; Smith, Alan; Court, Pinar; Vipond, Julia; Nadian, Allan; Hewinson, R Glyn; Batchelor, Hannah K; Perrie, Yvonne; Williams, Ann; Aldwell, Frank E; Chambers, Mark A

    2008-10-29

    Bovine tuberculosis (bTB) caused by infection with Mycobacterium bovis is causing considerable economic loss to farmers and Government in the United Kingdom as its incidence is increasing. Efforts to control bTB in the UK are hampered by the infection in Eurasian badgers (Meles meles) that represent a wildlife reservoir and source of recurrent M. bovis exposure to cattle. Vaccination of badgers with the human TB vaccine, M. bovis Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), in oral bait represents a possible disease control tool and holds the best prospect for reaching badger populations over a wide geographical area. Using mouse and guinea pig models, we evaluated the immunogenicity and protective efficacy, respectively, of candidate badger oral vaccines based on formulation of BCG in lipid matrix, alginate beads, or a novel microcapsular hybrid of both lipid and alginate. Two different oral doses of BCG were evaluated in each formulation for their protective efficacy in guinea pigs, while a single dose was evaluated in mice. In mice, significant immune responses (based on lymphocyte proliferation and expression of IFN-gamma) were only seen with the lipid matrix and the lipid in alginate microcapsular formulation, corresponding to the isolation of viable BCG from alimentary tract lymph nodes. In guinea pigs, only BCG formulated in lipid matrix conferred protection to the spleen and lungs following aerosol route challenge with M. bovis. Protection was seen with delivery doses in the range 10(6)-10(7) CFU, although this was more consistent in the spleen at the higher dose. No protection in terms of organ CFU was seen with BCG administered in alginate beads or in lipid in alginate microcapsules, although 10(7) in the latter formulation conferred protection in terms of increasing body weight after challenge and a smaller lung to body weight ratio at necropsy. These results highlight the potential for lipid, rather than alginate, -based vaccine formulations as suitable delivery vehicles for an oral BCG vaccine in badgers.

  4. Heat transfer characteristics within an array of impinging jets. Effects of crossflow temperature relative to jet temperature

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Florschuetz, L. W.; Su, C. C.

    1985-01-01

    Spanwise average heat fluxes, resolved in the streamwise direction to one stream-wise hole spacing were measured for two-dimensional arrays of circular air jets impinging on a heat transfer surface parallel to the jet orifice plate. The jet flow, after impingement, was constrained to exit in a single direction along the channel formed by the jet orifice plate and heat transfer surface. The crossflow originated from the jets following impingement and an initial crossflow was present that approached the array through an upstream extension of the channel. The regional average heat fluxes are considered as a function of parameters associated with corresponding individual spanwise rows within the array. A linear superposition model was employed to formulate appropriate governing parameters for the individual row domain. The effects of flow history upstream of an individual row domain are also considered. The results are formulated in terms of individual spanwise row parameters. A corresponding set of streamwise resolved heat transfer characteristics formulated in terms of flow and geometric parameters characterizing the overall arrays is described.

  5. Formulation and evaluation of controlled release antibiotic biodegradable implants for post operative site delivery.

    PubMed

    Mathur, Vijay; Mudnaik, Rajesh; Barde, Laxmikant; Roy, Arghya; Shivhare, Umesh; Bhusari, Kishore

    2010-03-01

    Biodegradable implants of ciprofloxacin hydrochloride for post operative site delivery were prepared using glyceryl monostearate and different concentrations of polyethylene glycol (PEG 6000), glycerol and Tween 80 as erosion enhancers by compression and molding technique. Formulations were subjected to in vitro drug release by the USP dissolution method, while promising formulations were subjected to in vitro drug release by the agar gel method and also to stability studies. It was observed that glyceryl monostearate formed hydrophobic matrix and delayed the drug delivery. Antibiotic release profile was controlled by using different combinations of erosion enhancers. The formulation prepared by the compression method showed more delayed release compared to formulations prepared by the molding method.

  6. Radiative interactions in multi-dimensional chemically reacting flows using Monte Carlo simulations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liu, Jiwen; Tiwari, Surendra N.

    1994-01-01

    The Monte Carlo method (MCM) is applied to analyze radiative heat transfer in nongray gases. The nongray model employed is based on the statistical narrow band model with an exponential-tailed inverse intensity distribution. The amount and transfer of the emitted radiative energy in a finite volume element within a medium are considered in an exact manner. The spectral correlation between transmittances of two different segments of the same path in a medium makes the statistical relationship different from the conventional relationship, which only provides the non-correlated results for nongray methods is discussed. Validation of the Monte Carlo formulations is conducted by comparing results of this method of other solutions. In order to further establish the validity of the MCM, a relatively simple problem of radiative interactions in laminar parallel plate flows is considered. One-dimensional correlated Monte Carlo formulations are applied to investigate radiative heat transfer. The nongray Monte Carlo solutions are also obtained for the same problem and they also essentially match the available analytical solutions. the exact correlated and non-correlated Monte Carlo formulations are very complicated for multi-dimensional systems. However, by introducing the assumption of an infinitesimal volume element, the approximate correlated and non-correlated formulations are obtained which are much simpler than the exact formulations. Consideration of different problems and comparison of different solutions reveal that the approximate and exact correlated solutions agree very well, and so do the approximate and exact non-correlated solutions. However, the two non-correlated solutions have no physical meaning because they significantly differ from the correlated solutions. An accurate prediction of radiative heat transfer in any nongray and multi-dimensional system is possible by using the approximate correlated formulations. Radiative interactions are investigated in chemically reacting compressible flows of premixed hydrogen and air in an expanding nozzle. The governing equations are based on the fully elliptic Navier-Stokes equations. Chemical reaction mechanisms were described by a finite rate chemistry model. The correlated Monte Carlo method developed earlier was employed to simulate multi-dimensional radiative heat transfer. Results obtained demonstrate that radiative effects on the flowfield are minimal but radiative effects on the wall heat transfer are significant. Extensive parametric studies are conducted to investigate the effects of equivalence ratio, wall temperature, inlet flow temperature, and nozzle size on the radiative and conductive wall fluxes.

  7. Elastic K-means using posterior probability.

    PubMed

    Zheng, Aihua; Jiang, Bo; Li, Yan; Zhang, Xuehan; Ding, Chris

    2017-01-01

    The widely used K-means clustering is a hard clustering algorithm. Here we propose a Elastic K-means clustering model (EKM) using posterior probability with soft capability where each data point can belong to multiple clusters fractionally and show the benefit of proposed Elastic K-means. Furthermore, in many applications, besides vector attributes information, pairwise relations (graph information) are also available. Thus we integrate EKM with Normalized Cut graph clustering into a single clustering formulation. Finally, we provide several useful matrix inequalities which are useful for matrix formulations of learning models. Based on these results, we prove the correctness and the convergence of EKM algorithms. Experimental results on six benchmark datasets demonstrate the effectiveness of proposed EKM and its integrated model.

  8. New infinite-dimensional hidden symmetries for heterotic string theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gao Yajun

    The symmetry structures of two-dimensional heterotic string theory are studied further. A (2d+n)x(2d+n) matrix complex H-potential is constructed and the field equations are extended into a complex matrix formulation. A pair of Hauser-Ernst-type linear systems are established. Based on these linear systems, explicit formulations of new hidden symmetry transformations for the considered theory are given and then these symmetry transformations are verified to constitute infinite-dimensional Lie algebras: the semidirect product of the Kac-Moody o(d,d+n-circumflex) and Virasoro algebras (without center charges). These results demonstrate that the heterotic string theory under consideration possesses more and richer symmetry structures than previously expected.

  9. Multi-Shot Sensitivity-Encoded Diffusion Data Recovery Using Structured Low-Rank Matrix Completion (MUSSELS)

    PubMed Central

    Mani, Merry; Jacob, Mathews; Kelley, Douglas; Magnotta, Vincent

    2017-01-01

    Purpose To introduce a novel method for the recovery of multi-shot diffusion weighted (MS-DW) images from echo-planar imaging (EPI) acquisitions. Methods Current EPI-based MS-DW reconstruction methods rely on the explicit estimation of the motion-induced phase maps to recover artifact-free images. In the new formulation, the k-space data of the artifact-free DWI is recovered using a structured low-rank matrix completion scheme, which does not require explicit estimation of the phase maps. The structured matrix is obtained as the lifting of the multi-shot data. The smooth phase-modulations between shots manifest as null-space vectors of this matrix, which implies that the structured matrix is low-rank. The missing entries of the structured matrix are filled in using a nuclear-norm minimization algorithm subject to the data-consistency. The formulation enables the natural introduction of smoothness regularization, thus enabling implicit motion-compensated recovery of the MS-DW data. Results Our experiments on in-vivo data show effective removal of artifacts arising from inter-shot motion using the proposed method. The method is shown to achieve better reconstruction than the conventional phase-based methods. Conclusion We demonstrate the utility of the proposed method to effectively recover artifact-free images from Cartesian fully/under-sampled and partial Fourier acquired data without the use of explicit phase estimates. PMID:27550212

  10. Green's function solution to heat transfer of a transparent gas through a tube

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Frankel, J. I.

    1989-01-01

    A heat transfer analysis of a transparent gas flowing through a circular tube of finite thickness is presented. This study includes the effects of wall conduction, internal radiative exchange, and convective heat transfer. The natural mathematical formulation produces a nonlinear, integrodifferential equation governing the wall temperature and an ordinary differential equation describing the gas temperature. This investigation proposes to convert the original system of equations into an equivalent system of integral equations. The Green's function method permits the conversion of an integrodifferential equation into a pure integral equation. The proposed integral formulation and subsequent computational procedure are shown to be stable and accurate.

  11. An investigation of the accuracy of the Merkel equation for evaporative cooling tower calculations. Waste heat management

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yadigaroglu, G.; Pastor, E.J.

    1974-01-01

    The exact differential equations governing heat and mass transfer and air flow in an evaporative, natural-draft cooling tower are presented. The Merkel equation is then derived starting from this exact formulation and showing all the approximations involved. The Merkel formulation lumps the sensible and the latent heat transfer together and considers a single enthalpy-difference driving force for the total heat transfer. The effect of the approximations inherent in the Merkel equation is investigated and analyzed by a series of parametric numerical calculations of cooling tower performance under various ambient conditions and load conditions.

  12. Estimating Dermal Transfer of Copper Particles from the ...

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    Lumber pressure-treated with micronized copper was examined for the release of copper and copper micro/nanoparticles using a surface wipe method to simulate dermal transfer. In 2003, the wood industry began replacing CCA treated lumber products for residential use with copper based formulations. Micronized copper (nano to micron sized particles) has become the preferred treatment formulation. There is a lack of information on the release of copper, the fate of the particles during dermal contact, and the copper exposure level to children from hand-to-mouth transfer. For the current study, three treated lumber products, two micronized copper and one ionic copper, were purchased from commercial retailers. The boards were left to weather outdoors for approximately 1 year. Over the year time period, hand wipe samples were collected periodically to determine copper transfer from the wood surfaces. The two micronized formulations and the ionic formulation released similar levels of total copper. The amount of copper released was high initially, but decreased to a constant level (~1.5 mg m-2) after the first month of outdoor exposure. Copper particles were identified on the sampling cloths during the first two months of the experiment, after which the levels of copper were insufficient to collect interpretable data. After 1 month, the particles exhibited minimal changes in shape and size. At the end of 2-months, significant deterioration of the particles was

  13. Semisolid matrix filled capsules: an approach to improve dissolution stability of phenytoin sodium formulation.

    PubMed

    El Massik, M A; Abdallah, O Y; Galal, S; Daabis, N A

    2003-05-01

    Seven semisolid fill bases were selected for the formulation of 24 capsule formulations, each containing 100 mg of phenytoin sodium. The fill materials were selected based on the water absorption capacity of their mixtures with phenytoin sodium. The fill matrices included lipophilic bases (castor oil, soya oil, and Gelucire (G) 33/01), amphiphilic bases (G 44/14 and Suppocire BP), and water-soluble bases (PEG 4000 and PEG 6000). The drug:base ratio was 1:2. Excipients such as lecithin, docusate sodium, and poloxamer 188 were added to some formulations. The dissolution rate study indicated that formulations containing lipophilic and amphiphilic bases showed the best release profiles. These are F4 (castor oil-1% docusate sodium); F10 (castor oil-3% poloxamer 188); F14 (G33/01-10% lecithin); F17 (G33/01-1% docusate sodium), and F20 (Suppocire BP). Further, the dissolution stability of the five formulations above was assessed by an accelerated stability study at 30 degrees C and 75% RH using standard Epanutin capsules for comparison. The study included the test and standard capsules either packed in the container of marketed Epanutin capsules (packed) or removed from their outer pack (unpacked). Release data indicated superior release rates of castor oil based formulations (F4 and F10) relative to standard capsules in both the unpacked and packed forms. For instance, the extent of drug release at 30 min after 1 month was 91% for F4 and F10 and 20% for standard capsules. Drug release from packed capsules after 6 months storage was 88% for both formulations F4 and F10 and 35% for standard capsules. In conclusion, the pharmaceutical quality of phenytoin sodium capsules can be improved by using a semisolid lipophilic matrix filled in hard gelatin capsules.

  14. 40 CFR 152.30 - Pesticides that may be transferred, sold, or distributed without registration.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... transfer is solely for the purpose of further formulation, packaging, or labeling into a product that is registered; (2) Each active ingredient in the pesticide, at the time of transfer, is present as a result of...

  15. 40 CFR 152.30 - Pesticides that may be transferred, sold, or distributed without registration.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... transfer is solely for the purpose of further formulation, packaging, or labeling into a product that is registered; (2) Each active ingredient in the pesticide, at the time of transfer, is present as a result of...

  16. Fast mean and variance computation of the diffuse sound transmission through finite-sized thick and layered wall and floor systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Decraene, Carolina; Dijckmans, Arne; Reynders, Edwin P. B.

    2018-05-01

    A method is developed for computing the mean and variance of the diffuse field sound transmission loss of finite-sized layered wall and floor systems that consist of solid, fluid and/or poroelastic layers. This is achieved by coupling a transfer matrix model of the wall or floor to statistical energy analysis subsystem models of the adjacent room volumes. The modal behavior of the wall is approximately accounted for by projecting the wall displacement onto a set of sinusoidal lateral basis functions. This hybrid modal transfer matrix-statistical energy analysis method is validated on multiple wall systems: a thin steel plate, a polymethyl methacrylate panel, a thick brick wall, a sandwich panel, a double-leaf wall with poro-elastic material in the cavity, and a double glazing. The predictions are compared with experimental data and with results obtained using alternative prediction methods such as the transfer matrix method with spatial windowing, the hybrid wave based-transfer matrix method, and the hybrid finite element-statistical energy analysis method. These comparisons confirm the prediction accuracy of the proposed method and the computational efficiency against the conventional hybrid finite element-statistical energy analysis method.

  17. Lornoxicam gastro retentive floating matrix tablets: Design and in vitro evaluation.

    PubMed

    Sathiyaraj, S; Devi, Ramya D; Hari, Vedha B N

    2011-07-01

    The objective of this present investigation is to prolong the gastric residence time of Lornoxicam by fabricating it into a floating sustained release matrix tablets. Lornoxicam, a potent oxicam group of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, suffers from relatively short half life of 2 to 3 hrs showing maximal absorption in proximal gastro intestinal tract region necessitating its need to be formulated as a floating sustained release matrix tablets. In this current investigation, hydroxyl propyl methyl cellulose K15M, a high viscous grade polymer with apparent viscosity of 15,000 cps, was kept as a variable (10-50%) and calcium carbonate (13%) was used as a gas generator. The prepared blends were subjected for its pre-formulation characterization. The directly compressed tablets were evaluated for physical parameters such as weight uniformity, hardness, friability, drug content, in-vitro buoyancy with axial and radial enlargement measurement, swelling index. From the investigation it was observed that the buoyancy lasted for up to 24 hrs. Fourier transform infra-red spectroscopy peaks assured the compatibility of the drug with excipients and confirmed the presence of pure drug in the formulation. It was supported by in-vitro dissolution studies; and the dissolution data was subjected to various release kinetic models to understand the mechanism of drug release.

  18. The multifacet graphically contracted function method. I. Formulation and implementation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shepard, Ron; Brozell, Scott R.; Gidofalvi, Gergely

    2014-08-14

    The basic formulation for the multifacet generalization of the graphically contracted function (MFGCF) electronic structure method is presented. The analysis includes the discussion of linear dependency and redundancy of the arc factor parameters, the computation of reduced density matrices, Hamiltonian matrix construction, spin-density matrix construction, the computation of optimization gradients for single-state and state-averaged calculations, graphical wave function analysis, and the efficient computation of configuration state function and Slater determinant expansion coefficients. Timings are given for Hamiltonian matrix element and analytic optimization gradient computations for a range of model problems for full-CI Shavitt graphs, and it is observed that bothmore » the energy and the gradient computation scale as O(N{sup 2}n{sup 4}) for N electrons and n orbitals. The important arithmetic operations are within dense matrix-matrix product computational kernels, resulting in a computationally efficient procedure. An initial implementation of the method is used to present applications to several challenging chemical systems, including N{sub 2} dissociation, cubic H{sub 8} dissociation, the symmetric dissociation of H{sub 2}O, and the insertion of Be into H{sub 2}. The results are compared to the exact full-CI values and also to those of the previous single-facet GCF expansion form.« less

  19. Piezoelectric T-matrix approach and multiple scattering of electroacoustic waves in thin plates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Darabi, Amir; Ruzzene, Massimo; Leamy, Michael J.

    2017-12-01

    Metamaterial-enhanced harvesting (MEH) of wave energy in thin plates and other structures has appeared recently for powering small sensors and devices. To support continued MEH concept development, this paper proposes a fully coupled T-matrix formulation for analyzing scattering of incident wave energy from a piezoelectric patch attached to a thin plate. More generally, the T-matrix represents an input-output relationship between incident and reflected waves from inclusions in a host layer, and is introduced herein for a piezoelectric patch connected to an external circuit. The utility of a T-matrix formalism is most apparent in scenarios employing multiple piezoelectric harvesters, where it can be re-used with other T-matrices (such as those previously formulated for rigid, void, and elastic inclusions) in a multiple scattering context to compute the total wavefield and other response quantities, such as harvested power. Following development of the requisite T-matrix, harvesting in an example funnel-shaped metamaterial waveguide structure is predicted using the multiple scattering approach. Enhanced wave energy harvesting predictions are verified through comparisons to experimental results of a funnel-shaped waveguide formed by placing rigid aluminum inclusions in, and multiple piezoelectric harvesters on, a Lexan plate. Good agreement with predicted response quantities is noted.

  20. A matrix for the qualitative evaluation of nursing tasks.

    PubMed

    Durosaiye, Isaiah O; Hadjri, Karim; Liyanage, Champika L; Bennett, Kina

    2018-04-01

    To formulate a model for patient-nurse interaction; to compile a comprehensive list of nursing tasks on hospital wards; and to construct a nursing tasks demand matrix. The physical demands associated with nursing profession are of growing interest among researchers. Yet, it is the complexity of nursing tasks that defines the demands of ward nurses' role. This study explores nursing tasks, based on patient-nurse interaction on hospital wards. Extant literature was reviewed to formulate a patient-nurse interaction model. Twenty ward nurses were interviewed to compile a list of nursing tasks. These nursing tasks were mapped against the patient-nurse interaction model. A patient-nurse interaction model was created, consisting of: (1) patient care, (2) patient surveillance and (3) patient support. Twenty-three nursing tasks were identified. The nursing tasks demand matrix was constructed. Ward managers may use a nursing tasks demand matrix to determine the demands of nursing tasks on ward nurses. While many studies have explored either the physical or the psychosocial aspects of nursing tasks separately, this study suggests that the physicality of nursing tasks must be evaluated in tandem with their complexity. Ward managers may take a holistic approach to nursing tasks evaluation by using a nursing tasks demand matrix. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  1. Application of unsteady flow rate evaluations to identify the dynamic transfer function of a cavitatingVenturi

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Marie-Magdeleine, A.; Fortes-Patella, R.; Lemoine, N.; Marchand, N.

    2012-11-01

    This study concerns the simulation of the implementation of the Kinetic Differential Pressure (KDP) method used for the unsteady mass flow rate evaluation in order to identify the dynamic transfer matrix of a cavitatingVenturi. Firstly, the equations of the IZ code used for this simulation are introduced. Next, the methodology for evaluating unsteady pressures and mass flow rates at the inlet and the outlet of the cavitatingVenturi and for identifying the dynamic transfer matrix is presented. Later, the robustness of the method towards measurement uncertainties implemented as a Gaussian white noise is studied. The results of the numerical simulations let us estimate the system linearity domain and to perform the Empirical Transfer Function Evaluation on the inlet frequency per frequency signal and on the chirp signal tests. Then the pressure data obtained with the KDP method is taken and the identification procedure by ETFE and by the user-made Auto-Recursive Moving-Average eXogenous algorithms is performed and the obtained transfer matrix coefficients are compared with those obtained from the simulated input and output data.

  2. Dispersion relations of elastic waves in one-dimensional piezoelectric/piezomagnetic phononic crystal with functionally graded interlayers.

    PubMed

    Guo, Xiao; Wei, Peijun; Lan, Man; Li, Li

    2016-08-01

    The effects of functionally graded interlayers on dispersion relations of elastic waves in a one-dimensional piezoelectric/piezomagnetic phononic crystal are studied in this paper. First, the state transfer equation of the functionally graded interlayer is derived from the motion equation by the reduction of order (from second order to first order). The transfer matrix of the functionally graded interlayer is obtained by solving the state transfer equation with the spatial-varying coefficient. Based on the transfer matrixes of the piezoelectric slab, the piezomagnetic slab and the functionally graded interlayers, the total transfer matrix of a single cell is obtained. Further, the Bloch theorem is used to obtain the resultant dispersion equations of in-plane and anti-plane Bloch waves. The dispersion equations are solved numerically and the numerical results are shown graphically. Five kinds of profiles of functionally graded interlayers between a piezoelectric slab and a piezomagnetic slab are considered. It is shown that the functionally graded interlayers have evident influences on the dispersion curves and the band gaps. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. On Reconstruction of a Matrix by Its Minors

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Akhtyamov, Azamat; Amram, Meirav; Mouftakhov, Artour

    2018-01-01

    In this paper, we reconstruct matrices from their minors, and give explicit formulas for the reconstruction of matrices of orders 2 × 3, 2 × 4, 2 × n, 3 × 6 and m × n. We also formulate the Plücker relations, which are the conditions of the existence of a matrix related to its given minors.

  4. On reconstruction of a matrix by its minors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Akhtyamov, Azamat; Amram, Meirav; Mouftakhov, Artour

    2018-02-01

    In this paper, we reconstruct matrices from their minors, and give explicit formulas for the reconstruction of matrices of orders 2 × 3, 2 × 4, 2 × n, 3 × 6 and m × n. We also formulate the Plücker relations, which are the conditions of the existence of a matrix related to its given minors.

  5. A tensor formulation of the equation of transfer for spherically symmetric flows. [radiative transfer in seven dimensional Riemannian space

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Haisch, B. M.

    1976-01-01

    A tensor formulation of the equation of radiative transfer is derived in a seven-dimensional Riemannian space such that the resulting equation constitutes a divergence in any coordinate system. After being transformed to a spherically symmetric comoving coordinate system, the transfer equation contains partial derivatives in angle and frequency, as well as optical depth due to the effects of aberration and the Doppler shift. However, by virtue of the divergence form of this equation, the divergence theorem may be applied to yield a numerical differencing scheme which is expected to be stable and to conserve luminosity. It is shown that the equation of transfer derived by this method in a Lagrangian coordinate system may be reduced to that given by Castor (1972), although it is, of course, desirable to leave the equation in divergence form.

  6. The vector radiative transfer numerical model of coupled ocean-atmosphere system using the matrix-operator method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xianqiang, He; Delu, Pan; Yan, Bai; Qiankun, Zhu

    2005-10-01

    The numerical model of the vector radiative transfer of the coupled ocean-atmosphere system is developed based on the matrix-operator method, which is named PCOART. In PCOART, using the Fourier analysis, the vector radiative transfer equation (VRTE) splits up into a set of independent equations with zenith angle as only angular coordinate. Using the Gaussian-Quadrature method, VRTE is finally transferred into the matrix equation, which is calculated by using the adding-doubling method. According to the reflective and refractive properties of the ocean-atmosphere interface, the vector radiative transfer numerical model of ocean and atmosphere is coupled in PCOART. By comparing with the exact Rayleigh scattering look-up-table of MODIS(Moderate-resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer), it is shown that PCOART is an exact numerical calculation model, and the processing methods of the multi-scattering and polarization are correct in PCOART. Also, by validating with the standard problems of the radiative transfer in water, it is shown that PCOART could be used to calculate the underwater radiative transfer problems. Therefore, PCOART is a useful tool to exactly calculate the vector radiative transfer of the coupled ocean-atmosphere system, which can be used to study the polarization properties of the radiance in the whole ocean-atmosphere system and the remote sensing of the atmosphere and ocean.

  7. Electrode redox reactions with polarizable molecules.

    PubMed

    Matyushov, Dmitry V

    2018-04-21

    A theory of redox reactions involving electron transfer between a metal electrode and a polarizable molecule in solution is formulated. Both the existence of molecular polarizability and its ability to change due to electron transfer distinguish this problem from classical theories of interfacial electrochemistry. When the polarizability is different between the oxidized and reduced states, the statistics of thermal fluctuations driving the reactant over the activation barrier becomes non-Gaussian. The problem of electron transfer is formulated as crossing of two non-parabolic free energy surfaces. An analytical solution for these free energy surfaces is provided and the activation barrier of electrode electron transfer is given in terms of two reorganization energies corresponding to the oxidized and reduced states of the molecule in solution. The new non-Gaussian theory is, therefore, based on two theory parameters in contrast to one-parameter Marcus formulation for electrode reactions. The theory, which is consistent with the Nernst equation, predicts asymmetry between the cathodic and anodic branches of the electrode current. They show different slopes at small electrode overpotentials and become curved at larger overpotentials. However, the curvature of the Tafel plot is reduced compared to the Marcus-Hush model and approaches the empirical Butler-Volmer form with different transfer coefficients for the anodic and cathodic currents.

  8. Electrode redox reactions with polarizable molecules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matyushov, Dmitry V.

    2018-04-01

    A theory of redox reactions involving electron transfer between a metal electrode and a polarizable molecule in solution is formulated. Both the existence of molecular polarizability and its ability to change due to electron transfer distinguish this problem from classical theories of interfacial electrochemistry. When the polarizability is different between the oxidized and reduced states, the statistics of thermal fluctuations driving the reactant over the activation barrier becomes non-Gaussian. The problem of electron transfer is formulated as crossing of two non-parabolic free energy surfaces. An analytical solution for these free energy surfaces is provided and the activation barrier of electrode electron transfer is given in terms of two reorganization energies corresponding to the oxidized and reduced states of the molecule in solution. The new non-Gaussian theory is, therefore, based on two theory parameters in contrast to one-parameter Marcus formulation for electrode reactions. The theory, which is consistent with the Nernst equation, predicts asymmetry between the cathodic and anodic branches of the electrode current. They show different slopes at small electrode overpotentials and become curved at larger overpotentials. However, the curvature of the Tafel plot is reduced compared to the Marcus-Hush model and approaches the empirical Butler-Volmer form with different transfer coefficients for the anodic and cathodic currents.

  9. Deposits from Creams Containing 20% (w/w) Urea and Suppression of Crystallization (Part 2): Novel Analytical Methods of Urea Accumulated in the Stratum Corneum by Tape stripping and Colorimetry.

    PubMed

    Goto, Norio; Morita, Yutaka; Terada, Katsuhide

    2016-01-01

    The transfer of urea from a urea formulation to the stratum corneum varies with the formulation base and form, and impacts the formulation's therapeutic effect. Consequently, determining the amount of urea transferred is essential for developing efficient formulations. This study assessed a simple method for measuring the amount of urea accumulated in the stratum corneum. Conventional methods rely on labeling urea used in the formulation with radiocarbon ((14)C) or other radioactive isotopes (RIs), retrieving the transferred urea from the stratum corneum by tape stripping, then quantitating the urea. The handling and use of RIs, however, is subject to legal regulation and can only be performed in sanctioned facilities, so methods employing RIs are neither simple nor convenient. We therefore developed a non-radiolabel method "tape stripping-colorimetry (T-C)" that combines tape stripping with colorimetry (urease-glutamate dehydrogenase (GLDH)) for the quantitative measurement of urea. Urea in the stratum corneum is collected by tape stripping and measured using urease-GLDH, which is commonly used to measure urea nitrogen in blood tests. The results indicate that accurate urea measurement by the T-C method requires the application of 1400 mg (on hairless rats) of a 20% urea solution on a 50 cm(2) (5×10 cm) area. Further, we determined the amount of urea accumulated in the stratum corneum using formulations with different urea concentrations, and the time course of urea accumulation from formulations differing in the rate of urea crystallization. We demonstrate that the T-C method is simple and convenient, with no need for (14)C or other RIs.

  10. Superconducting coil and method of stress management in a superconducting coil

    DOEpatents

    McIntyre, Peter M.; Shen, Weijun; Diaczenko, Nick; Gross, Dan A.

    1999-01-01

    A superconducting coil (12) having a plurality of superconducting layers (18) is provided. Each superconducting layer (18) may have at least one superconducting element (20) which produces an operational load. An outer support structure (24) may be disposed outwardly from the plurality of layers (18). A load transfer system (22) may be coupled between at least one of the superconducting elements (20) and the outer support structure (24). The load transfer system (22) may include a support matrix structure (30) operable to transfer the operational load from the superconducting element (20) directly to the outer support structure (24). A shear release layer (40) may be disposed, in part, between the superconducting element (20) and the support matrix structure (30) for relieving a shear stress between the superconducting element (20) and the support matrix structure (30). A compliant layer (42) may also be disposed, in part, between the superconducting element (20) and the support matrix structure (30) for relieving a compressive stress on the superconducting element (20).

  11. Experimental Waterflow Determination of the Dynamic Hydraulic Transfer Function for the J-2X Oxidizer Turbopump. Part Two; Results and Interpretation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zoladz, Tom; Patel, Sandeep; Lee, Erik; Karon, Dave

    2011-01-01

    Experimental results describing the hydraulic dynamic pump transfer matrix (Yp) for a cavitating J-2X oxidizer turbopump inducer+impeller tested in subscale waterflow are presented. The transfer function is required for integrated vehicle pogo stability analysis as well as optimization of local inducer pumping stability. Dynamic transfer functions across widely varying pump hydrodynamic inlet conditions are extracted from measured data in conjunction with 1D-model based corrections. Derived Dynamic transfer functions are initially interpreted relative to traditional Pogo pump equations. Water-to-liquid oxygen scaling of measured cavitation characteristics are discussed. Comparison of key dynamic transfer matrix terms derived from waterflow testing are made with those implemented in preliminary Ares Upper Stage Pogo stability modeling. Alternate cavitating pump hydraulic dynamic equations are suggested which better reflect frequency dependencies of measured transfer matrices.

  12. Matrix Methods for Estimating the Coherence Functions from Estimates of the Cross-Spectral Density Matrix

    DOE PAGES

    Smallwood, D. O.

    1996-01-01

    It is shown that the usual method for estimating the coherence functions (ordinary, partial, and multiple) for a general multiple-input! multiple-output problem can be expressed as a modified form of Cholesky decomposition of the cross-spectral density matrix of the input and output records. The results can be equivalently obtained using singular value decomposition (SVD) of the cross-spectral density matrix. Using SVD suggests a new form of fractional coherence. The formulation as a SVD problem also suggests a way to order the inputs when a natural physical order of the inputs is absent.

  13. Accurate Quasiparticle Spectra from the T-Matrix Self-Energy and the Particle-Particle Random Phase Approximation.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Du; Su, Neil Qiang; Yang, Weitao

    2017-07-20

    The GW self-energy, especially G 0 W 0 based on the particle-hole random phase approximation (phRPA), is widely used to study quasiparticle (QP) energies. Motivated by the desirable features of the particle-particle (pp) RPA compared to the conventional phRPA, we explore the pp counterpart of GW, that is, the T-matrix self-energy, formulated with the eigenvectors and eigenvalues of the ppRPA matrix. We demonstrate the accuracy of the T-matrix method for molecular QP energies, highlighting the importance of the pp channel for calculating QP spectra.

  14. Toughening of a Particulate-Reinforced/Ceramic-Matrix Composite

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-09-01

    where two inhomogeneities (Q1X,2), with the misfit strains defined by eqs. (2) and (3) are replaced by the inclusions with eigenstrains of 9 1 in al...and *2 in C2. The thermal stresses in a composite can then be solved in terms of the eigenstrains . Detailed formulation for the thermal stresses in a...is a domain surrounded by the matrix and possesses the same properties as the matrix and also an eigenstrain 9* which is an inelastic strain.24 Thus

  15. Properties of Organic Matrix Short Fiber Composites

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-02-01

    reinforced SMC composites ( Owens Corning Fiberglas System) ............... ........................ ... 37 4 Schematic of process used to manufacture XMC...71 Vi F, viii. TLST OF TABLES TABLEPAE 1 Material formulations and densitius of SMC materials (PPG-PPG Industries, OFC- Owens Corning Fiberglas) (refs...Composite Materials, 14 (April 1980) , 142-154. 16 ,. Table 1. Material formulations and densities of SMC materials. (PPG-PPG Industries, OFC- Owens

  16. Formulation Changes Affect Material Properties and Cell Behavior in HA-Based Hydrogels.

    PubMed

    Lawyer, Thomas; McIntosh, Kristen; Clavijo, Cristian; Potekhina, Lydia; Mann, Brenda K

    2012-01-01

    To develop and optimize new scaffold materials for tissue engineering applications, it is important to understand how changes to the scaffold affect the cells that will interact with that scaffold. In this study, we used a hyaluronic acid- (HA-) based hydrogel as a synthetic extracellular matrix, containing modified HA (CMHA-S), modified gelatin (Gtn-S), and a crosslinker (PEGda). By varying the concentrations of these components, we were able to change the gelation time, enzymatic degradation, and compressive modulus of the hydrogel. These changes also affected fibroblast spreading within the hydrogels and differentially affected the proliferation and metabolic activity of fibroblasts and mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs). In particular, PEGda concentration had the greatest influence on gelation time, compressive modulus, and cell spreading. MSCs appeared to require a longer period of adjustment to the new microenvironment of the hydrogels than fibroblasts. Fibroblasts were able to proliferate in all formulations over the course of two weeks, but MSCs did not. Metabolic activity changed for each cell type during the two weeks depending on the formulation. These results highlight the importance of determining the effect of matrix composition changes on a particular cell type of interest in order to optimize the formulation for a given application.

  17. A p-version finite element method for steady incompressible fluid flow and convective heat transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Winterscheidt, Daniel L.

    1993-01-01

    A new p-version finite element formulation for steady, incompressible fluid flow and convective heat transfer problems is presented. The steady-state residual equations are obtained by considering a limiting case of the least-squares formulation for the transient problem. The method circumvents the Babuska-Brezzi condition, permitting the use of equal-order interpolation for velocity and pressure, without requiring the use of arbitrary parameters. Numerical results are presented to demonstrate the accuracy and generality of the method.

  18. Thermoplasticity of coupled bodies in the case of stress-dependent heat transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kilikovskaya, O. A.

    1987-01-01

    The problem of the thermal stresses in coupled deformable bodies is formulated for the case where the heat-transfer coefficient at the common boundary depends on the stress-strain state of the bodies (e.g., is a function of the normal pressure at the common boundary). Several one-dimensional problems are solved in this formulation. Among these problems is the determination of the thermal stresses in an n-layer plate and in a two-layer cylinder.

  19. The Preparation and Characterization of INTEC HAW Phase I Composition Variation Study Glasses

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Musick, C. A.; Peeler, D. K.; Piepel, G. F.

    1999-03-01

    A glass composition variation study (CVS) is in progress to define formulations for the vitrification of high activity waste (HAW) proposed to be separated from dissolved calcine stored at the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory (INEEL). Estimates of calcine and HAW compositions prepared in FY97 were used to define test matrix glasses. The HAW composition is of particular interest because high aluminum, zirconium, phosphorous and potassium, and low iron and sodium content places it outside the realm of vitrification experience in the Department of Energy (DOE) complex. Through application of statistical techniques, a test matrix was defined for Phasemore » 1 of the CVS. From this matrix, formulations were systematically selected for preparation and characterization with respect to homogeneity, viscosity, liquidus temperature (TL), and leaching response when subjected to the Product Consistency Test (PCT). Based on the properties determined, certain formulations appear suitable for further development including use in planning Phase 2 of the study. It is recommended that glasses to be investigated in Phase 2 be limited to 3-5 wt % phosphate. The results of characterizing the Phase 1 glasses are presented in this document. A full analysis of the composition-property relationships of glasses being developed for immobilizing HAWs will be performing at the completion of CVS phases. This analysis will be needed for the optimization of the glass formulations of vitrifying HAW. Contributions were made to this document by personnel working at the INEEL, Pacific Northwest National Laboratories (PNNL), and the Savannah River Technology Center (SRTC).« less

  20. Study of Anti-Vortex Baffle Effect in Suppressing Swirling Flow in LOX Tank

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yang, H. Q.; Peugeot, John

    2011-01-01

    Experimental results describing the hydraulic dynamic pump transfer matrix (Yp) for a cavitating J-2X oxidizer turbopump inducer+impeller tested in subscale waterflow are presented. The transfer function is required for integrated vehicle pogo stability analysis as well as optimization of local inducer pumping stability. Dynamic transfer functions across widely varying pump hydrodynamic inlet conditions are extracted from measured data in conjunction with 1D-model based corrections. Derived Dynamic transfer functions are initially interpreted relative to traditional Pogo pump equations. Water-to-liquid oxygen scaling of measured cavitation characteristics are discussed. Comparison of key dynamic transfer matrix terms derived from waterflow testing are made with those implemented in preliminary Ares Upper Stage Pogo stability modeling. Alternate cavitating pump hydraulic dynamic equations are suggested which better reflect frequency dependencies of measured transfer matrices.

  1. Electrodialytic matrix isolation for metal cations.

    PubMed

    Ohira, Shin-Ichi; Hiroyama, Yuri; Nakamura, Koretaka; Koda, Takumi; Dasgupta, Purnendu K; Toda, Kei

    2015-01-01

    Electrodialytic ion transfer was studied as a matrix isolation tool for heavy metal determinations. An ion transfer device (ITD) was used for the transfer of heavy metal cations. Under optimized flow rates applied voltage and receptor composition, heavy metal ions were quantitatively transferred at concentrations spanning µg L(-1) to mg L(-1). As long as the sample pH was acidic, there was no significant sample pH effect on the transfer efficiencies. Significant salt concentrations (>1 mM NaCl), however, decreased the transfer efficiency. This could be ameliorated (up to 5 mM NaCl) by transient instead of continuous sample introduction. The device was applied to the determination of Fe, Cu and Zn in equine and bovine serum; the reproducibility was better than conventional digestion method. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Fast polar decomposition of an arbitrary matrix

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Higham, Nicholas J.; Schreiber, Robert S.

    1988-01-01

    The polar decomposition of an m x n matrix A of full rank, where m is greater than or equal to n, can be computed using a quadratically convergent algorithm. The algorithm is based on a Newton iteration involving a matrix inverse. With the use of a preliminary complete orthogonal decomposition the algorithm can be extended to arbitrary A. How to use the algorithm to compute the positive semi-definite square root of a Hermitian positive semi-definite matrix is described. A hybrid algorithm which adaptively switches from the matrix inversion based iteration to a matrix multiplication based iteration due to Kovarik, and to Bjorck and Bowie is formulated. The decision when to switch is made using a condition estimator. This matrix multiplication rich algorithm is shown to be more efficient on machines for which matrix multiplication can be executed 1.5 times faster than matrix inversion.

  3. Master equation theory applied to the redistribution of polarized radiation in the weak radiation field limit. V. The two-term atom

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bommier, Véronique

    2017-11-01

    Context. In previous papers of this series, we presented a formalism able to account for both statistical equilibrium of a multilevel atom and coherent and incoherent scatterings (partial redistribution). Aims: This paper provides theoretical expressions of the redistribution function for the two-term atom. This redistribution function includes both coherent (RII) and incoherent (RIII) scattering contributions with their branching ratios. Methods: The expressions were derived by applying the formalism outlined above. The statistical equilibrium equation for the atomic density matrix is first formally solved in the case of the two-term atom with unpolarized and infinitely sharp lower levels. Then the redistribution function is derived by substituting this solution for the expression of the emissivity. Results: Expressions are provided for both magnetic and non-magnetic cases. Atomic fine structure is taken into account. Expressions are also separately provided under zero and non-zero hyperfine structure. Conclusions: Redistribution functions are widely used in radiative transfer codes. In our formulation, collisional transitions between Zeeman sublevels within an atomic level (depolarizing collisions effect) are taken into account when possible (I.e., in the non-magnetic case). However, the need for a formal solution of the statistical equilibrium as a preliminary step prevents us from taking into account collisional transfers between the levels of the upper term. Accounting for these collisional transfers could be done via a numerical solution of the statistical equilibrium equation system.

  4. An evaluation of electronic cigarette formulations and aerosols for harmful and potentially harmful constituents (HPHCs) typically derived from combustion.

    PubMed

    Wagner, Karl A; Flora, Jason W; Melvin, Matt S; Avery, Karen C; Ballentine, Regina M; Brown, Anthony P; McKinney, Willie J

    2018-06-01

    U.S. FDA draft guidance recommends reporting quantities of designated harmful and potentially harmful constituents (HPHCs) in e-cigarette e-liquids and aerosols. The HPHC list comprises potential matrix-related compounds, flavors, nicotine, tobacco-related impurities, leachables, thermal degradation products, and combustion-related compounds. E-cigarettes contain trace levels of many of these constituents due to tobacco-derived nicotine and thermal degradation. However, combustion-related HPHCs are not likely to be found due to the relatively low operating temperatures of most e-cigarettes. The purpose of this work was to use highly sensitive, selective, and validated analytical methods to determine if these combustion-related HPHCs (three aromatic amines, five volatile organic compounds, and the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon benzo[a]pyrene) are detectable in commercial refill e-liquids, reference e-cigarette e-liquids, and aerosols generated from rechargeable e-cigarettes with disposable cartridges (often referred to as "cig-a-likes"). In addition, the transfer efficiency of these constituents from e-liquid to aerosol was evaluated when these HPHCs were added to the e-liquids prior to aerosol formation. This work demonstrates that combustion-related HPHCs are not present at measurable levels in the commercial and reference e-liquids or e-cigarette aerosols tested. Additionally, when combustion-related HPHCs are added to the e-liquids, they transfer to the aerosol with transfer efficiencies ranging from 49% to 99%. Copyright © 2018 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  5. Pectin-based oral drug delivery to the colon.

    PubMed

    Sande, Sverre Arne

    2005-05-01

    This review presents an overview of studies concerning oral formulations intended for site-specific drug delivery to the colon with pectin as the main excipient. The biological aspects covered include gastrointestinal transit and the enzymatic degradation of pectin. Scintigraphic methods demonstrating the functionality of pectin formulations are discussed. The main focus is on the various formulations reported, including matrix tablets, multiparticulate formulations as pellets and hydrogel beads, and pectin-based coatings. Also included is an evaluation of common excipients employed to improve colon specificity by crosslinking or increasing the hydrophobicity. Finally, properties of the pectin molecules that are important for successful formulations are examined. The conclusion is that the studies found in the literature provide an excellent platform for the development of pectin-based colon delivery systems.

  6. The analytical transfer matrix method for PT-symmetric complex potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Naceri, Leila; Hammou, Amine B.

    2017-07-01

    We have extended the analytical transfer matrix (ATM) method to solve quantum mechanical bound state problems with complex PT-symmetric potentials. Our work focuses on a class of models studied by Bender and Jones, we calculate the energy eigenvalues, discuss the critical values of g and compare the results with those obtained from other methods such as exact numerical computation and WKB approximation method.

  7. Complete spatiotemporal characterization and optical transfer matrix inversion of a 420 mode fiber.

    PubMed

    Carpenter, Joel; Eggleton, Benjamin J; Schröder, Jochen

    2016-12-01

    The ability to measure a scattering medium's optical transfer matrix, the mapping between any spatial input and output, has enabled applications such as imaging to be performed through media which would otherwise be opaque due to scattering. However, the scattering of light occurs not just in space, but also in time. We complete the characterization of scatter by extending optical transfer matrix methods into the time domain, allowing any spatiotemporal input state at one end to be mapped directly to its corresponding spatiotemporal output state. We have measured the optical transfer function of a multimode fiber in its entirety; it consists of 420 modes in/out at 32768 wavelengths, the most detailed complete characterization of multimode waveguide light propagation to date, to the best of our knowledge. We then demonstrate the ability to generate any spatial/polarization state at the output of the fiber at any wavelength, as well as predict the temporal response of any spatial/polarization input state.

  8. A nonequilibrium model for reactive contaminant transport through fractured porous media: Model development and semianalytical solution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Joshi, Nitin; Ojha, C. S. P.; Sharma, P. K.

    2012-10-01

    In this study a conceptual model that accounts for the effects of nonequilibrium contaminant transport in a fractured porous media is developed. Present model accounts for both physical and sorption nonequilibrium. Analytical solution was developed using the Laplace transform technique, which was then numerically inverted to obtain solute concentration in the fracture matrix system. The semianalytical solution developed here can incorporate both semi-infinite and finite fracture matrix extent. In addition, the model can account for flexible boundary conditions and nonzero initial condition in the fracture matrix system. The present semianalytical solution was validated against the existing analytical solutions for the fracture matrix system. In order to differentiate between various sorption/transport mechanism different cases of sorption and mass transfer were analyzed by comparing the breakthrough curves and temporal moments. It was found that significant differences in the signature of sorption and mass transfer exists. Applicability of the developed model was evaluated by simulating the published experimental data of Calcium and Strontium transport in a single fracture. The present model simulated the experimental data reasonably well in comparison to the model based on equilibrium sorption assumption in fracture matrix system, and multi rate mass transfer model.

  9. Transfer functions for protein signal transduction: application to a model of striatal neural plasticity.

    PubMed

    Scheler, Gabriele

    2013-01-01

    We present a novel formulation for biochemical reaction networks in the context of protein signal transduction. The model consists of input-output transfer functions, which are derived from differential equations, using stable equilibria. We select a set of "source" species, which are interpreted as input signals. Signals are transmitted to all other species in the system (the "target" species) with a specific delay and with a specific transmission strength. The delay is computed as the maximal reaction time until a stable equilibrium for the target species is reached, in the context of all other reactions in the system. The transmission strength is the concentration change of the target species. The computed input-output transfer functions can be stored in a matrix, fitted with parameters, and even recalled to build dynamical models on the basis of state changes. By separating the temporal and the magnitudinal domain we can greatly simplify the computational model, circumventing typical problems of complex dynamical systems. The transfer function transformation of biochemical reaction systems can be applied to mass-action kinetic models of signal transduction. The paper shows that this approach yields significant novel insights while remaining a fully testable and executable dynamical model for signal transduction. In particular we can deconstruct the complex system into local transfer functions between individual species. As an example, we examine modularity and signal integration using a published model of striatal neural plasticity. The modularizations that emerge correspond to a known biological distinction between calcium-dependent and cAMP-dependent pathways. Remarkably, we found that overall interconnectedness depends on the magnitude of inputs, with higher connectivity at low input concentrations and significant modularization at moderate to high input concentrations. This general result, which directly follows from the properties of individual transfer functions, contradicts notions of ubiquitous complexity by showing input-dependent signal transmission inactivation.

  10. Theorems on symmetries and flux conservation in radiative transfer using the matrix operator theory.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kattawar, G. W.

    1973-01-01

    The matrix operator approach to radiative transfer is shown to be a very powerful technique in establishing symmetry relations for multiple scattering in inhomogeneous atmospheres. Symmetries are derived for the reflection and transmission operators using only the symmetry of the phase function. These results will mean large savings in computer time and storage for performing calculations for realistic planetary atmospheres using this method. The results have also been extended to establish a condition on the reflection matrix of a boundary in order to preserve reciprocity. Finally energy conservation is rigorously proven for conservative scattering in inhomogeneous atmospheres.

  11. Macro- to microscale strain transfer in fibrous tissues is heterogeneous and tissue-specific.

    PubMed

    Han, Woojin M; Heo, Su-Jin; Driscoll, Tristan P; Smith, Lachlan J; Mauck, Robert L; Elliott, Dawn M

    2013-08-06

    Mechanical deformation applied at the joint or tissue level is transmitted through the macroscale extracellular matrix to the microscale local matrix, where it is transduced to cells within these tissues and modulates tissue growth, maintenance, and repair. The objective of this study was to investigate how applied tissue strain is transferred through the local matrix to the cell and nucleus in meniscus, tendon, and the annulus fibrosus, as well as in stem cell-seeded scaffolds engineered to reproduce the organized microstructure of these native tissues. To carry out this study, we developed a custom confocal microscope-mounted tensile testing device and simultaneously monitored strain across multiple length scales. Results showed that mean strain was heterogeneous and significantly attenuated, but coordinated, at the local matrix level in native tissues (35-70% strain attenuation). Conversely, freshly seeded scaffolds exhibited very direct and uniform strain transfer from the tissue to the local matrix level (15-25% strain attenuation). In addition, strain transfer from local matrix to cells and nuclei was dependent on fiber orientation and tissue type. Histological analysis suggested that different domains exist within these fibrous tissues, with most of the tissue being fibrous, characterized by an aligned collagen structure and elongated cells, and other regions being proteoglycan (PG)-rich, characterized by a dense accumulation of PGs and rounder cells. In meniscus, the observed heterogeneity in strain transfer correlated strongly with cellular morphology, where rounder cells located in PG-rich microdomains were shielded from deformation, while elongated cells in fibrous microdomains deformed readily. Collectively, these findings suggest that different tissues utilize distinct strain-attenuating mechanisms according to their unique structure and cellular phenotype, and these differences likely alter the local biologic response of such tissues and constructs in response to mechanical perturbation. Copyright © 2013 Biophysical Society. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. Elastic K-means using posterior probability

    PubMed Central

    Zheng, Aihua; Jiang, Bo; Li, Yan; Zhang, Xuehan; Ding, Chris

    2017-01-01

    The widely used K-means clustering is a hard clustering algorithm. Here we propose a Elastic K-means clustering model (EKM) using posterior probability with soft capability where each data point can belong to multiple clusters fractionally and show the benefit of proposed Elastic K-means. Furthermore, in many applications, besides vector attributes information, pairwise relations (graph information) are also available. Thus we integrate EKM with Normalized Cut graph clustering into a single clustering formulation. Finally, we provide several useful matrix inequalities which are useful for matrix formulations of learning models. Based on these results, we prove the correctness and the convergence of EKM algorithms. Experimental results on six benchmark datasets demonstrate the effectiveness of proposed EKM and its integrated model. PMID:29240756

  13. Design and evaluation of an oral multiparticulate system for dual delivery of amoxicillin and Lactobacillus acidophilus.

    PubMed

    Govender, Mershen; Choonara, Yahya E; van Vuuren, Sandy; Kumar, Pradeep; du Toit, Lisa C; Pillay, Viness

    2016-09-01

    A delayed-release dual delivery system for amoxicillin and the probiotic Lactobacillus acidophilus was developed and evaluated. Statistical optimization of a cross-linked denatured ovalbumin protective matrix was first synthesized using a Box-Behnken experimental design prior to encapsulation with glyceryl monostereate. The encapsulated ovalbumin matrix was thereafter incorporated with amoxicillin in a gastro-resistant capsule. In vitro characterization and stability analysis of the ovalbumin and encapsulated components were also performed Results: Protection of L. acidophilus probiotic against the bactericidal effects of amoxicillin within the dual formulation was determined. The dual formulation in this study proved effective and provides insight into current microbiome research to identify, classify and use functional healthy bacteria to develop novel probiotic delivery technologies.

  14. An efficient variable projection formulation for separable nonlinear least squares problems.

    PubMed

    Gan, Min; Li, Han-Xiong

    2014-05-01

    We consider in this paper a class of nonlinear least squares problems in which the model can be represented as a linear combination of nonlinear functions. The variable projection algorithm projects the linear parameters out of the problem, leaving the nonlinear least squares problems involving only the nonlinear parameters. To implement the variable projection algorithm more efficiently, we propose a new variable projection functional based on matrix decomposition. The advantage of the proposed formulation is that the size of the decomposed matrix may be much smaller than those of previous ones. The Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm using finite difference method is then applied to minimize the new criterion. Numerical results show that the proposed approach achieves significant reduction in computing time.

  15. Matrix methods applied to engineering rigid body mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crouch, T.

    The purpose of this book is to present the solution of a range of rigorous body mechanics problems using a matrix formulation of vector algebra. Essential theory concerning kinematics and dynamics is formulated in terms of matrix algebra. The solution of kinematics and dynamics problems is discussed, taking into account the velocity and acceleration of a point moving in a circular path, the velocity and acceleration determination for a linkage, the angular velocity and angular acceleration of a roller in a taper-roller thrust race, Euler's theroem on the motion of rigid bodies, an automotive differential, a rotating epicyclic, the motion of a high speed rotor mounted in gimbals, and the vibration of a spinning projectile. Attention is given to the activity of a force, the work done by a conservative force, the work and potential in a conservative system, the equilibrium of a mechanism, bearing forces due to rotor misalignment, and the frequency of vibrations of a constrained rod.

  16. Matrix quantum mechanics on S1 /Z2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Betzios, P.; Gürsoy, U.; Papadoulaki, O.

    2018-03-01

    We study Matrix Quantum Mechanics on the Euclidean time orbifold S1 /Z2. Upon Wick rotation to Lorentzian time and taking the double-scaling limit this theory provides a toy model for a big-bang/big crunch universe in two dimensional non-critical string theory where the orbifold fixed points become cosmological singularities. We derive the MQM partition function both in the canonical and grand canonical ensemble in two different formulations and demonstrate agreement between them. We pinpoint the contribution of twisted states in both of these formulations either in terms of bi-local operators acting at the end-points of time or branch-cuts on the complex plane. We calculate, in the matrix model, the contribution of the twisted states to the torus level partition function explicitly and show that it precisely matches the world-sheet result, providing a non-trivial test of the proposed duality. Finally we discuss some interesting features of the partition function and the possibility of realising it as a τ-function of an integrable hierarchy.

  17. Influence of matrix and filler fraction on biofilm formation on the surface of experimental resin-based composites.

    PubMed

    Ionescu, Andrei; Brambilla, Eugenio; Wastl, Daniel S; Giessibl, Franz J; Cazzaniga, Gloria; Schneider-Feyrer, Sibylle; Hahnel, Sebastian

    2015-01-01

    The aim of this study was to investigate the impact of resin matrix chemistry and filler fraction on biofilm formation on the surface of experimental resin-based composites (RBCs). Specimens were prepared from eight experimental RBC formulations differing in resin matrix blend (BisGMA/TEGDMA in a 7:3 wt% ratio or UDMA/aliphatic dimethacrylate in a 1:1 wt% ratio) and filler fraction (no fillers; 65 wt% dental glass with an average diameter of 7 or 0.7 µm or 65 wt% SiO2 with an average diameter of 20 nm). Surface roughness, surface free energy, and chemical surface composition were determined; surface topography was visualized using atomic force microscopy. Biofilm formation was simulated under continuous flow conditions for a 48 h period using a monospecies Streptococcus mutans and a multispecies biofilm model. In the monospecies biofilm model, the impact of the filler fraction overruled the influence of the resin matrix, indicating lowest biofilm formation on RBCs with nano-scaled filler particles and those manufactured from the neat resin blends. The multispecies model suggested a more pronounced effect of the resin matrix blend, as significantly higher biofilm formation was identified on RBCs with a UDMA/dimethacrylate matrix blend than on those including a BisGMA/TEGDMA matrix blend but analogous filler fractions. Although significant differences in surface properties between the various materials were identified, correlations between the surface properties and biofilm formation were poor, which highlights the relevance of surface topography and chemistry. These results may help to tailor novel RBC formulations which feature reduced biofilm formation on their surface.

  18. PNNL Technical Support to The Implementation of EMTA and EMTA-NLA Models in Autodesk® Moldflow® Packages

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nguyen, Ba Nghiep; Wang, Jin

    2012-12-01

    Under the Predictive Engineering effort, PNNL developed linear and nonlinear property prediction models for long-fiber thermoplastics (LFTs). These models were implemented in PNNL’s EMTA and EMTA-NLA codes. While EMTA is a standalone software for the computation of the composites thermoelastic properties, EMTA-NLA presents a series of nonlinear models implemented in ABAQUS® via user subroutines for structural analyses. In all these models, it is assumed that the fibers are linear elastic while the matrix material can exhibit a linear or typical nonlinear behavior depending on the loading prescribed to the composite. The key idea is to model the constitutive behavior ofmore » the matrix material and then to use an Eshelby-Mori-Tanaka approach (EMTA) combined with numerical techniques for fiber length and orientation distributions to determine the behavior of the as-formed composite. The basic property prediction models of EMTA and EMTA-NLA have been subject for implementation in the Autodesk® Moldflow® software packages. These models are the elastic stiffness model accounting for fiber length and orientation distributions, the fiber/matrix interface debonding model, and the elastic-plastic models. The PNNL elastic-plastic models for LFTs describes the composite nonlinear stress-strain response up to failure by an elastic-plastic formulation associated with either a micromechanical criterion to predict failure or a continuum damage mechanics formulation coupling damage to plasticity. All the models account for fiber length and orientation distributions as well as fiber/matrix debonding that can occur at any stage of loading. In an effort to transfer the technologies developed under the Predictive Engineering project to the American automotive and plastics industries, PNNL has obtained the approval of the DOE Office of Vehicle Technologies to provide Autodesk, Inc. with the technical support for the implementation of the basic property prediction models of EMTA and EMTA-NLA in the Autodesk® Moldflow® packages. This report summarizes the recent results from Autodesk Simulation Moldlow Insight (ASMI) analyses using the EMTA models and EMTA-NLA/ABAQUS® analyses for further assessment of the EMTA-NLA models to support their implementation in Autodesk Moldflow Structural Alliance (AMSA). PNNL’s technical support to Autodesk, Inc. included (i) providing the theoretical property prediction models as described in published journal articles and reports, (ii) providing explanations of these models and computational procedure, (iii) providing the necessary LFT data for process simulations and property predictions, and (iv) performing ABAQUS/EMTA-NLA analyses to further assess and illustrate the models for selected LFT materials.« less

  19. Quantification of strontium in human serum by ICP-MS using alternate analyte-free matrix and its application to a pilot bioequivalence study of two strontium ranelate oral formulations in healthy Chinese subjects.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Dan; Wang, Xiaolin; Liu, Man; Zhang, Lina; Deng, Ming; Liu, Huichen

    2015-01-01

    A rapid, sensitive and accurate ICP-MS method using alternate analyte-free matrix for calibration standards preparation and a rapid direct dilution procedure for sample preparation was developed and validated for the quantification of exogenous strontium (Sr) from the drug in human serum. Serum was prepared by direct dilution (1:29, v/v) in an acidic solution consisting of nitric acid (0.1%) and germanium (Ge) added as internal standard (IS), to obtain simple and high-throughput preparation procedure with minimized matrix effect, and good repeatability. ICP-MS analysis was performed using collision cell technology (CCT) mode. Alternate matrix method by using distilled water as an alternate analyte-free matrix for the preparation of calibration standards (CS) was used to avoid the influence of endogenous Sr in serum on the quantification. The method was validated in terms of selectivity, carry-over, matrix effects, lower limit of quantification (LLOQ), linearity, precision and accuracy, and stability. Instrumental linearity was verified in the range of 1.00-500ng/mL, corresponding to a concentration range of 0.0300-15.0μg/mL in 50μL sample of serum matrix and alternate matrix. Intra- and inter-day precision as relative standard deviation (RSD) were less than 8.0% and accuracy as relative error (RE) was within ±3.0%. The method allowed a high sample throughput, and was sensitive and accurate enough for a pilot bioequivalence study in healthy male Chinese subjects following single oral administration of two strontium ranelate formulations containing 2g strontium ranelate. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.

  20. How to deal with the high condition number of the noise covariance matrix of gravity field functionals synthesised from a satellite-only global gravity field model?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Klees, R.; Slobbe, D. C.; Farahani, H. H.

    2018-03-01

    The posed question arises for instance in regional gravity field modelling using weighted least-squares techniques if the gravity field functionals are synthesised from the spherical harmonic coefficients of a satellite-only global gravity model (GGM), and are used as one of the noisy datasets. The associated noise covariance matrix, appeared to be extremely ill-conditioned with a singular value spectrum that decayed gradually to zero without any noticeable gap. We analysed three methods to deal with the ill-conditioned noise covariance matrix: Tihonov regularisation of the noise covariance matrix in combination with the standard formula for the weighted least-squares estimator, a formula of the weighted least-squares estimator, which does not involve the inverse noise covariance matrix, and an estimator based on Rao's unified theory of least-squares. Our analysis was based on a numerical experiment involving a set of height anomalies synthesised from the GGM GOCO05s, which is provided with a full noise covariance matrix. We showed that the three estimators perform similar, provided that the two regularisation parameters each method knows were chosen properly. As standard regularisation parameter choice rules do not apply here, we suggested a new parameter choice rule, and demonstrated its performance. Using this rule, we found that the differences between the three least-squares estimates were within noise. For the standard formulation of the weighted least-squares estimator with regularised noise covariance matrix, this required an exceptionally strong regularisation, much larger than one expected from the condition number of the noise covariance matrix. The preferred method is the inversion-free formulation of the weighted least-squares estimator, because of its simplicity with respect to the choice of the two regularisation parameters.

  1. Predicting vertically-nonsequential wetting patterns with a source-responsive model

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Nimmo, John R.; Mitchell, Lara

    2013-01-01

    Water infiltrating into soil of natural structure often causes wetting patterns that do not develop in an orderly sequence. Because traditional unsaturated flow models represent a water advance that proceeds sequentially, they fail to predict irregular development of water distribution. In the source-responsive model, a diffuse domain (D) represents flow within soil matrix material following traditional formulations, and a source-responsive domain (S), characterized in terms of the capacity for preferential flow and its degree of activation, represents preferential flow as it responds to changing water-source conditions. In this paper we assume water undergoing rapid source-responsive transport at any particular time is of negligibly small volume; it becomes sensible at the time and depth where domain transfer occurs. A first-order transfer term represents abstraction from the S to the D domain which renders the water sensible. In tests with lab and field data, for some cases the model shows good quantitative agreement, and in all cases it captures the characteristic patterns of wetting that proceed nonsequentially in the vertical direction. In these tests we determined the values of the essential characterizing functions by inverse modeling. These functions relate directly to observable soil characteristics, rendering them amenable to evaluation and improvement through hydropedologic development.

  2. Formulation of a Nonlinear, Compatible Finite Element for the Analysis of Laminated Composites.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-12-01

    be gained through weight savings are obvious. The other advantage, which is being exploited in the design of the forward swept wing (2), is the...components of strain can also be represented in matrix form, ’-. fe t [LJfjut W’here + ~(3.211) The L - operator matrix can be broken down into linear, Loand

  3. A differential CDM model for fatigue of unidirectional metal matrix composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arnold, S. M.; Kruch, S.

    1992-01-01

    A multiaxial, isothermal, continuum damage mechanics (CDM) model for fatigue of a unidirectional metal matrix composite volume element is presented. The model is phenomenological, stress based, and assumes a single scalar internal damage variable, the evolution of which is anisotropic. The development of the fatigue damage model, (i.e., evolutionary law) is based on the definition of an initially transversely isotropic fatigue limit surface, a static fracture surface, and a normalized stress amplitude function. The anisotropy of these surfaces and function, and therefore the model, is defined through physically meaningful invariants reflecting the local stress and material orientation. This transversely isotropic model is shown, when taken to it's isotropic limit, to directly simplify to a previously developed and validated isotropic fatigue continuum damage model. Results of a nondimensional parametric study illustrate (1) the flexibility of the present formulation in attempting to characterize a class of composite materials, and (2) the capability of the formulation in predicting anticipated qualitative trends in the fatigue behavior of unidirectional metal matrix composites. Also, specific material parameters representing an initial characterization of the composite system SiC/Ti 15-3 and the matrix material (Ti 15-3) are reported.

  4. Hybrid state vector methods for structural dynamic and aeroelastic boundary value problems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lehman, L. L.

    1982-01-01

    A computational technique is developed that is suitable for performing preliminary design aeroelastic and structural dynamic analyses of large aspect ratio lifting surfaces. The method proves to be quite general and can be adapted to solving various two point boundary value problems. The solution method, which is applicable to both fixed and rotating wing configurations, is based upon a formulation of the structural equilibrium equations in terms of a hybrid state vector containing generalized force and displacement variables. A mixed variational formulation is presented that conveniently yields a useful form for these state vector differential equations. Solutions to these equations are obtained by employing an integrating matrix method. The application of an integrating matrix provides a discretization of the differential equations that only requires solutions of standard linear matrix systems. It is demonstrated that matrix partitioning can be used to reduce the order of the required solutions. Results are presented for several example problems in structural dynamics and aeroelasticity to verify the technique and to demonstrate its use. These problems examine various types of loading and boundary conditions and include aeroelastic analyses of lifting surfaces constructed from anisotropic composite materials.

  5. A new pre-loaded beam geometric stiffness matrix with full rigid body capabilities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bosela, P. A.; Fertis, D. G.; Shaker, F. J.

    1992-09-01

    Space structures, such as the Space Station solar arrays, must be extremely light-weight, flexible structures. Accurate prediction of the natural frequencies and mode shapes is essential for determining the structural adequacy of components, and designing a controls system. The tension pre-load in the 'blanket' of photovoltaic solar collectors, and the free/free boundary conditions of a structure in space, causes serious reservations on the use of standard finite element techniques of solution. In particular, a phenomenon known as 'grounding', or false stiffening, of the stiffness matrix occurs during rigid body rotation. The authors have previously shown that the grounding phenomenon is caused by a lack of rigid body rotational capability, and is typical in beam geometric stiffness matrices formulated by others, including those which contain higher order effects. The cause of the problem was identified as the force imbalance inherent in the formulations. In this paper, the authors develop a beam geometric stiffness matrix for a directed force problem, and show that the resultant global stiffness matrix contains complete rigid body mode capabilities, and performs very well in the diagonalization methodology customarily used in dynamic analysis.

  6. A matrix-algebraic formulation of distributed-memory maximal cardinality matching algorithms in bipartite graphs

    DOE PAGES

    Azad, Ariful; Buluç, Aydın

    2016-05-16

    We describe parallel algorithms for computing maximal cardinality matching in a bipartite graph on distributed-memory systems. Unlike traditional algorithms that match one vertex at a time, our algorithms process many unmatched vertices simultaneously using a matrix-algebraic formulation of maximal matching. This generic matrix-algebraic framework is used to develop three efficient maximal matching algorithms with minimal changes. The newly developed algorithms have two benefits over existing graph-based algorithms. First, unlike existing parallel algorithms, cardinality of matching obtained by the new algorithms stays constant with increasing processor counts, which is important for predictable and reproducible performance. Second, relying on bulk-synchronous matrix operations,more » these algorithms expose a higher degree of parallelism on distributed-memory platforms than existing graph-based algorithms. We report high-performance implementations of three maximal matching algorithms using hybrid OpenMP-MPI and evaluate the performance of these algorithm using more than 35 real and randomly generated graphs. On real instances, our algorithms achieve up to 200 × speedup on 2048 cores of a Cray XC30 supercomputer. Even higher speedups are obtained on larger synthetically generated graphs where our algorithms show good scaling on up to 16,384 cores.« less

  7. Intervariability and intravariability of bone morphogenetic proteins in commercially available demineralized bone matrix products.

    PubMed

    Bae, Hyun W; Zhao, Li; Kanim, Linda E A; Wong, Pamela; Delamarter, Rick B; Dawson, Edgar G

    2006-05-20

    Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay was used to detect bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs) 2, 4, and 7 in 9 commercially available ("off the shelf") demineralized bone matrix (DBM) product formulations using 3 different manufacturer's production lots of each DBM formulation. To evaluate and compare the quantity of BMPs among several different DBM formulations (inter-product variability), as well as examine the variability of these proteins in different production lots within the same DBM formulation (intra-product variability). DBMs are commonly used to augment available bone graft in spinal fusion procedures. Surgeons are presented with an ever-increasing variety of commercially available human DBMs from which to choose. Yet, there is limited information on a specific DBM product's osteoinductive efficacy, potency, and constancy. There were protein extracts from each DBM sample separately dialyzed 4 times against distilled water at 4 degrees C for 48 hours. The amount of BMP-2, BMP-4, and BMP-7 was determined using enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. RESULTS.: The concentrations of detected BMP-2 and BMP-7 were low for all DBM formulations, only nanograms of BMP were extracted from each gram of DBM (20.2-120.6 ng BMP-2/g DBM product; 54.2-226.8 ng BMP-7/g DBM). The variability of BMP concentrations among different lots of the same DBM formulation, intra-product variability, was higher than the variability of concentrations among different DBM formulations, inter-product variability (coefficient of variation range BMP-2 [16.34% to 76.01%], P < 0.01; BMP-7 [3.71% to 82.08%], P < 0.001). BMP-4 was undetectable. The relative quantities of BMPs in DBMs are low, in the order of 1 x 10(-9) g of BMP/g of DBM. There is higher variability in concentration of BMPs among 3 different lots of the same DBM formulation than among different DBM formulations. This variability questions DBM products' reliability and, possibly, efficacy in providing consistent osteoinduction.

  8. Extension of modified power method to two-dimensional problems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Peng; Ulsan National Institute of Science and Technology, 50 UNIST-gil, Ulsan 44919; Lee, Hyunsuk

    2016-09-01

    In this study, the generalized modified power method was extended to two-dimensional problems. A direct application of the method to two-dimensional problems was shown to be unstable when the number of requested eigenmodes is larger than a certain problem dependent number. The root cause of this instability has been identified as the degeneracy of the transfer matrix. In order to resolve this instability, the number of sub-regions for the transfer matrix was increased to be larger than the number of requested eigenmodes; and a new transfer matrix was introduced accordingly which can be calculated by the least square method. Themore » stability of the new method has been successfully demonstrated with a neutron diffusion eigenvalue problem and the 2D C5G7 benchmark problem. - Graphical abstract:.« less

  9. On the matrix Fourier filtering problem for a class of models of nonlinear optical systems with a feedback

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Razgulin, A. V.; Sazonova, S. V.

    2017-09-01

    A novel statement of the Fourier filtering problem based on the use of matrix Fourier filters instead of conventional multiplier filters is considered. The basic properties of the matrix Fourier filtering for the filters in the Hilbert-Schmidt class are established. It is proved that the solutions with a finite energy to the periodic initial boundary value problem for the quasi-linear functional differential diffusion equation with the matrix Fourier filtering Lipschitz continuously depend on the filter. The problem of optimal matrix Fourier filtering is formulated, and its solvability for various classes of matrix Fourier filters is proved. It is proved that the objective functional is differentiable with respect to the matrix Fourier filter, and the convergence of a version of the gradient projection method is also proved.

  10. Beyond Born-Oppenheimer theory for ab initio constructed diabatic potential energy surfaces of singlet H3+ to study reaction dynamics using coupled 3D time-dependent wave-packet approach.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Sandip; Mukherjee, Saikat; Mukherjee, Bijit; Mandal, Souvik; Sharma, Rahul; Chaudhury, Pinaki; Adhikari, Satrajit

    2017-08-21

    The workability of beyond Born-Oppenheimer theory to construct diabatic potential energy surfaces (PESs) of a charge transfer atom-diatom collision process has been explored by performing scattering calculations to extract accurate integral cross sections (ICSs) and rate constants for comparison with most recent experimental quantities. We calculate non-adiabatic coupling terms among the lowest three singlet states of H 3 + system (1 1 A ' , 2 1 A ' , and 3 1 A ' ) using MRCI level of calculation and solve the adiabatic-diabatic transformation equation to formulate the diabatic Hamiltonian matrix of the same process [S. Mukherjee et al., J. Chem. Phys. 141, 204306 (2014)] for the entire region of nuclear configuration space. The nonadiabatic effects in the D + + H 2 reaction has been studied by implementing the coupled 3D time-dependent wave packet formalism in hyperspherical coordinates [S. Adhikari and A. J. C. Varandas, Comput. Phys. Commun. 184, 270 (2013)] with zero and non-zero total angular momentum (J) on such newly constructed accurate (ab initio) diabatic PESs of H 3 + . We have depicted the convergence profiles of reaction probabilities for the reactive non-charge transfer, non-reactive charge transfer, and reactive charge transfer processes for different collisional energies with respect to the helicity (K) and total angular momentum (J) quantum numbers. Finally, total and state-to-state ICSs are calculated as a function of collision energy for the initial rovibrational state (v = 0, j = 0) of the H 2 molecule, and consequently, those quantities are compared with previous theoretical and experimental results.

  11. General transfer matrix formalism to calculate DNA-protein-drug binding in gene regulation: application to OR operator of phage lambda.

    PubMed

    Teif, Vladimir B

    2007-01-01

    The transfer matrix methodology is proposed as a systematic tool for the statistical-mechanical description of DNA-protein-drug binding involved in gene regulation. We show that a genetic system of several cis-regulatory modules is calculable using this method, considering explicitly the site-overlapping, competitive, cooperative binding of regulatory proteins, their multilayer assembly and DNA looping. In the methodological section, the matrix models are solved for the basic types of short- and long-range interactions between DNA-bound proteins, drugs and nucleosomes. We apply the matrix method to gene regulation at the O(R) operator of phage lambda. The transfer matrix formalism allowed the description of the lambda-switch at a single-nucleotide resolution, taking into account the effects of a range of inter-protein distances. Our calculations confirm previously established roles of the contact CI-Cro-RNAP interactions. Concerning long-range interactions, we show that while the DNA loop between the O(R) and O(L) operators is important at the lysogenic CI concentrations, the interference between the adjacent promoters P(R) and P(RM) becomes more important at small CI concentrations. A large change in the expression pattern may arise in this regime due to anticooperative interactions between DNA-bound RNA polymerases. The applicability of the matrix method to more complex systems is discussed.

  12. General transfer matrix formalism to calculate DNA–protein–drug binding in gene regulation: application to OR operator of phage λ

    PubMed Central

    Teif, Vladimir B.

    2007-01-01

    The transfer matrix methodology is proposed as a systematic tool for the statistical–mechanical description of DNA–protein–drug binding involved in gene regulation. We show that a genetic system of several cis-regulatory modules is calculable using this method, considering explicitly the site-overlapping, competitive, cooperative binding of regulatory proteins, their multilayer assembly and DNA looping. In the methodological section, the matrix models are solved for the basic types of short- and long-range interactions between DNA-bound proteins, drugs and nucleosomes. We apply the matrix method to gene regulation at the OR operator of phage λ. The transfer matrix formalism allowed the description of the λ-switch at a single-nucleotide resolution, taking into account the effects of a range of inter-protein distances. Our calculations confirm previously established roles of the contact CI–Cro–RNAP interactions. Concerning long-range interactions, we show that while the DNA loop between the OR and OL operators is important at the lysogenic CI concentrations, the interference between the adjacent promoters PR and PRM becomes more important at small CI concentrations. A large change in the expression pattern may arise in this regime due to anticooperative interactions between DNA-bound RNA polymerases. The applicability of the matrix method to more complex systems is discussed. PMID:17526526

  13. Generic construction of efficient matrix product operators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hubig, C.; McCulloch, I. P.; Schollwöck, U.

    2017-01-01

    Matrix product operators (MPOs) are at the heart of the second-generation density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm formulated in matrix product state language. We first summarize the widely known facts on MPO arithmetic and representations of single-site operators. Second, we introduce three compression methods (rescaled SVD, deparallelization, and delinearization) for MPOs and show that it is possible to construct efficient representations of arbitrary operators using MPO arithmetic and compression. As examples, we construct powers of a short-ranged spin-chain Hamiltonian, a complicated Hamiltonian of a two-dimensional system and, as proof of principle, the long-range four-body Hamiltonian from quantum chemistry.

  14. Formulation and evaluation of floating tablet of H2-receptor antagonist.

    PubMed

    Kesarla, Rajesh S; Vora, Pratik Ashwinbhai; Sridhar, B K; Patel, Gunvant; Omri, Abdelwahab

    2015-01-01

    Conventional sustained dosage form of ranitidine hydrochloride (HCl) does not prevent frequent administration due to its degradation in colonic media and limited absorption in the upper part of GIT. Ranitidine HCl floating tablet was formulated with sublimation method to overcome the stated problem. Compatibility study for screening potential excipients was carried out using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) and differential scanning chromatography (DSC). Selected excipients were further evaluated for optimizing the formulation. Preliminary screening of binder, polymer and sublimating material was based on hardness and drug release, drug release with release kinetics and floating lag time with total floatation time, respectively. Selected excipients were subjected to 3(2) factorial design with polymer and sublimating material as independent factors. Matrix tablets were obtained by using 16/32" flat-faced beveled edges punches followed by sublimation. FT-IR and DSC indicated no significant incompatibility with selected excipients. Klucel-LF, POLYOX WSR N 60 K and l-menthol were selected as binder, polymer and sublimating material, respectively, for factorial design batches after preliminary screening. From the factorial design batches, optimum concentration to release the drug within 12 h was found to be 420 mg of POLYOX and 40 mg of l-menthol. Stability studies indicated the formulation as stable. Ranitidine HCl matrix floating tablets were formulated to release 90% of drug in stomach within 12 h. Hence, release of the drug could be sustained within narrow absorption site. Moreover, the dosage form was found to be floating within a fraction of second independent of the pH of media ensuring a robust formulation.

  15. Limit analysis of hollow spheres or spheroids with Hill orthotropic matrix

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pastor, Franck; Pastor, Joseph; Kondo, Djimedo

    2012-03-01

    Recent theoretical studies of the literature are concerned by the hollow sphere or spheroid (confocal) problems with orthotropic Hill type matrix. They have been developed in the framework of the limit analysis kinematical approach by using very simple trial velocity fields. The present Note provides, through numerical upper and lower bounds, a rigorous assessment of the approximate criteria derived in these theoretical works. To this end, existing static 3D codes for a von Mises matrix have been easily extended to the orthotropic case. Conversely, instead of the non-obvious extension of the existing kinematic codes, a new original mixed approach has been elaborated on the basis of the plane strain structure formulation earlier developed by F. Pastor (2007). Indeed, such a formulation does not need the expressions of the unit dissipated powers. Interestingly, it delivers a numerical code better conditioned and notably more rapid than the previous one, while preserving the rigorous upper bound character of the corresponding numerical results. The efficiency of the whole approach is first demonstrated through comparisons of the results to the analytical upper bounds of Benzerga and Besson (2001) or Monchiet et al. (2008) in the case of spherical voids in the Hill matrix. Moreover, we provide upper and lower bounds results for the hollow spheroid with the Hill matrix which are compared to those of Monchiet et al. (2008).

  16. Single-Dose Pharmacokinetics of Oral Cannabidiol Following Administration of PTL101: A New Formulation Based on Gelatin Matrix Pellets Technology.

    PubMed

    Atsmon, Jacob; Heffetz, Daphna; Deutsch, Lisa; Deutsch, Frederic; Sacks, Hagit

    2017-11-10

    Cannabidiol (CBD) is the main nonpsychoactive component of the cannabis plant. It has been associated with antiseizure, antioxidant, neuroprotective, anxiolytic, anti-inflammatory, antidepressant, and antipsychotic effects. PTL101 is an oral gelatin matrix pellets technology-based formulation containing highly purified CBD embedded in seamless gelatin matrix beadlets. Study objectives were to evaluate the safety and tolerability of PTL101 containing 10 and 100 mg CBD, following single administrations to healthy volunteers and to compare the pharmacokinetic profiles and relative bioavailability of CBD with Sativex oromucosal spray (the reference product) in a randomized, crossover study design. Administration of PTL101 containing 10 CBD, led to a 1.7-fold higher C max and 1.3-fold higher AUC compared with the oromucosal spray. T max following both modes of delivery was 3-3.5 hours postdosing. CBD exhibited about a 1-hour lag in absorption when delivered via PTL101. A 10-fold increase in the dose resulted in an ∼15-fold increase in C max and AUC. Bioavailability of CBD in the 10-mg PTL101 dose was 134% relative to the reference spray. PTL101 is a pharmaceutical-grade, user-friendly oral formulation that demonstrated safe and efficient delivery of CBD and therefore could be an attractive candidate for therapeutic indications. © 2017, The American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

  17. State Transition Matrix for Perturbed Orbital Motion Using Modified Chebyshev Picard Iteration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Read, Julie L.; Younes, Ahmad Bani; Macomber, Brent; Turner, James; Junkins, John L.

    2015-06-01

    The Modified Chebyshev Picard Iteration (MCPI) method has recently proven to be highly efficient for a given accuracy compared to several commonly adopted numerical integration methods, as a means to solve for perturbed orbital motion. This method utilizes Picard iteration, which generates a sequence of path approximations, and Chebyshev Polynomials, which are orthogonal and also enable both efficient and accurate function approximation. The nodes consistent with discrete Chebyshev orthogonality are generated using cosine sampling; this strategy also reduces the Runge effect and as a consequence of orthogonality, there is no matrix inversion required to find the basis function coefficients. The MCPI algorithms considered herein are parallel-structured so that they are immediately well-suited for massively parallel implementation with additional speedup. MCPI has a wide range of applications beyond ephemeris propagation, including the propagation of the State Transition Matrix (STM) for perturbed two-body motion. A solution is achieved for a spherical harmonic series representation of earth gravity (EGM2008), although the methodology is suitable for application to any gravity model. Included in this representation the normalized, Associated Legendre Functions are given and verified numerically. Modifications of the classical algorithm techniques, such as rewriting the STM equations in a second-order cascade formulation, gives rise to additional speedup. Timing results for the baseline formulation and this second-order formulation are given.

  18. Mechanochemical Synthesis of Pharmaceutical Cocrystal Suspensions via Hot Melt Extrusion: Feasibility Studies and Physicochemical Characterization.

    PubMed

    Li, Shu; Yu, Tao; Tian, Yiwei; McCoy, Colin P; Jones, David S; Andrews, Gavin P

    2016-09-06

    Engineered cocrystals offer an alternative solid drug form with tailored physicochemical properties. Interestingly, although cocrystals provide many new possibilities, they also present new challenges, particularly in regard to their design and large-scale manufacture. Current literature has primarily focused on the preparation and characterization of novel cocrystals typically containing only the drug and coformer, leaving the subsequent formulation less explored. In this paper we propose, for the first time, the use of hot melt extrusion for the mechanochemical synthesis of pharmaceutical cocrystals in the presence of a meltable binder. In this approach, we examine excipients that are amenable to hot melt extrusion, forming a suspension of cocrystal particulates embedded in a pharmaceutical matrix. Using ibuprofen and isonicotinamide as a model cocrystal reagent pair, formulations extruded with a small molecular matrix carrier (xylitol) were examined to be intimate mixtures wherein the newly formed cocrystal particulates were physically suspended in a matrix. With respect to formulations extruded using polymeric carriers (Soluplus and Eudragit EPO, respectively), however, there was no evidence within PXRD patterns of either crystalline ibuprofen or the cocrystal. Importantly, it was established in this study that an appropriate carrier for a cocrystal reagent pair during HME processing should satisfy certain criteria including limited interaction with parent reagents and cocrystal product, processing temperature sufficiently lower than the onset of cocrystal Tm, low melt viscosity, and rapid solidification upon cooling.

  19. Development and evaluation of thin-layer chromatography-digital image-based analysis for the quantitation of the botanical pesticide azadirachtin in agricultural matrixes and commercial formulations: comparison with ELISA.

    PubMed

    Tanuja, Penmatsa; Venugopal, Namburi; Sashidhar, Rao Beedu

    2007-01-01

    A simple thin-layer chromatography-digital image-based analytical method has been developed for the quantitation of the botanical pesticide, azadirachtin. The method was validated by analyzing azadirachtin in the spiked food matrixes and processed commercial pesticide formulations, using acidified vanillin reagent as a postchromatographic derivatizing agent. The separated azadirachtin was clearly identified as a green spot. The Rf value was found to be 0.55, which was similar to that of a reference standard. A standard calibration plot was established using a reference standard, based on the linear regression analysis [r2 = 0.996; y = 371.43 + (634.82)x]. The sensitivity of the method was found to be 0.875 microg azadirachtin. Spiking studies conducted at the 1 ppm (microg/g) level in various agricultural matrixes, such as brinjal, tomato, coffee, and cotton seeds, revealed the recoveries of azadirachtin in the range of 67-92%. Azadirachtin content of commercial neem formulations analyzed by the method was in the range of 190-1825 ppm (microg/mL). Further, the present method was compared with an immunoanalytical method enzyme-linked immonosorbent assay developed earlier in our laboratory. Statistical comparison of the 2 methods, using Fischer's F-test, indicated no significant difference in variance, suggesting that both methods are comparable.

  20. A Galleria Boundary Element Method for two-dimensional nonlinear magnetostatics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brovont, Aaron D.

    The Boundary Element Method (BEM) is a numerical technique for solving partial differential equations that is used broadly among the engineering disciplines. The main advantage of this method is that one needs only to mesh the boundary of a solution domain. A key drawback is the myriad of integrals that must be evaluated to populate the full system matrix. To this day these integrals have been evaluated using numerical quadrature. In this research, a Galerkin formulation of the BEM is derived and implemented to solve two-dimensional magnetostatic problems with a focus on accurate, rapid computation. To this end, exact, closed-form solutions have been derived for all the integrals comprising the system matrix as well as those required to compute fields in post-processing; the need for numerical integration has been eliminated. It is shown that calculation of the system matrix elements using analytical solutions is 15-20 times faster than with numerical integration of similar accuracy. Furthermore, through the example analysis of a c-core inductor, it is demonstrated that the present BEM formulation is a competitive alternative to the Finite Element Method (FEM) for linear magnetostatic analysis. Finally, the BEM formulation is extended to analyze nonlinear magnetostatic problems via the Dual Reciprocity Method (DRBEM). It is shown that a coarse, meshless analysis using the DRBEM is able to achieve RMS error of 3-6% compared to a commercial FEM package in lightly saturated conditions.

  1. Operator bases, S-matrices, and their partition functions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Henning, Brian; Lu, Xiaochuan; Melia, Tom

    Relativistic quantum systems that admit scattering experiments are quantitatively described by effective field theories, where S-matrix kinematics and symmetry considerations are encoded in the operator spectrum of the EFT. Here in this paper we use the S-matrix to derive the structure of the EFT operator basis, providing complementary descriptions in (i) position space utilizing the conformal algebra and cohomology and (ii) momentum space via an algebraic formulation in terms of a ring of momenta with kinematics implemented as an ideal. These frameworks systematically handle redundancies associated with equations of motion (on-shell) and integration by parts (momentum conservation). We introduce amore » partition function, termed the Hilbert series, to enumerate the operator basis — correspondingly, the S-matrix — and derive a matrix integral expression to compute the Hilbert series. The expression is general, easily applied in any spacetime dimension, with arbitrary field content and (linearly realized) symmetries. In addition to counting, we discuss construction of the basis. Simple algorithms follow from the algebraic formulation in momentum space. We explicitly compute the basis for operators involving up to n = 5 scalar fields. This construction universally applies to fields with spin, since the operator basis for scalars encodes the momentum dependence of n-point amplitudes. We discuss in detail the operator basis for non-linearly realized symmetries. In the presence of massless particles, there is freedom to impose additional structure on the S- matrix in the form of soft limits. The most naÏve implementation for massless scalars leads to the operator basis for pions, which we confirm using the standard CCWZ formulation for non-linear realizations. Finally, although primarily discussed in the language of EFT, some of our results — conceptual and quantitative — may be of broader use in studying conformal field theories as well as the AdS/CFT correspondence.« less

  2. Operator bases, S-matrices, and their partition functions

    DOE PAGES

    Henning, Brian; Lu, Xiaochuan; Melia, Tom; ...

    2017-10-27

    Relativistic quantum systems that admit scattering experiments are quantitatively described by effective field theories, where S-matrix kinematics and symmetry considerations are encoded in the operator spectrum of the EFT. Here in this paper we use the S-matrix to derive the structure of the EFT operator basis, providing complementary descriptions in (i) position space utilizing the conformal algebra and cohomology and (ii) momentum space via an algebraic formulation in terms of a ring of momenta with kinematics implemented as an ideal. These frameworks systematically handle redundancies associated with equations of motion (on-shell) and integration by parts (momentum conservation). We introduce amore » partition function, termed the Hilbert series, to enumerate the operator basis — correspondingly, the S-matrix — and derive a matrix integral expression to compute the Hilbert series. The expression is general, easily applied in any spacetime dimension, with arbitrary field content and (linearly realized) symmetries. In addition to counting, we discuss construction of the basis. Simple algorithms follow from the algebraic formulation in momentum space. We explicitly compute the basis for operators involving up to n = 5 scalar fields. This construction universally applies to fields with spin, since the operator basis for scalars encodes the momentum dependence of n-point amplitudes. We discuss in detail the operator basis for non-linearly realized symmetries. In the presence of massless particles, there is freedom to impose additional structure on the S- matrix in the form of soft limits. The most naÏve implementation for massless scalars leads to the operator basis for pions, which we confirm using the standard CCWZ formulation for non-linear realizations. Finally, although primarily discussed in the language of EFT, some of our results — conceptual and quantitative — may be of broader use in studying conformal field theories as well as the AdS/CFT correspondence.« less

  3. Optical implementation of systolic array processing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Caulfield, H. J.; Rhodes, W. T.; Foster, M. J.; Horvitz, S.

    1981-01-01

    Algorithms for matrix vector multiplication are implemented using acousto-optic cells for multiplication and input data transfer and using charge coupled devices detector arrays for accumulation and output of the results. No two dimensional matrix mask is required; matrix changes are implemented electronically. A system for multiplying a 50 component nonnegative real vector by a 50 by 50 nonnegative real matrix is described. Modifications for bipolar real and complex valued processing are possible, as are extensions to matrix-matrix multiplication and multiplication of a vector by multiple matrices.

  4. A penny shaped crack in a filament-reinforced matrix. 2: The crack problem

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pacella, A. H.; Erdogan, F.

    1973-01-01

    The elastostatic interaction problem between a penny-shaped crack and a slender inclusion or filament in an elastic matrix was formulated. For a single filament as well as multiple identical filaments located symmetrically around the crack the problem is shown to reduce to a singular integral equation. The solution of the problem is obtained for various geometries and filament-to-matrix stiffness ratios, and the results relating to the angular variation of the stress intensity factor and the maximum filament stress are presented.

  5. Novel formulations of CKM matrix renormalization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

    2009-12-17

    We review two recently proposed on-shell schemes for the renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) quark mixing matrix in the Standard Model. One first constructs gauge-independent mass counterterm matrices for the up- and down-type quarks complying with the hermiticity of the complete mass matrices. Diagonalization of the latter then leads to explicit expressions for the CKM counterterm matrix, which are gauge independent, preserve unitarity, and lead to renormalized amplitudes that are non-singular in the limit in which any two quarks become mass degenerate. One of the schemes also automatically satisfies flavor democracy.

  6. A modified PMMA cement (Sub-cement) for accelerated fatigue testing of cemented implant constructs using cadaveric bone.

    PubMed

    Race, Amos; Miller, Mark A; Mann, Kenneth A

    2008-10-20

    Pre-clinical screening of cemented implant systems could be improved by modeling the longer-term response of the implant/cement/bone construct to cyclic loading. We formulated bone cement with degraded fatigue fracture properties (Sub-cement) such that long-term fatigue could be simulated in short-term cadaver tests. Sub-cement was made by adding a chain-transfer agent to standard polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) cement. This reduced the molecular weight of the inter-bead matrix without changing reaction-rate or handling characteristics. Static mechanical properties were approximately equivalent to normal cement. Over a physiologically reasonable range of stress-intensity factor, fatigue crack propagation rates for Sub-cement were higher by a factor of 25+/-19. When tested in a simplified 2 1/2-D physical model of a stem-cement-bone system, crack growth from the stem was accelerated by a factor of 100. Sub-cement accelerated both crack initiation and growth rate. Sub-cement is now being evaluated in full stem/cement/femur models.

  7. Confidence Testing of Shell 405 and S-405 Catalysts in a Monopropellant Hydrazine Thruster

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    McRight, Patrick; Popp, Chris; Pierce, Charles; Turpin, Alicia; Urbanchock, Walter; Wilson, Mike

    2005-01-01

    As part of the transfer of catalyst manufacturing technology from Shell Chemical Company (Shell 405 catalyst manufactured in Houston, Texas) to Aerojet (S-405 manufactured in Redmond, Washington), Aerojet demonstrated the equivalence of S-405 and Shell 405 at beginning of life. Some US aerospace users expressed a desire to conduct a preliminary confidence test to assess end-of-life characteristics for S-405. NASA Marshall Space Flight Center (MSFC) and Aerojet entered a contractual agreement in 2004 to conduct a confidence test using a pair of 0.2-lbf MR-103G monopropellant hydrazine thrusters, comparing S-405 and Shell 405 side by side. This paper summarizes the formulation of this test program, explains the test matrix, describes the progress of the test, and analyzes the test results. This paper also includes a discussion of the limitations of this test and the ramifications of the test results for assessing the need for future qualification testing in particular hydrazine thruster applications.

  8. Current density characteristics in the studies of electromagnetically induced transparency in a GaAs/GaAlAs quantum well

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jayarubi, J.; Peter, A. John

    2017-05-01

    Confinement potential profiles due to conduction and valence bands are obtained in a Ga0.7Al0.3As/ GaAs/ Ga0.7Al0.3As using variation formulism. The free electron distribution is carried out. The confined energy eigenvalue and its corresponding wavefunctions of charge carriers are found using self-consistent method. The confined energies with the geometrical confinement are computed. The potentials due to charges are done by Poisson equation. The effects of dielectric mismatch between the GaAs and GaAlAs semiconductors are introduced in the effective potential expressions. Transfer matrix method is employed to obtain the respective energies. The transmission probability is obtained for a constant well size. The high current density characteristics as a function of applied voltage is investigated. This investigation on the electromagnetically induced transparency in the photonic material will exploit in fabricating novel nonlinear optical devices in future.

  9. Modelling Dowel Action of Discrete Reinforcing Bars in Cracked Concrete Structures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kwan, A. K. H.; Ng, P. L.; Lam, J. Y. K.

    2010-05-21

    Dowel action is one of the component actions for shear force transfer in cracked reinforced concrete. In finite element analysis of concrete structures, the use of discrete representation of reinforcing bars is considered advantageous over the smeared representation due to the relative ease of modelling the bond-slip behaviour. However, there is very limited research on how to simulate the dowel action of discrete reinforcing bars. Herein, a numerical model for dowel action of discrete reinforcing bars crossing cracks in concrete is developed. The model features the derivation of dowel stiffness matrix based on beam-on-elastic-foundation theory and the direct assemblage ofmore » dowel stiffness into the concrete element stiffness matrices. The dowel action model is incorporated in a nonlinear finite element programme with secant stiffness formulation. Deep beams tested in the literature are analysed and it is found that the incorporation of dowel action model improves the accuracy of analysis.« less

  10. Development of metoprolol tartrate extended-release matrix tablet formulations for regulatory policy consideration.

    PubMed

    Nellore, R V; Rekhi, G S; Hussain, A S; Tillman, L G; Augsburger, L L

    1998-01-02

    This research study was designed to develop model extended-release (ER) matrix tablet formulations for metoprolol tartrate (100 mg) sufficiently sensitive to manufacturing variable and to serve as the scientific basis for regulatory policy development on scale-up and post approval changes for modified-release dosage forms (SUPAC-MR). Several grades and levels of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel K4M, K15M, K100M and K100LV), fillers and binders and studied. Three granulation processes were evaluated; direct compression, fluid-bed or high-shear granulation. Lubrication was performed in a V-blender and tablets were compressed on an instrumented rotary tablet press. Direct compression formulations exhibited poor flow, picking and sticking problems during tableting. High-shear granulation resulted in the formation of hard granules that were difficult to mill but yielded good tablets. Fluid-bed granulations were made using various binders and appeared to be satisfactory in terms of flow and tableting performance. In vitro drug release testing was performed in pH 6.8 phosphate buffer using USP apparatus 2 (paddle) at 50 rpm. At a fixed polymer level, drug release from the higher viscosity grades (K100M) was slower as compared to the lower viscosity grades (K100LV). In addition, release from K100LV was found to be more sensitive to polymer level changes. Increased in polymer level from 10 to 40% and/or filler change from lactose to dicalcium phosphate resulted in about 25-30% decrease in the amount of metoprolol release after 12 h. The results of this study led to the choice of Methocel K100LV as the hydrophilic matrix polymer and fluid-bed granulation as the process of choice for further evaluation of critical and non-critical formulation and processing variables.

  11. Numerical Technology for Large-Scale Computational Electromagnetics

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sharpe, R; Champagne, N; White, D

    The key bottleneck of implicit computational electromagnetics tools for large complex geometries is the solution of the resulting linear system of equations. The goal of this effort was to research and develop critical numerical technology that alleviates this bottleneck for large-scale computational electromagnetics (CEM). The mathematical operators and numerical formulations used in this arena of CEM yield linear equations that are complex valued, unstructured, and indefinite. Also, simultaneously applying multiple mathematical modeling formulations to different portions of a complex problem (hybrid formulations) results in a mixed structure linear system, further increasing the computational difficulty. Typically, these hybrid linear systems aremore » solved using a direct solution method, which was acceptable for Cray-class machines but does not scale adequately for ASCI-class machines. Additionally, LLNL's previously existing linear solvers were not well suited for the linear systems that are created by hybrid implicit CEM codes. Hence, a new approach was required to make effective use of ASCI-class computing platforms and to enable the next generation design capabilities. Multiple approaches were investigated, including the latest sparse-direct methods developed by our ASCI collaborators. In addition, approaches that combine domain decomposition (or matrix partitioning) with general-purpose iterative methods and special purpose pre-conditioners were investigated. Special-purpose pre-conditioners that take advantage of the structure of the matrix were adapted and developed based on intimate knowledge of the matrix properties. Finally, new operator formulations were developed that radically improve the conditioning of the resulting linear systems thus greatly reducing solution time. The goal was to enable the solution of CEM problems that are 10 to 100 times larger than our previous capability.« less

  12. Radiative heat transfer and nonequilibrium Casimir-Lifshitz force in many-body systems with planar geometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Latella, Ivan; Ben-Abdallah, Philippe; Biehs, Svend-Age; Antezza, Mauro; Messina, Riccardo

    2017-05-01

    A general theory of photon-mediated energy and momentum transfer in N -body planar systems out of thermal equilibrium is introduced. It is based on the combination of the scattering theory and the fluctuational-electrodynamics approach in many-body systems. By making a Landauer-like formulation of the heat transfer problem, explicit formulas for the energy transmission coefficients between two distinct slabs as well as the self-coupling coefficients are derived and expressed in terms of the reflection and transmission coefficients of the single bodies. We also show how to calculate local equilibrium temperatures in such systems. An analogous formulation is introduced to quantify momentum transfer coefficients describing Casimir-Lifshitz forces out of thermal equilibrium. Forces at thermal equilibrium are readily obtained as a particular case. As an illustration of this general theoretical framework, we show on three-body systems how the presence of a fourth slab can impact equilibrium temperatures in heat-transfer problems and equilibrium positions resulting from the forces acting on the system.

  13. Acoustic response of a rectangular levitator with orifices

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    El-Raheb, Michael; Wagner, Paul

    1990-01-01

    The acoustic response of a rectangular cavity to speaker-generated excitation through waveguides terminating at orifices in the cavity walls is analyzed. To find the effects of orifices, acoustic pressure is expressed by eigenfunctions satisfying Neumann boundary conditions as well as by those satisfying Dirichlet ones. Some of the excess unknowns can be eliminated by point constraints set over the boundary, by appeal to Lagrange undetermined multipliers. The resulting transfer matrix must be further reduced by partial condensation to the order of a matrix describing unmixed boundary conditions. If the cavity is subjected to an axial temperature dependence, the transfer matrix is determined numerically.

  14. Biaxial (Tension-Torsion) Testing of an Oxide/Oxide Ceramic Matrix Composite

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-03-01

    estimation algorithms and constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 4.27 Biaxial (tension-torsion) load spreadsheet with independent axial load and torsion...through the composite and provides the main load - bearing capability. The interaction of the two (or more) phases takes place in the interface. The...transfer loads between fibers[15]. The fiber-to-fiber load transfer mechanism provided by the matrix plays a major role in the load - bearing properties of the

  15. A probabilistic model of a porous heat exchanger

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Agrawal, O. P.; Lin, X. A.

    1995-01-01

    This paper presents a probabilistic one-dimensional finite element model for heat transfer processes in porous heat exchangers. The Galerkin approach is used to develop the finite element matrices. Some of the submatrices are asymmetric due to the presence of the flow term. The Neumann expansion is used to write the temperature distribution as a series of random variables, and the expectation operator is applied to obtain the mean and deviation statistics. To demonstrate the feasibility of the formulation, a one-dimensional model of heat transfer phenomenon in superfluid flow through a porous media is considered. Results of this formulation agree well with the Monte-Carlo simulations and the analytical solutions. Although the numerical experiments are confined to parametric random variables, a formulation is presented to account for the random spatial variations.

  16. Diagonalizing controller for a superconducting six-axis accelerometer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bachrach, B.; Canavan, E. R.; Levine, W. S.

    A relatively simple MIMO (multiple input, multiple output) controller which converts an instrument with a nondiagonally dominant transfer function matrix into a strongly diagonally dominant device is developed. The instrument, which uses inductance bridges to sense the position of a magnetically levitated superconducting mass, has very lightly damped resonances and fairly strong cross coupling. By taking advantage of the particular structure of the instrument's transfer function matrix, it is possible to develop a relatively simple controller which achieves the desired decoupling. This controller consists of two parts. The first part cancels the nondiagonal terms of the open-loop transfer function matrix, while the second part is simply a set of SISO (single input, single output) controllers. The stability of the closed-loop system is studied using Rosenbrock's INA (inverse Nyguist array) technique, which produces a simple set of conditions guaranteeing stability. Simulation of the closed-loop system indicates that it should easily achieve its performance goals.

  17. Multiscale strain analysis of tissue equivalents using a custom-designed biaxial testing device.

    PubMed

    Bell, B J; Nauman, E; Voytik-Harbin, S L

    2012-03-21

    Mechanical signals transferred between a cell and its extracellular matrix play an important role in regulating fundamental cell behavior. To further define the complex mechanical interactions between cells and matrix from a multiscale perspective, a biaxial testing device was designed and built. Finite element analysis was used to optimize the cruciform specimen geometry so that stresses within the central region were concentrated and homogenous while minimizing shear and grip effects. This system was used to apply an equibiaxial loading and unloading regimen to fibroblast-seeded tissue equivalents. Digital image correlation and spot tracking were used to calculate three-dimensional strains and associated strain transfer ratios at macro (construct), meso, matrix (collagen fibril), cell (mitochondria), and nuclear levels. At meso and matrix levels, strains in the 1- and 2-direction were statistically similar throughout the loading-unloading cycle. Interestingly, a significant amplification of cellular and nuclear strains was observed in the direction perpendicular to the cell axis. Findings indicate that strain transfer is dependent upon local anisotropies generated by the cell-matrix force balance. Such multiscale approaches to tissue mechanics will assist in advancement of modern biomechanical theories as well as development and optimization of preconditioning regimens for functional engineered tissue constructs. Copyright © 2012 Biophysical Society. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  18. Theory of biaxial graded-index optical fiber. M.S. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kawalko, Stephen F.

    1990-01-01

    A biaxial graded-index fiber with a homogeneous cladding is studied. Two methods, wave equation and matrix differential equation, of formulating the problem and their respective solutions are discussed. For the wave equation formulation of the problem it is shown that for the case of a diagonal permittivity tensor the longitudinal electric and magnetic fields satisfy a pair of coupled second-order differential equations. Also, a generalized dispersion relation is derived in terms of the solutions for the longitudinal electric and magnetic fields. For the case of a step-index fiber, either isotropic or uniaxial, these differential equations can be solved exactly in terms of Bessel functions. For the cases of an istropic graded-index and a uniaxial graded-index fiber, a solution using the Wentzel, Krammers and Brillouin (WKB) approximation technique is shown. Results for some particular permittivity profiles are presented. Also the WKB solutions is compared with the vector solution found by Kurtz and Streifer. For the matrix formulation it is shown that the tangential components of the electric and magnetic fields satisfy a system of four first-order differential equations which can be conveniently written in matrix form. For the special case of meridional modes, the system of equations splits into two systems of two equations. A general iterative technique, asymptotic partitioning of systems of equations, for solving systems of differential equations is presented. As a simple example, Bessel's differential equation is written in matrix form and is solved using this asymptotic technique. Low order solutions for particular examples of a biaxial and uniaxial graded-index fiber are presented. Finally numerical results obtained using the asymptotic technique are presented for particular examples of isotropic and uniaxial step-index fibers and isotropic, uniaxial and biaxial graded-index fibers.

  19. Solid dispersions of the penta-ethyl ester prodrug of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA): Formulation design and optimization studies

    PubMed Central

    Yang, Yu-Tsai; Di Pasqua, Anthony J.; Zhang, Yong; Sueda, Katsuhiko; Jay, Michael

    2015-01-01

    The penta-ethyl ester prodrug of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), which exists as an oily liquid, was incorporated into a solid dispersion for oral administration by the solvent evaporation method using blends of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), Eudragit® RL PO and α-tocopherol. D-optimal mixture design was used to optimize the formulation. Formulations that had a high concentration of both Eudragit® RL PO and α-tocopherol exhibited low water absorption and enhanced stability of the DTPA prodrug. Physicochemical properties of the optimal formulation were evaluated using Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy and differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). In vitro release of the prodrug was evaluated using the USP Type II apparatus dissolution method. DSC studies indicated that the matrix had an amorphous structure, while FTIR spectrometry showed that DTPA penta-ethyl ester and excipients did not react with each other during formation of the solid dispersion.. Dissolution testing showed that the optimized solid dispersion exhibited a prolonged release profile, which could potentially result in a sustained delivery of DTPA penta-ethyl to enhance bioavailability. In conclusion, DTPA penta-ethyl ester was successfully incorporated into a solid matrix with high drug loading and improved stability compared to prodrug alone. PMID:24047113

  20. Development of performance matrix for generic product equivalence of acyclovir topical creams.

    PubMed

    Krishnaiah, Yellela S R; Xu, Xiaoming; Rahman, Ziyaur; Yang, Yang; Katragadda, Usha; Lionberger, Robert; Peters, John R; Uhl, Kathleen; Khan, Mansoor A

    2014-11-20

    The effect of process variability on physicochemical characteristics and in vitro performance of qualitatively (Q1) and quantitatively (Q2) equivalent generic acyclovir topical dermatological creams was investigated to develop a matrix of standards for determining their in vitro bioequivalence with reference listed drug (RLD) product (Zovirax®). A fractional factorial design of experiment (DOE) with triplicate center point was used to create 11 acyclovir cream formulations with manufacturing variables such as pH of aqueous phase, emulsification time, homogenization speed, and emulsification temperature. Three more formulations (F-12-F-14) with drug particle size representing RLD were also prepared where the pH of the final product was adjusted. The formulations were subjected to physicochemical characterization (drug particle size, spreadability, viscosity, pH, and drug concentration in aqueous phase) and in vitro drug release studies against RLD. The results demonstrated that DOE formulations were structurally and functionally (e.g., drug release) similar (Q3) to RLD. Moreover, in vitro drug permeation studies showed that extent of drug bioavailability/retention in human epidermis from F-12-F-14 were similar to RLD, although differed in rate of permeation. The results suggested generic acyclovir creams can be manufactured to obtain identical performance as that of RLD with Q1/Q2/Q3. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  1. Disintegration of nano-embedded microparticles after deposition on mucus: A mechanistic study.

    PubMed

    Ruge, Christian A; Bohr, Adam; Beck-Broichsitter, Moritz; Nicolas, Valérie; Tsapis, Nicolas; Fattal, Elias

    2016-03-01

    The conversion of colloidal drug carriers/polymeric nanoparticles into dry microparticulate powders (e.g., by spray-drying) is a prominent approach to overcome the aerodynamic limitations of these formulations for delivery via inhalation. However, to what extent such nano-embedded microparticles disintegrate into individual/intact nanoparticles after contacting relevant physiological media has so far not been addressed. Polymeric nanoparticles were spray-dried into nano-embedded microparticles (NEMs) using different amounts of trehalose as embedding matrix excipient. Formulations were characterized and then evaluated for their disintegration behavior after aerosolization onto model mucus. Although a rapid and complete aqueous redispersion was observed for specific excipient/nanoparticle weight ratios (i.e., greater than 1/1), the same formulations revealed no disintegration after deposition onto a static mucus layer. Double-labeled NEMs powders (i.e., dual color staining of polymeric nanoparticles and trehalose) demonstrated rapid matrix dissolution, while the nanoparticle aggregates persisted. When deposited onto agitated mucus, however, sufficient disintegration of NEMs into individual polymeric nanoparticles was observed. These findings indicate that mechanical forces are necessary to overcome the attraction between individual nanoparticles found within the NEMs. Thus, it remains questionable whether the lung mechanics (e.g., breathing, mucociliary clearance) acting on these formulations will contribute to the overall disintegration process. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Optimization of primaquine diphosphate tablet formulation for controlled drug release using the mixture experimental design.

    PubMed

    Duque, Marcelo Dutra; Kreidel, Rogério Nepomuceno; Taqueda, Maria Elena Santos; Baby, André Rolim; Kaneko, Telma Mary; Velasco, Maria Valéria Robles; Consiglieri, Vladi Olga

    2013-01-01

    A tablet formulation based on hydrophilic matrix with a controlled drug release was developed, and the effect of polymer concentrations on the release of primaquine diphosphate was evaluated. To achieve this purpose, a 20-run, four-factor with multiple constraints on the proportions of the components was employed to obtain tablet compositions. Drug release was determined by an in vitro dissolution study in phosphate buffer solution at pH 6.8. The polynomial fitted functions described the behavior of the mixture on simplex coordinate systems to study the effects of each factor (polymer) on tablet characteristics. Based on the response surface methodology, a tablet composition was optimized with the purpose of obtaining a primaquine diphosphate release closer to a zero order kinetic. This formulation released 85.22% of the drug for 8 h and its kinetic was studied regarding to Korsmeyer-Peppas model, (Adj-R(2) = 0.99295) which has confirmed that both diffusion and erosion were related to the mechanism of the drug release. The data from the optimized formulation were very close to the predictions from statistical analysis, demonstrating that mixture experimental design could be used to optimize primaquine diphosphate dissolution from hidroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyethylene glycol matrix tablets.

  3. Compatibility study of a parenteral microdose polyethylene glycol formulation in medical devices and identification of degradation impurity by 2D-LC/MS.

    PubMed

    Dai, Lulu; Yeh, Geoffrey K; Ran, Yingqing; Yehl, Peter; Zhang, Kelly

    2017-04-15

    Polyethylene glycol (PEG) based formulation and polyvinylchloride (PVC) tubing are frequently used for drug delivery and administration. The compatibility of a parenteral drug microdose formulation in intravenous infusion (IV) devices was studied to support the clinical determination of absolute bioavailability by the microdosing method. The investigational microdose formulation containing PEG was found prone to significant loss of potency within hours of storage in the PVC IV tubing due to degradation. Degradation occurred only when both PEG and PVC tubing were present. The degradation product could not be detected by LC/MS due to the significant interference from the high concentration of PEG (4%) matrix and the extremely low level of drug (0.6ppm). To obtain structural information of the degradation impurity and understand the cause of the degradation, a simple heart-cutting 2D-LC/MS approach was utilized to effectively separate the impurity from the complex PEG oligomers and overcome the matrix interference, enabling mass spectrometric analysis of the impurity. An oxidation- dominated mechanism was proposed in which the combination of PEG auto-oxidation and dehydrochlorination of the PVC tubing yielded an oxidative environment that enhanced radical propagation and accelerated degradation of the investigational parent drug. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Brown, Geoffrey Wayne; Leonard, Philip; Hartline, Ernest Leon

    High Explosives Science and Technology (M-7) completed all required formulation and testing of Remediated Nitrate Salt (RNS) surrogates on April 27, 2016 as specified in PLAN-TA9-2443 Rev B, "Remediated Nitrate Salt (RNS) Surrogate Formulation and Testing Standard Procedure", released February 16, 2016. This report summarizes the results of the work and also includes additional documentation required in that test plan. All formulation and testing was carried out according to PLAN-TA9-2443 Rev B. The work was carried out in three rounds, with the full matrix of samples formulated and tested in each round. Results from the first round of formulation andmore » testing were documented in memorandum M7-J6-6042, " Results from First Round of Remediated Nitrate Salt Surrogate Formulation and Testing." Results from the second round of formulation and testing were documented in M7-16-6053 , "Results from the Second Round of Remediated Nitrate Salt Surrogate Formulation and Testing." Initial results from the third round were documented in M7-16-6057, "Initial Results from the Third Round of Remediated Nitrate Salt Formulation and Testing."« less

  5. The Vaccine Formulation Laboratory: a platform for access to adjuvants.

    PubMed

    Collin, Nicolas; Dubois, Patrice M

    2011-07-01

    Adjuvants are increasingly used by the vaccine research and development community, particularly for their ability to enhance immune responses and for their dose-sparing properties. However, they are not readily available to the majority of public sector vaccine research groups, and even those with access to suitable adjuvants may still fail in the development of their vaccines because of lack of knowledge on how to correctly formulate the adjuvants. This shortcoming led the World Health Organization to advocate for the establishment of the Vaccine Formulation Laboratory at the University of Lausanne, Switzerland. The primary mission of the laboratory is to transfer adjuvants and formulation technology free of intellectual property rights to academic institutions, small biotechnology companies and developing countries vaccine manufacturers. In this context, the transfer of an oil-in-water emulsion to Bio Farma, an Indonesian vaccine manufacturer, was initiated to increase domestic pandemic influenza vaccine production capacity as part of the national pandemic influenza preparedness plan. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  6. Enteric protection of naproxen in a fixed-dose combination product produced by hot-melt co-extrusion.

    PubMed

    Vynckier, A-K; De Beer, M; Monteyne, T; Voorspoels, J; De Beer, T; Remon, J P; Vervaet, C

    2015-08-01

    In this study hot-melt co-extrusion is used as processing technique to manufacture a fixed-dose combination product providing enteric protection to naproxen incorporated in the core and immediate release to esomeprazole magnesium embedded in the coat. The plasticizing effect of naproxen and triethyl citrate (TEC) was tested on the enteric polymers investigated (Eudragit(®) L100-55, HPMC-AS-LF and HPMCP-HP-50). Core matrix formulations containing HPMC-AS-LF, TEC and a naproxen load of 15, 30 and 50% were processed and characterized. The in vitro naproxen release in 0.1N HCl was prevented for 2h for all formulations. The physicochemical state of the drug in the extrudates was determined and a stability study was performed. Intermolecular interactions between naproxen and polymer were identified using attenuated total reflection Fourier-transform infrared (ATR FT-IR) spectroscopy. When esomeprazole magnesium was formulated in a polyethylene oxide 100K:polyethylene glycol 4K (1:1) matrix, separated from the naproxen-containing layer, the formulation could be easily processed and complete in vitro drug release was observed after 45 min. When co-extruding the core/coat dosage form it was observed that a third layer of polymer, separating the naproxen loaded enteric formulation in the core from the coat, is required to prevent degradation of the acid-labile esomeprazole magnesium at the core/coat interface. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Quantitative In Vitro Assessment of Liposome Stability and Drug Transfer Employing Asymmetrical Flow Field-Flow Fractionation (AF4).

    PubMed

    Holzschuh, Stephan; Kaeß, Kathrin; Fahr, Alfred; Decker, Christiane

    2016-04-01

    In the present study we introduce an efficient approach for a size-based separation of liposomes from plasma proteins employing AF4. We investigated vesicle stability and release behavior of the strongly lipophilic drug temoporfin from liposomes in human plasma for various incubation times at 37°C. We used the radioactive tracer cholesteryl oleyl ether (COE) or dipalmitoyl-phosphocholine (DPPC) as lipid markers and (14)C-labeled temoporfin. First, both lipid labels were examined for their suitability as liposome markers. Furthermore, the influence of plasma origin on liposome stability and drug transfer was investigated. The effect of membrane fluidity and PEGylation on vesicle stability and drug release characteristics was also analyzed. Surprisingly, we observed an enzymatic transfer of (3)H-COE to lipoproteins due to the cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP) in human plasma in dependence on membrane rigidity and were able to inhibit this transfer by plasma preincubation with the CETP inhibitor torcetrapib. This effect was not seen when liposomes were incubated in rat plasma. DPPC labels suffered from hydrolysis effects during preparation and/or storage. Fluid liposomes were less stable in human plasma than their PEGylated analogues or a rigid formulation. In contrast, the transfer of the incorporated drug to lipoproteins was higher for the rigid formulations. The observed effects render COE-labels questionable for in vivo studies using CEPT-rich species. Here, choline labelled (14)C-DPPC was found to be the most promising alternative. Bilayer composition has a high influence on stability and drug release of a liposomal formulation in human plasma.

  8. Data Reduction Algorithm Using Nonnegative Matrix Factorization with Nonlinear Constraints

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sembiring, Pasukat

    2017-12-01

    Processing ofdata with very large dimensions has been a hot topic in recent decades. Various techniques have been proposed in order to execute the desired information or structure. Non- Negative Matrix Factorization (NMF) based on non-negatives data has become one of the popular methods for shrinking dimensions. The main strength of this method is non-negative object, the object model by a combination of some basic non-negative parts, so as to provide a physical interpretation of the object construction. The NMF is a dimension reduction method thathasbeen used widely for numerous applications including computer vision,text mining, pattern recognitions,and bioinformatics. Mathematical formulation for NMF did not appear as a convex optimization problem and various types of algorithms have been proposed to solve the problem. The Framework of Alternative Nonnegative Least Square(ANLS) are the coordinates of the block formulation approaches that have been proven reliable theoretically and empirically efficient. This paper proposes a new algorithm to solve NMF problem based on the framework of ANLS.This algorithm inherits the convergenceproperty of the ANLS framework to nonlinear constraints NMF formulations.

  9. Quasi-degenerate perturbation theory using matrix product states

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sharma, Sandeep; Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    In this work, we generalize the recently proposed matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT) for calculating energies of excited states using quasi-degenerate (QD) perturbation theory. Our formulation uses the Kirtman-Certain-Hirschfelder canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory, which gives Hermitian effective Hamiltonians at each order, and also allows one to make use of Wigner's 2n + 1 rule. Further, our formulation satisfies Granovsky's requirement of model space invariance which is important for obtaining smooth potential energy curves. Thus, when we use MPSPT with the Dyall Hamiltonian, we obtain a model space invariant version of quasi-degenerate n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT), a property that the usual formulation of QD-NEVPT2 based on a multipartitioning technique lacked. We use our method on the benchmark problems of bond breaking of LiF which shows ionic to covalent curve crossing and the twist around the double bond of ethylene where significant valence-Rydberg mixing occurs in the excited states. In accordance with our previous work, we find that multi-reference linearized coupled cluster theory is more accurate than other multi-reference theories of similar cost.

  10. A comparison of Fick and Maxwell-Stefan diffusion formulations in PEMFC gas diffusion layers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lindstrom, Michael; Wetton, Brian

    2017-01-01

    This paper explores the mathematical formulations of Fick and Maxwell-Stefan diffusion in the context of polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell cathode gas diffusion layers. The simple Fick law with a diagonal diffusion matrix is an approximation of Maxwell-Stefan. Formulations of diffusion combined with mass-averaged Darcy flow are considered for three component gases. For this application, the formulations can be compared computationally in a simple, one dimensional setting. Despite the models' seemingly different structure, it is observed that the predictions of the formulations are very similar on the cathode when air is used as oxidant. The two formulations give quite different results when the Nitrogen in the air oxidant is replaced by helium (this is often done as a diagnostic for fuel cells designs). The two formulations also give quite different results for the anode with a dilute Hydrogen stream. These results give direction to when Maxwell-Stefan diffusion, which is more complicated to implement computationally in many codes, should be used in fuel cell simulations.

  11. Strong diffusion formulation of Markov chain ensembles and its optimal weaker reductions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Güler, Marifi

    2017-10-01

    Two self-contained diffusion formulations, in the form of coupled stochastic differential equations, are developed for the temporal evolution of state densities over an ensemble of Markov chains evolving independently under a common transition rate matrix. Our first formulation derives from Kurtz's strong approximation theorem of density-dependent Markov jump processes [Stoch. Process. Their Appl. 6, 223 (1978), 10.1016/0304-4149(78)90020-0] and, therefore, strongly converges with an error bound of the order of lnN /N for ensemble size N . The second formulation eliminates some fluctuation variables, and correspondingly some noise terms, within the governing equations of the strong formulation, with the objective of achieving a simpler analytic formulation and a faster computation algorithm when the transition rates are constant or slowly varying. There, the reduction of the structural complexity is optimal in the sense that the elimination of any given set of variables takes place with the lowest attainable increase in the error bound. The resultant formulations are supported by numerical simulations.

  12. Modeling of heat and mass transfer processes for the gap-lyophilization system using the mannitol-trehalose-NaCl formulation.

    PubMed

    Kuu, Wei Y; Doty, Mark J; Nisipeanu, Eugen; Rebbeck, Christine L; Cho, Yong K; Smit, Mark H

    2014-09-01

    Gap freezing (GF) is a new concept that was developed to reduce the primary drying time using an alternative freezing process. The purpose of this investigation was to determine the gap-tray heat transfer coefficient, Kgtr , and to investigate the effect of gap lyophilization on cycle reduction of a mannitol-trehalose-NaCl (MTN) formulation. The values of Kgtr were measured using the product temperature profiles in three different configurations: (1) shelf freezing followed by shelf drying (denoted as SF-SD), (2) GF followed by SD (denoted as GF-SD), and (3) GF followed by gap drying (denoted as GF-GD). For the lyophilization cycle using shelf drying (SF-SD), 80% of the heat transferred during primary drying was from the bottom shelf to the vial, versus 20% via radiation from the top shelf. For the lyophilization cycle using gap drying (GF-GD), only 37% of the heat transferred during primary drying was from the bottom shelf to the vial versus 63% via radiation from the top shelf. Furthermore, GF in conjunction with annealing significantly reduces the dry layer resistance of the MTN formulation, which is the opposite of what was observed with a conventional freezing cycle. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

  13. Nuclear waste storage container with metal matrix

    DOEpatents

    Sump, Kenneth R.

    1978-01-01

    The invention relates to a storage container for high-level waste having a metal matrix for the high-level waste, thereby providing greater impact strength for the waste container and increasing heat transfer properties.

  14. Diagonalization of transfer matrix of supersymmetry U{sub q}(sl-caret(M+1|N+1)) chain with a boundary

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kojima, Takeo

    2013-04-15

    We study the supersymmetry U{sub q}(sl-caret(M+1|N+1)) analogue of the supersymmetric t-J model with a boundary. Our approach is based on the algebraic analysis method of solvable lattice models. We diagonalize the commuting transfer matrix by using the bosonizations of the vertex operators associated with the quantum affine supersymmetry U{sub q}(sl-caret(M+1|N+1)).

  15. Electronic coupling between Watson-Crick pairs for hole transfer and transport in desoxyribonucleic acid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Voityuk, Alexander A.; Jortner, Joshua; Bixon, M.; Rösch, Notker

    2001-04-01

    Electronic matrix elements for hole transfer between Watson-Crick pairs in desoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) of regular structure, calculated at the Hartree-Fock level, are compared with the corresponding intrastrand and interstrand matrix elements estimated for models comprised of just two nucleobases. The hole transfer matrix element of the GAG trimer duplex is calculated to be larger than that of the GTG duplex. "Through-space" interaction between two guanines in the trimer duplexes is comparable with the coupling through an intervening Watson-Crick pair. The gross features of bridge specificity and directional asymmetry of the electronic matrix elements for hole transfer between purine nucleobases in superstructures of dimer and trimer duplexes have been discussed on the basis of the quantum chemical calculations. These results have also been analyzed with a semiempirical superexchange model for the electronic coupling in DNA duplexes of donor (nuclobases)-acceptor, which incorporates adjacent base-base electronic couplings and empirical energy gaps corrected for solvation effects; this perturbation-theory-based model interpretation allows a theoretical evaluation of experimental observables, i.e., the absolute values of donor-acceptor electronic couplings, their distance dependence, and the reduction factors for the intrastrand hole hopping or trapping rates upon increasing the size of the nucleobases bridge. The quantum chemical results point towards some limitations of the perturbation-theory-based modeling.

  16. Implementation of an Associative Flow Rule Including Hydrostatic Stress Effects Into the High Strain Rate Deformation Analysis of Polymer Matrix Composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldberg, Robert K.; Roberts, Gary D.; Gilat, Amos

    2003-01-01

    A previously developed analytical formulation has been modified in order to more accurately account for the effects of hydrostatic stresses on the nonlinear, strain rate dependent deformation of polymer matrix composites. State variable constitutive equations originally developed for metals have been modified in order to model the nonlinear, strain rate dependent deformation of polymeric materials. To account for the effects of hydrostatic stresses, which are significant in polymers, the classical J2 plasticity theory definitions of effective stress and effective inelastic strain, along with the equations used to compute the components of the inelastic strain rate tensor, are appropriately modified. To verify the revised formulation, the shear and tensile deformation of two representative polymers are computed across a wide range of strain rates. Results computed using the developed constitutive equations correlate well with experimental data. The polymer constitutive equations are implemented within a strength of materials based micromechanics method to predict the nonlinear, strain rate dependent deformation of polymer matrix composites. The composite mechanics are verified by analyzing the deformation of a representative polymer matrix composite for several fiber orientation angles across a variety of strain rates. The computed values compare well to experimentally obtained results.

  17. Predictability of drug release from water-insoluble polymeric matrix tablets.

    PubMed

    Grund, Julia; Körber, Martin; Bodmeier, Roland

    2013-11-01

    The purpose of this study was to extend the predictability of an established solution of Fick's second law of diffusion with formulation-relevant parameters and including percolation theory. Kollidon SR (polyvinyl acetate/polyvinylpyrrolidone, 80/20 w/w) matrix tablets with various porosities (10-30% v/v) containing model drugs with different solubilities (Cs=10-170 mg/ml) and in different amounts (A=10-90% w/w) were prepared by direct compression and characterized by drug release and mass loss studies. Drug release was fitted to Fick's second law to obtain the apparent diffusion coefficient. Its changes were correlated with the total porosity of the matrix and the solubility of the drug. The apparent diffusion coefficient was best described by a cumulative normal distribution over the range of total porosities. The mean of the distribution coincided with the polymer percolation threshold, and the minimum and maximum of the distribution were represented by the diffusion coefficient in pore-free polymer and in aqueous medium, respectively. The derived model was verified, and the applicability further extended to a drug solubility range of 10-1000 mg/ml. The developed mathematical model accurately describes and predicts drug release from Kollidon SR matrix tablets. It can efficiently reduce experimental trials during formulation development. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Contaminant sequestration in karstic aquifers: Experiments and quantification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Guangquan; Loper, David E.; Kung, Robin

    2008-02-01

    A karstic aquifer typically has significant secondary porosity consisting of an interconnected system of caves or conduits. Conduit-borne contaminants can enter the contiguous limestone matrix, remain inside for a longer time than in the conduit, and subsequently be flushed out. This retention or sequestration can significantly influence the fate of contaminants within the aquifer and alter the shape of the breakthrough curve. The mechanisms involved in sequestration have been identified and quantified by analysis of the breakthrough curves generated by a set of laboratory experiments in which a conduit, porous limestone matrix, and conservative contaminant were simulated by a porous-walled pipe, chamber of closely packed glass beads, and salt, respectively. Experiments were conducted with both active and passive transfer of water between conduit and matrix, simulating differing hydrogeologic regimes. In active transfer the primary control parameter is the volume of water transferred; sequestration is primarily due to advection with the effects of diffusion and dispersion being minimal. In passive transfer the control parameters are the conduit Reynolds number and the duration that contaminant resides in the conduit; sequestration is caused by the combined effects of the conduit pressure drop, pressure variation due to bedform, and diffusion. Active and passive transfer can be unified by analyzing the ratio of the scale of pressure variation to the conduit length. In accordance with the resolved mechanisms a variety of models have been constructed to recover solute distributions in the matrix and to regenerate breakthrough curves. These analyses and models provide a potential approach to investigate contaminant migration in karstic aquifers.

  19. Regenerator filled with a matrix of polycrystalline iron whiskers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eder, F. X.; Appel, H.

    1982-08-01

    In thermal regenerators, parameters were optimized: convection coefficient, surface of heat accumulating matrix, matrix density and heat capacity, and frequency of cycle inversions. The variation of heat capacity with working temperature was also computed. Polycrystalline iron whiskers prove a good compromise as matrix for heat regenerators at working temperatures ranging from 300 to 80 K. They were compared with wire mesh screens and microspheres of bronze and stainless steel. For theses structures and materials, thermal conductivity, pressure drop, heat transfer and yield were calculated and related to the experimental values. As transport heat gas, helium, argon, and dry nitrogen were applied at pressures up to 20 bar. Experimental and theoretical studies result in a set of formulas for calculating pressure drop, heat capacity, and heat transfer rate for a given thermal regenerator in function of mass flow. It is proved that a whisker matrix has an efficiency that depends strongly on gas pressure and composition. Iron whiskers make a good matrix with heat capacities of kW/cu cm per K, but their relative high pressure drop may, at low pressures, be a limitation. A regenerator expansion machine is described.

  20. Adaptive Same Frequency Repeater (SFR) Study

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-03-01

    Formulation 13 (2) Evaluation of the Steady State Weights!.’.’.’!.*!!."!! 21 (3) Evaluation of the Composite Transfer Function.... 2^ (4) Simplified...well as possible the amplitude and phase of the composite coupling path. Because the coupling paths have frequency-dependent transfer functions...34), (35) and the notch filter and channel transfer .’unctions (3fi) and (39). The composite transfer function Hc(f ’ ^’.f) is then found and

  1. Modeling Biophysical and Biological Properties From the Characteristics of the Molecular Electron Density, Electron Localization and Delocalization Matrices, and the Electrostatic Potential

    PubMed Central

    Matta*, Chérif F

    2014-01-01

    The electron density and the electrostatic potential are fundamentally related to the molecular hamiltonian, and hence are the ultimate source of all properties in the ground- and excited-states. The advantages of using molecular descriptors derived from these fundamental scalar fields, both accessible from theory and from experiment, in the formulation of quantitative structure-to-activity and structure-to-property relationships, collectively abbreviated as QSAR, are discussed. A few such descriptors encode for a wide variety of properties including, for example, electronic transition energies, pKa's, rates of ester hydrolysis, NMR chemical shifts, DNA dimers binding energies, π-stacking energies, toxicological indices, cytotoxicities, hepatotoxicities, carcinogenicities, partial molar volumes, partition coefficients (log P), hydrogen bond donor capacities, enzyme–substrate complementarities, bioisosterism, and regularities in the genetic code. Electronic fingerprinting from the topological analysis of the electron density is shown to be comparable and possibly superior to Hammett constants and can be used in conjunction with traditional bulk and liposolubility descriptors to accurately predict biological activities. A new class of descriptors obtained from the quantum theory of atoms in molecules' (QTAIM) localization and delocalization indices and bond properties, cast in matrix format, is shown to quantify transferability and molecular similarity meaningfully. Properties such as “interacting quantum atoms (IQA)” energies which are expressible into an interaction matrix of two body terms (and diagonal one body “self” terms, as IQA energies) can be used in the same manner. The proposed QSAR-type studies based on similarity distances derived from such matrix representatives of molecular structure necessitate extensive investigation before their utility is unequivocally established. © 2014 The Author and the Journal of Computational Chemistry Published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. PMID:24777743

  2. Coupled BE/FE/BE approach for scattering from fluid-filled structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Everstine, Gordon C.; Cheng, Raymond S.

    1990-01-01

    NASHUA is a coupled finite element/boundary element capability built around NASTRAN for calculating the low frequency far-field acoustic pressure field radiated or scattered by an arbitrary, submerged, three-dimensional, elastic structure subjected to either internal time-harmonic mechanical loads or external time-harmonic incident loadings. Described here are the formulation and use of NASHUA for solving such structural acoustics problems when the structure is fluid-filled. NASTRAN is used to generate the structural finite element model and to perform most of the required matrix operations. Both fluid domains are modeled using the boundary element capability in NASHUA, whose matrix formulation (and the associated NASTRAN DMAP) for evacuated structures can be used with suitable interpretation of the matrix definitions. After computing surface pressures and normal velocities, far-field pressures are evaluated using an asymptotic form of the Helmholtz exterior integral equation. The proposed numerical approach is validated by comparing the acoustic field scattered from a submerged fluid-filled spherical thin shell to that obtained with a series solution, which is also derived here.

  3. Efficient Computation of Closed-loop Frequency Response for Large Order Flexible Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Maghami, Peiman G.; Giesy, Daniel P.

    1997-01-01

    An efficient and robust computational scheme is given for the calculation of the frequency response function of a large order, flexible system implemented with a linear, time invariant control system. Advantage is taken of the highly structured sparsity of the system matrix of the plant based on a model of the structure using normal mode coordinates. The computational time per frequency point of the new computational scheme is a linear function of system size, a significant improvement over traditional, full-matrix techniques whose computational times per frequency point range from quadratic to cubic functions of system size. This permits the practical frequency domain analysis of systems of much larger order than by traditional, full-matrix techniques. Formulations are given for both open and closed loop loop systems. Numerical examples are presented showing the advantages of the present formulation over traditional approaches, both in speed and in accuracy. Using a model with 703 structural modes, a speed-up of almost two orders of magnitude was observed while accuracy improved by up to 5 decimal places.

  4. An Improved TA-SVM Method Without Matrix Inversion and Its Fast Implementation for Nonstationary Datasets.

    PubMed

    Shi, Yingzhong; Chung, Fu-Lai; Wang, Shitong

    2015-09-01

    Recently, a time-adaptive support vector machine (TA-SVM) is proposed for handling nonstationary datasets. While attractive performance has been reported and the new classifier is distinctive in simultaneously solving several SVM subclassifiers locally and globally by using an elegant SVM formulation in an alternative kernel space, the coupling of subclassifiers brings in the computation of matrix inversion, thus resulting to suffer from high computational burden in large nonstationary dataset applications. To overcome this shortcoming, an improved TA-SVM (ITA-SVM) is proposed using a common vector shared by all the SVM subclassifiers involved. ITA-SVM not only keeps an SVM formulation, but also avoids the computation of matrix inversion. Thus, we can realize its fast version, that is, improved time-adaptive core vector machine (ITA-CVM) for large nonstationary datasets by using the CVM technique. ITA-CVM has the merit of asymptotic linear time complexity for large nonstationary datasets as well as inherits the advantage of TA-SVM. The effectiveness of the proposed classifiers ITA-SVM and ITA-CVM is also experimentally confirmed.

  5. A novel pH-responsive interpolyelectrolyte hydrogel complex for the oral delivery of levodopa. Part II: characterization and formulation of an IPEC-based tablet matrix.

    PubMed

    Ngwuluka, Ndidi C; Choonara, Yahya E; Kumar, Pradeep; du Toit, Lisa C; Khan, Riaz A; Pillay, Viness

    2015-03-01

    This study was undertaken in order to apply a synthesized interpolyelectrolyte complex (IPEC) of polymethacrylate and carboxymethylcellulose as a controlled release oral tablet matrix for the delivery of the model neuroactive drug levodopa. The IPEC (synthesized in Part I of this work) was characterized by techniques such as Fourier Transform Infra-Red (FTIR) spectroscopy, Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC), Advanced DSC (ADSC), and Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM). The tablet matrices were formulated and characterized for their drug delivery properties and in vitro drug release. FTIR confirmed the interaction between the two polymers. The IPEC composite generated tablet matrices with a hardness ranging from 19.152-27.590 N/mm and a matrix resilience ranging between 42 and 46%. An IPEC of polymethacrylate and carboxymethylcellulose was indeed an improvement on the inherent properties of the native polymers providing a biomaterial with the ability to release poorly soluble drugs such as levodopa at a constant rate over a prolonged period of time. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  6. Reduced-Density-Matrix Description of Decoherence and Relaxation Processes for Electron-Spin Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jacobs, Verne

    2017-04-01

    Electron-spin systems are investigated using a reduced-density-matrix description. Applications of interest include trapped atomic systems in optical lattices, semiconductor quantum dots, and vacancy defect centers in solids. Complimentary time-domain (equation-of-motion) and frequency-domain (resolvent-operator) formulations are self-consistently developed. The general non-perturbative and non-Markovian formulations provide a fundamental framework for systematic evaluations of corrections to the standard Born (lowest-order-perturbation) and Markov (short-memory-time) approximations. Particular attention is given to decoherence and relaxation processes, as well as spectral-line broadening phenomena, that are induced by interactions with photons, phonons, nuclear spins, and external electric and magnetic fields. These processes are treated either as coherent interactions or as environmental interactions. The environmental interactions are incorporated by means of the general expressions derived for the time-domain and frequency-domain Liouville-space self-energy operators, for which the tetradic-matrix elements are explicitly evaluated in the diagonal-resolvent, lowest-order, and Markov (short-memory time) approximations. Work supported by the Office of Naval Research through the Basic Research Program at The Naval Research Laboratory.

  7. Fibrin matrices: The versatile therapeutic delivery systems.

    PubMed

    Ahmad, Ejaj; Fatima, Munazza Tamkeen; Hoque, Mehboob; Owais, Mohammad; Saleemuddin, Mohammed

    2015-11-01

    Fibrin sealants, that have been employed for over a century by surgeons to stop post surgery bleeding, are finding novel applications in the controlled delivery of antibiotics and several other therapeutics. Fibrinogen can be easily purified from blood plasma and converted by thrombolysis to fibrin that undergoes spontaneous aggregation to form insoluble clot. During the gelling, fibrin can be formulated into films, clots, threads, microbeads, nanoconstructs and nanoparticles. Whole plasma clots in the form of beads and microparticles can also be prepared by activating endogenous thrombin, for possible drug delivery. Fibrin formulations offer remarkable scope for controlling the porosity as well as in vivo degradability and hence the release of the associated therapeutics. Binding/covalent-linking of therapeutics to the fibrin matrix, crosslinking of the matrix with bifunctional reagents and coentrapment of protease inhibitors have been successful in regulating both in vitro and in vivo release of the therapeutics. The release rates can also be remarkably lowered by preentrapment of therapeutics in insoluble particles like liposomes or by anchoring them to the matrix via molecules that bind them as well as fibrin. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. {ital R}-matrix theory, formal Casimirs and the periodic Toda lattice

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Morosi, C.; Pizzocchero, L.

    The nonunitary {ital r}-matrix theory and the associated bi- and triHamiltonian schemes are considered. The language of Poisson pencils and of their formal Casimirs is applied in this framework to characterize the biHamiltonian chains of integrals of motion, pointing out the role of the Schur polynomials in these constructions. This formalism is subsequently applied to the periodic Toda lattice. Some different algebraic settings and Lax formulations proposed in the literature for this system are analyzed in detail, and their full equivalence is exploited. In particular, the equivalence between the loop algebra approach and the method of differential-difference operators is illustrated;more » moreover, two alternative Lax formulations are considered, and appropriate reduction algorithms are found in both cases, allowing us to derive the multiHamiltonian formalism from {ital r}-matrix theory. The systems of integrals for the periodic Toda lattice known after Flaschka and H{acute e}non, and their functional relations, are recovered through systematic application of the previously outlined schemes. {copyright} {ital 1996 American Institute of Physics.}« less

  9. Matrix of moments of the Legendre polynomials and its application to problems of electrostatics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Savchenko, A. O.

    2017-01-01

    In this work, properties of the matrix of moments of the Legendre polynomials are presented and proven. In particular, the explicit form of the elements of the matrix inverse to the matrix of moments is found and theorems of the linear combination and orthogonality are proven. On the basis of these properties, the total charge and the dipole moment of a conducting ball in a nonuniform electric field, the charge distribution over the surface of the conducting ball, its multipole moments, and the force acting on a conducting ball situated on the axis of a nonuniform axisymmetric electric field are determined. All assertions are formulated in theorems, the proofs of which are based on the properties of the matrix of moments of the Legendre polynomials.

  10. Steady State Transportation Cooling in Porous Media Under Local, Non-Thermal Equilibrium Fluid Flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rodriquez, Alvaro Che

    2002-01-01

    An analytical solution to the steady-state fluid temperature for 1-D (one dimensional) transpiration cooling has been derived. Transpiration cooling has potential use in the aerospace industry for protection against high heating environments for re-entry vehicles. Literature for analytical treatments of transpiration cooling has been largely confined to the assumption of thermal equilibrium between the porous matrix and fluid. In the present analysis, the fundamental fluid and matrix equations are coupled through a volumetric heat transfer coefficient and investigated in non-thermal equilibrium. The effects of varying the thermal conductivity of the solid matrix and the heat transfer coefficient are investigated. The results are also compared to existing experimental data.

  11. Addressable inverter matrix for process and device characterization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Buehler, M. G.; Sayah, H. R.

    1985-01-01

    The addressable inverter matrix consists of 222 inverters each accessible with the aid of a shift register. The structure has proven useful in characterizing the variability of inverter transfer curves and in diagnosing processing faults. For good 3-micron CMOS bulk inverters investigated, the percent standard deviation of the inverter threshold voltage was less than one percent and the inverter gain (the slope of the inverter transfer curve at the inverter threshold vltage) was less than 3 percent. The average noise margin for the inverters was near 2 volts for a power supply voltage of 5 volts. The specific faults studied included undersize pull-down transistor widths and various open contacts in the matrix.

  12. Addressable inverter matrix for process and device characterization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Buehler, M. G.; Sayah, H. R.

    1985-01-01

    The addressable inverter matrix consists of 222 inverters each accessible with the aid of a shift register. The structure has proven useful in characterizing the variability of inverter transfer curves and in diagnosing processing faults. For good 3-micron CMOS bulk inverters investigated in this study, the percent standard deviation of the inverter threshold voltage was less than one percent and the inverter gain (the slope of the inverter transfer curve at the inverter threshold voltage) was less than 3 percent. The average noise margin for the inverters was near 2 volts for a power supply voltage of 5 volts. The specific faults studied included undersize pull-down transistor widths and various open contacts in the matrix.

  13. An examination of three methods of psychodynamic formulation based on the same videotaped interview.

    PubMed

    Perry, J C; Luborsky, L; Silberschatz, G; Popp, C

    1989-08-01

    While psychodynamic theory and therapy are approaching their centennial, the science of psychodynamics is still in an earlier developmental stage. Any scientific field generates the most controversy and excitement when it is still developing. For psychodynamic psychology this means that its basic units of observation as well as its rules for justifying clinical inference in formulating and testing dynamic hypotheses require more development. In short, we are still evaluating different methods for both discovering and validating psychodynamic propositions. This is especially true for central features of dynamic psychology, including intrapsychic conflict, relationships, and transference patterns. This report compares three different methods for making a dynamic case formulation: 1) the Core Conflictual Relationship Theme (CCRT) of Luborsky (Crits-Christoph and Luborsky 1985a,b; Luborsky 1976, 1977, 1984, and companion paper in this issue; Levine and Luborsky 1981), 2) the Plan Diagnosis (PD) method of Silberschatz, Curtis and colleagues of the Mount Zion group (Caston 1986; Curtis and Silberschatz 1986; Rosenberg et al. 1986; Curtis et al. 1988) and, 3) the Idiographic Conflict Formulation (ICF) of Perry and Cooper (1985, 1986, and companion paper in this issue). Each has a slightly different focus. The CCRT focuses on relationship patterns as the central feature of individual dynamics and transference in or out of the treatment situation. The Plan Diagnosis focuses on dynamic features related to transference, resistance and insight in therapy. The Idiographic Conflict Formulation focuses on stress and internal conflict, and the individual's adaptation to them in or out of treatment.

  14. In vitro evaluation of mucoadhesive vaginal tablets of antifungal drugs prepared with thiolated polymer and development of a new dissolution technique for vaginal formulations.

    PubMed

    Baloglu, Esra; Ay Senyıgıt, Zeynep; Karavana, Sinem Yaprak; Vetter, Anja; Metın, Dilek Yesim; Hilmioglu Polat, Suleyha; Guneri, Tamer; Bernkop-Schnurch, Andreas

    2011-01-01

    The main objective of this work was to develop antifungal matrix tablet for vaginal applications using mucoadhesive thiolated polymer. Econazole nitrate (EN) and miconazole nitrate (MN) were used as antifungal drugs to prepare the vaginal tablet formulations. Thiolated poly(acrylic acid)-cysteine (PAA-Cys) conjugate was synthesized by the covalent attachment of L-cysteine to PAA with the formation of amide bonds between the primary amino group of L-cysteine and the carboxylic acid group of the polymer. Vaginal mucoadhesive matrix tablets were prepared by direct compression technique. The investigation focused on the influence of modified polymer on water uptake behavior, mucoadhesive property and release rate of drug. Thiolated polymer increased the water uptake ratio and mucoadhesive property of the formulations. A new simple dissolution technique was developed to simulate the vaginal environment for the evaluation of release behavior of vaginal tablets. In this technique, daily production amount and rate of the vaginal fluid was used without any rotational movement. The drug release was found to be slower from PAA-Cys compared to that from PAA formulations. The similarity study results confirmed that the difference in particle size of EN and MN did not affect their release profile. The release process was described by plotting the fraction released drug versus time and n fitting data to the simple exponential model: M(t)/M(∞)=kt(n). The release kinetics were determined as Super Case II for all the formulations prepared with PAA or PAA-Cys. According to these results the mucoadhesive vaginal tablet formulations prepared with PAA-Cys represent good example for delivery systems which prolong the residence time of drugs at the vaginal mucosal surface.

  15. Water exchange and pressure transfer between conduits and matrix and their influence on hydrodynamics of two karst aquifers with sinking streams

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bailly-Comte, Vincent; Martin, Jonathan B.; Jourde, Hervé; Screaton, Elizabeth J.; Pistre, Séverin; Langston, Abigail

    2010-05-01

    SummaryKarst aquifers are heterogeneous media where conduits usually drain water from lower permeability volumes (matrix and fractures). For more than a century, various approaches have used flood recession curves, which integrate all hydrodynamic processes in a karst aquifer, to infer physical properties of the movement and storage of groundwater. These investigations typically only consider flow to the conduits and thus have lacked quantitative observations of how pressure transfer and water exchange between matrix and conduit during flooding could influence recession curves. We present analyses of simultaneous discharge and water level time series of two distinctly different karst systems, one with low porosity and permeability matrix rocks in southern France, and one with high porosity and permeability matrix rocks in north-central Florida (USA). We apply simple mathematical models of flood recession using time series representations of recharge, storage, and discharge processes in the karst aquifer. We show that karst spring hydrographs can be interpreted according to pressure transfer between two distinct components of the aquifer, conduit and matrix porosity, which induce two distinct responses at the spring. Water exchange between conduits and matrix porosity successively control the flow regime at the spring. This exchange is governed by hydraulic head differences between conduits and matrix, head gradients within conduits, and the contrast of permeability between conduits and matrix. These observations have consequences for physical interpretations of recession curves and modeling of karst spring flows, particularly for the relative magnitudes of base flow and quick flow from karst springs. Finally, these results suggest that similar analyses of recession curves can be applied to karst aquifers with distinct physical characteristics utilizing well and spring hydrograph data, but information must be known about the hydrodynamics and physical properties of the aquifer before the results can be correctly interpreted.

  16. Numerical marching techniques for fluid flows with heat transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hornbeck, R. W.

    1973-01-01

    The finite difference formulation and method of solution is presented for a wide variety of fluid flow problems with associated heat transfer. Only a few direct results from these formulations are given as examples, since the book is intended primarily to serve a discussion of the techniques and as a starting point for further investigations; however, the formulations are sufficiently complete that a workable computer program may be written from them. In the appendixes a number of topics are discussed which are of interest with respect to the finite difference equations presented. These include a very rapid method for solving certain sets of linear algebraic equations, a discussion of numerical stability, the inherent error in flow rate for confined flow problems, and a method for obtaining high accuracy with a relatively small number of mesh points.

  17. ESTIMATION OF THE RATE OF VOC EMISSIONS FROM SOLVENT-BASED INDOOR COATING MATERIALS BASED ON PRODUCT FORMULATION

    EPA Science Inventory

    Two computational methods are proposed for estimation of the emission rate of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from solvent-based indoor coating materials based on the knowledge of product formulation. The first method utilizes two previously developed mass transfer models with ...

  18. Limit analysis and homogenization of porous materials with Mohr-Coulomb matrix. Part I: Theoretical formulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anoukou, K.; Pastor, F.; Dufrenoy, P.; Kondo, D.

    2016-06-01

    The present two-part study aims at investigating the specific effects of Mohr-Coulomb matrix on the strength of ductile porous materials by using a kinematic limit analysis approach. While in the Part II, static and kinematic bounds are numerically derived and used for validation purpose, the present Part I focuses on the theoretical formulation of a macroscopic strength criterion for porous Mohr-Coulomb materials. To this end, we consider a hollow sphere model with a rigid perfectly plastic Mohr-Coulomb matrix, subjected to axisymmetric uniform strain rate boundary conditions. Taking advantage of an appropriate family of three-parameter trial velocity fields accounting for the specific plastic deformation mechanisms of the Mohr-Coulomb matrix, we then provide a solution of the constrained minimization problem required for the determination of the macroscopic dissipation function. The macroscopic strength criterion is then obtained by means of the Lagrangian method combined with Karush-Kuhn-Tucker conditions. After a careful analysis and discussion of the plastic admissibility condition associated to the Mohr-Coulomb criterion, the above procedure leads to a parametric closed-form expression of the macroscopic strength criterion. The latter explicitly shows a dependence on the three stress invariants. In the special case of a friction angle equal to zero, the established criterion reduced to recently available results for porous Tresca materials. Finally, both effects of matrix friction angle and porosity are briefly illustrated and, for completeness, the macroscopic plastic flow rule and the voids evolution law are fully furnished.

  19. Reactive transport in fractured porous media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adler, P.; Jasinski, L.; Thovert, J.-F.; Mourzenko, V. V.

    2012-04-01

    Reactive flow through geological formations occurs in many situations due to human intervention or during natural processes. For instance, chemical dissolution and precipitation play a major role in diagenesis or in the formation of karsts. The quantitative description of the injection of a reacting fluid from a well into a fractured porous medium is also a subject of high interest. It can be provoked, as in the acidization stimulation technique for increasing well productivity, or accidental, in CO2 sequestration. Ideally, one wishes to analyze the improvements or damages caused by the fluid to the well itself and to its immediate surroundings. To this end, a coupled system of equations has to be solved. It includes the description of the flow in the porous matrix and in the fracture network by Darcy-like equations, and the description of the reactive solute transport and of the reactions which occur in the two structures. In addition, constitutive equations are required for the evolution of these two structures, such as evolution laws for permeability and reactivity as functions of porosity. Our discrete fracture numerical model involves three major steps. First, an unstructured tetrahedral mesh of the fractures and of the porous matrix is built. Second, the Darcy equations are discretized and solved, in a finite volume formulation. Third, the evolution of the solute concentration has to be calculated. This is the most difficult point if one wants to avoid numerical diffusion and accurately describe the transfers between the fractures and the matrix. A non linear flux limiting scheme of the Superbee type coupled with a systematic use of triple control volumes proved to be the most efficient. Various simple model situations have been considered, for validation purposes or to illustrate some physical points. In particular, it is shown that even when the matrix permeability is small and the flow is predominantly carried by the fracture network, convective exchanges still exist between the fractures and the matrix which can widely exceed diffusive ones and strongly affect the solute transport and its residence time distribution. Finally, simulations of passive and reactive solute transport have been performed in large samples containing percolating or non percolating fracture networks. Various parameters have been systematically investigated, including the transmissivity of the fractures, the flow regime characterized by Péclet numbers in the fractures and in the matrix, and the Damköhler numbers of the reaction process in the matrix and fractures. The passive transport behavior and the effect of the gradual clogging of the fractures and/or matrix pore space in the case of a precipitation process are analyzed.

  20. Reactive flow in fractured porous media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jasinski, L.; Thovert, J.; Mourzenko, V.; Adler, P. M.

    2011-12-01

    Reactive flow through geological formations occurs in many situations due to human intervention or during natural processes. For instance, chemical dissolution and precipitation play a major role in diagenesis or in the formation of karsts. The quantitative description of the injection of a reacting fluid from a well into a fractured porous medium is also a subject of high interest. It can be provoked, as in the acidization stimulation technique for increasing well productivity, or accidental, in CO2 sequestration. Ideally, one wishes to analyze the improvements or damages caused by the fluid to the well itself and to its immediate surroundings. To this end, a coupled system of equations has to be solved. It includes the description of the flow in the porous matrix and in the fracture network by Darcy-like equations, and the description of the reactive solute transport and of the reactions which occur in the two structures. In addition, constitutive equations are required for the evolution of these two structures, such as evolution laws for permeability and reactivity as functions of porosity. Our discrete fracture numerical model involves three major steps. First, an unstructured tetrahedral mesh of the fractures and of the porous matrix is built. Second, the Darcy equations are discretized and solved, in a finite volume formulation. Third, the evolution of the solute concentration has to be calculated. This is the most difficult point if one wants to avoid numerical diffusion and accurately describe the transfers between the fractures and the matrix. A non linear flux limiting scheme of the Superbee type coupled with a systematic use of triple control volumes proved to be the most efficient. Various simple model situations have been considered, for validation purposes or to illustrate some physical points. In particular, it is shown that even when the matrix permeability is small and the flow is predominantly carried by the fracture network, convective exchanges still exist between the fractures and the matrix which can widely exceed diffusive ones and strongly affect the solute transport and its residence time distribution. Finally, simulations of passive and reactive solute transport have been performed in large samples containing percolating or non percolating fracture networks. Various parameters have been systematically investigated, including the transmissivity of the fractures, the flow regime characterized by Péclet numbers in the fractures and in the matrix, and the Damköhler numbers of the reaction process in the matrix and fractures. The passive transport behavior and the effect of the gradual clogging of the fractures and/or matrix pore space in the case of a precipitation process are analyzed.

  1. Heat resistant substrates and battery separators made therefrom

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Langer, Alois (Inventor); Scala, Luciano C. (Inventor); Ruffing, Charles R. (Inventor)

    1976-01-01

    A flexible substrate having a caustic resistant support and at least one membrane comprising a solid polymeric matrix containing a network of interconnected pores and interdispersed inorganic filler particles with a ratio of filler: polymer in the polymeric matrix of between about 1:1 to 5:1, is made by coating at least one side of the support with a filler:coating formulation mixture of inorganic filler particles and a caustic resistant, water insoluble polymer dissolved in an organic solvent, and removing the solvent from the mixture to provide a porous network within the polymeric matrix.

  2. Development of 3D electromagnetic modeling tools for airborne vehicles

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Volakis, John L.

    1992-01-01

    The main goal of this report is to advance the development of methodologies for scattering by airborne composite vehicles. Although the primary focus continues to be the development of a general purpose computer code for analyzing the entire structure as a single unit, a number of other tasks are also being pursued in parallel with this effort. One of these tasks discussed within is on new finite element formulations and mesh termination schemes. The goal here is to decrease computation time while retaining accuracy and geometric adaptability.The second task focuses on the application of wavelets to electromagnetics. Wavelet transformations are shown to be able to reduce a full matrix to a band matrix, thereby reducing the solutions memory requirements. Included within this document are two separate papers on finite element formulations and wavelets.

  3. Sunlight-induced self-healing of a microcapsule-type protective coating.

    PubMed

    Song, Young-Kyu; Jo, Ye-Hyun; Lim, Ye-Ji; Cho, Sung-Youl; Yu, Hwan-Chul; Ryu, Byung-Cheol; Lee, Sang-In; Chung, Chan-Moon

    2013-02-01

    Photopolymerization behavior of a methacryloxypropyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane (MAT-PDMS) healing agent was investigated in the presence of benzoin isobutyl ether (BIE) photoinitiator by Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) spectroscopy. MAT-PDMS and BIE were microencapsulated with urea-formaldehyde polymer. The surface and shell morphology of the microcapsules was investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Mean diameter and size distribution of the microcapsules could be controlled by agitation rate. A coating matrix formulation was prepared by sol-gel reaction of tetraethyl orthosilicate (TEOS) in the presence of a polysiloxane and by subsequent addition of an adhesion promoter. The formulation and microcapsules were mixed to give a self-healing coating formulation, which was then sprayed to surface of cellulose-fiber-reinforced-cement (CRC) board or mortar. Contact angle measurements showed that both the polymerized MAT-PDMS and the prepared coating matrix are hydrophobic, and the coating matrix has good wettability with MAT-PDMS. It was confirmed by optical microscopy and SEM that, when the self-healing coating is damaged, the healing agent is released from ruptured microcapsules and fills the damaged region. The self-healing coating was evaluated as protective coating for mortar, and it was demonstrated by water permeability and chloride ion penetration tests that our system has sunlight-induced self-healing capability. Our self-healing coating is the first example of capsule-type photoinduced self-healing system, and offers the advantages of catalyst-free, environmentally friendly, inexpensive, practical healing.

  4. Sharp Estimates in Ruelle Theorems for Matrix Transfer Operators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campbell, J.; Latushkin, Y.

    A matrix coefficient transfer operator , on the space of -sections of an m-dimensional vector bundle over n-dimensional compact manifold is considered. The spectral radius of is estimated bya; and the essential spectral radius by Here is the set of ergodic f-invariant measures, and for is the measure-theoretic entropy of f, is the largest Lyapunov exponent of the cocycle over f generated by , and is the smallest Lyapunov exponent of the differential of f.

  5. Evaluation of the applicability of the dual‐domain mass transfer model in porous media containing connected high‐conductivity channels

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Liu, Gaisheng; Zheng, Chunmiao; Gorelick, Steven M.

    2007-01-01

    This paper evaluates the dual‐domain mass transfer (DDMT) model to represent transport processes when small‐scale high‐conductivity (K) preferential flow paths (PFPs) are present in a homogenous porous media matrix. The effects of PFPs upon solute transport were examined through detailed numerical experiments involving different realizations of PFP networks, PFP/matrix conductivity contrasts varying from 10:1 to 200:1, different magnitudes of effective conductivities, and a range of molecular diffusion coefficients. Results suggest that the DDMT model can reproduce both the near‐source peak and the downstream low‐concentration spreading observed in the embedded dendritic network when there are large conductivity contrasts between high‐K PFPs and the low‐K matrix. The accuracy of the DDMT model is also affected by the geometry of PFP networks and by the relative significance of the diffusion process in the network‐matrix system.

  6. Radiative Transfer Model for Operational Retrieval of Cloud Parameters from DSCOVR-EPIC Measurements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Y.; Molina Garcia, V.; Doicu, A.; Loyola, D. G.

    2016-12-01

    The Earth Polychromatic Imaging Camera (EPIC) onboard the Deep Space Climate Observatory (DSCOVR) measures the radiance in the backscattering region. To make sure that all details in the backward glory are covered, a large number of streams is required by a standard radiative transfer model based on the discrete ordinates method. Even the use of the delta-M scaling and the TMS correction do not substantially reduce the number of streams. The aim of this work is to analyze the capability of a fast radiative transfer model to retrieve operationally cloud parameters from EPIC measurements. The radiative transfer model combines the discrete ordinates method with matrix exponential for the computation of radiances and the matrix operator method for the calculation of the reflection and transmission matrices. Standard acceleration techniques as, for instance, the use of the normalized right and left eigenvectors, telescoping technique, Pade approximation and successive-order-of-scattering approximation are implemented. In addition, the model may compute the reflection matrix of the cloud by means of the asymptotic theory, and may use the equivalent Lambertian cloud model. The various approximations are analyzed from the point of view of efficiency and accuracy.

  7. Linearized radiative transfer models for retrieval of cloud parameters from EPIC/DSCOVR measurements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Molina García, Víctor; Sasi, Sruthy; Efremenko, Dmitry S.; Doicu, Adrian; Loyola, Diego

    2018-07-01

    In this paper, we describe several linearized radiative transfer models which can be used for the retrieval of cloud parameters from EPIC (Earth Polychromatic Imaging Camera) measurements. The approaches under examination are (1) the linearized forward approach, represented in this paper by the linearized discrete ordinate and matrix operator methods with matrix exponential, and (2) the forward-adjoint approach based on the discrete ordinate method with matrix exponential. To enhance the performance of the radiative transfer computations, the correlated k-distribution method and the Principal Component Analysis (PCA) technique are used. We provide a compact description of the proposed methods, as well as a numerical analysis of their accuracy and efficiency when simulating EPIC measurements in the oxygen A-band channel at 764 nm. We found that the computation time of the forward-adjoint approach using the correlated k-distribution method in conjunction with PCA is approximately 13 s for simultaneously computing the derivatives with respect to cloud optical thickness and cloud top height.

  8. Time evolution of photon-pulse propagation in scattering and absorbing media: The dynamic radiative transfer system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Georgakopoulos, A.; Politopoulos, K.; Georgiou, E.

    2018-03-01

    A new dynamic-system approach to the problem of radiative transfer inside scattering and absorbing media is presented, directly based on first-hand physical principles. This method, the Dynamic Radiative Transfer System (DRTS), employs a dynamical system formality using a global sparse matrix, which characterizes the physical, optical and geometrical properties of the material-volume of interest. The new system state is generated by the above time-independent matrix, using simple matrix-vector multiplication for each subsequent time step. DRTS is capable of calculating accurately the time evolution of photon propagation in media of complex structure and shape. The flexibility of DRTS allows the integration of time-dependent sources, boundary conditions, different media and several optical phenomena like reflection and refraction in a unified and consistent way. Various examples of DRTS simulation results are presented for ultra-fast light pulse 3-D propagation, demonstrating greatly reduced computational cost and resource requirements compared to other methods.

  9. First-order transitions and thermodynamic properties in the 2D Blume-Capel model: the transfer-matrix method revisited

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jung, Moonjung; Kim, Dong-Hee

    2017-12-01

    We investigate the first-order transition in the spin-1 two-dimensional Blume-Capel model in square lattices by revisiting the transfer-matrix method. With large strip widths increased up to the size of 18 sites, we construct the detailed phase coexistence curve which shows excellent quantitative agreement with the recent advanced Monte Carlo results. In the deep first-order area, we observe the exponential system-size scaling of the spectral gap of the transfer matrix from which linearly increasing interfacial tension is deduced with decreasing temperature. We find that the first-order signature at low temperatures is strongly pronounced with much suppressed finite-size influence in the examined thermodynamic properties of entropy, non-zero spin population, and specific heat. It turns out that the jump at the transition becomes increasingly sharp as it goes deep into the first-order area, which is in contrast to the Wang-Landau results where finite-size smoothing gets more severe at lower temperatures.

  10. Real-Time Parameter Estimation Method Applied to a MIMO Process and its Comparison with an Offline Identification Method

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kaplanoglu, Erkan; Safak, Koray K.; Varol, H. Selcuk

    2009-01-12

    An experiment based method is proposed for parameter estimation of a class of linear multivariable systems. The method was applied to a pressure-level control process. Experimental time domain input/output data was utilized in a gray-box modeling approach. Prior knowledge of the form of the system transfer function matrix elements is assumed to be known. Continuous-time system transfer function matrix parameters were estimated in real-time by the least-squares method. Simulation results of experimentally determined system transfer function matrix compare very well with the experimental results. For comparison and as an alternative to the proposed real-time estimation method, we also implemented anmore » offline identification method using artificial neural networks and obtained fairly good results. The proposed methods can be implemented conveniently on a desktop PC equipped with a data acquisition board for parameter estimation of moderately complex linear multivariable systems.« less

  11. Transfer-Matrix Method for Solving the Spin 1/2 Antiferromagnetic Heisenberg Chain

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Garcia-Bach, M. A.; Klein, D. J.; Valenti, R.

    Following the discovery of high Tc superconductivity in the copper oxides, there has been a great deal of interest in the RVB wave function proposed by Anderson [1]. As a warm-up exercise we have considered a valence-bond wave function for the one dimensional spin-1/2 Heisenberg chain. The main virtue of our work is to propose a new variational singlet wavefunction which is almost analytically tractable by a transfer-matrix technique. We have obtained the ground state energy for finite as well as infinite chains, in good agreement with exact results. Correlation functions, excited states, and the effects of other interactions (e.g., spin-Peierls) are also accessible within this scheme [2]. Since the ground state of the chain is known to be a singlet (Lieb & Mattis [3]), we write the appropriate wave function as a superposition of valence-bond singlets, |ψ > =∑ limits k C k | k>, where |k> is a spin configuration obtained by pairing all spins into singlet pairs, in a way which is common in valence-bond calculations of large molecules. As in that case, each configuration, |k>, can be represented by a Rümer diagram, with directed bonds connecting each pair of spins on the chain. The ck's are variational co-efficients, the form of which is determined as follows: Each singlet configuration (Rümer diagram) is divided into "zones", a "zone" corresponding to the region between two consecutive sites. Each zone is indexed by its distance from the end of the chain and by the number of bonds crossing it. Our procedure assigns a variational parameter, xij, to the jth zone, when crossed by i bonds. The resulting wavefunction for an N-site chain is written as |ψ > =∑ limits k ∏ M limits { i =1} ∏ { N -1}limits { j =1} X ij{ m ij (k)} | k> where mij(k) equals 1 when zone j is crossed by i bonds and zero otherwise. To make the calculation tractable we reduce the number of variational parameters by disallowing configurations with bonds connecting any two sites separated by more than 2M lattice points. (For simplicity, we have limited ourselves to M=3, but the scheme can be used for any M). With the simple ansatz, matrix elements can be calculated by a transfer-matrix method. To understand the transfer-matrix method note that since only local zone parameters appear in the description of each state |k>, matrix elements and overlaps, < k| bar S q bar S{ q +1} |k'> and , are completely specified by a small number of "local states" associated with each zone. Within a given zone a local state is defined by (i) the number of bonds crossing the zone and (ii), by whether the bonds originate from the initial (|k>) or final (|k'>) state. It is then easy to see that "local states" of consecutive zones are connected by a 15 × 15 transfer matrix (for the case M=3). Furthermore, the overlap matrix element can be written as a product of transfer-matrices associated with each zone of the chain. When calculating matrix elements of the Hamiltonian, an additional matrix, U, must be defined, to represent the particular zone involving the two spins connected by the Heisenberg interaction. The relevant details as well as the comparison with exact results will be given elsewhere. We are planning to ultimately apply this method to the two dimensional case, and hope to include the effects of holes.

  12. An oral Mycobacterium bovis BCG vaccine for wildlife produced in the absence of animal-derived reagents.

    PubMed

    Cross, Martin L; Lambeth, Matthew R; Aldwell, Frank E

    2009-09-01

    Cultures of Mycobacterium bovis BCG, comprising predominantly single-cell bacilli, were prepared in broth without animal-derived reagents. When formulated into a vegetable-derived lipid matrix, the vaccine was stable in vitro and was immunogenic in vivo upon feeding it to mice. This formulation could be useful for oral vaccination of wildlife against tuberculosis, where concern over transmissible prions may preclude the field use of vaccines containing animal products.

  13. An understanding of modified release matrix tablets behavior during drug dissolution as the key for prediction of pharmaceutical product performance - case study of multimodal characterization of quetiapine fumarate tablets.

    PubMed

    Kulinowski, Piotr; Woyna-Orlewicz, Krzysztof; Rappen, Gerd-Martin; Haznar-Garbacz, Dorota; Węglarz, Władysław P; Dorożyński, Przemysław P

    2015-04-30

    Motivation for the study was the lack of dedicated and effective research and development (R&D) in vitro methods for oral, generic, modified release formulations. The purpose of the research was to assess multimodal in vitro methodology for further bioequivalence study risk minimization. Principal results of the study are as follows: (i) Pharmaceutically equivalent quetiapine fumarate extended release dosage form of Seroquel XR was developed using a quality by design/design of experiment (QbD/DoE) paradigm. (ii) The developed formulation was then compared with originator using X-ray microtomography, magnetic resonance imaging and texture analysis. Despite similarity in terms of compendial dissolution test, developed and original dosage forms differed in micro/meso structure and consequently in mechanical properties. (iii) These differences were found to be the key factors of failure of biorelevant dissolution test using the stress dissolution apparatus. Major conclusions are as follows: (i) Imaging methods allow to assess internal features of the hydrating extended release matrix and together with the stress dissolution test allow to rationalize the design of generic formulations at the in vitro level. (ii) Technological impact on formulation properties e.g., on pore formation in hydrating matrices cannot be overlooked when designing modified release dosage forms. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Water hyacinth: a possible alternative rate retarding natural polymer used in sustained release tablet design

    PubMed Central

    Khatun, Sabera; Sutradhar, Kumar B.

    2014-01-01

    In recent years natural polymers have been widely used because of their effectiveness and availability over synthetic polymers. In this present investigation matrix tablets of Metformin hydrochloride were formulated using Water hyacinth powder and its rate retardant activity was studied. Tablets were prepared using wet granulation method with 8% starch as granulating agent and 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30% of Water hyacinth powder to the drug. In preformulation study, angle of repose, Carr's Index and Hausner ratio were calculated. Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR), Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC), and Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) studies were performed and no interactions were found between drug and excipients. Weight variation, friability, hardness, thickness, diameter, and in vitro release study were performed with the prepared matrix tablets. Dissolution studies were conducted using USP type II apparatus at a speed of 100 rpm at 37°C ± 0.5 temperature for 8 h. Though all the formulations comply with both BP and USP requirements, formulation F-1 (5% of Water hyacinth) was the best fitted formula. The drug release patterns were explained in different kinetic models such as Zero order, First order, Higuchi, Hixson Crowell, and Korsmeyer-Peppas equations. The current investigation implies that Water hyacinth has the potential to be used as a rate-retarding agent in sustained release drug formulations. PMID:24966835

  15. Solid dispersions in the development of a nimodipine floating tablet formulation and optimization by artificial neural networks and genetic programming.

    PubMed

    Barmpalexis, Panagiotis; Kachrimanis, Kyriakos; Georgarakis, Emanouil

    2011-01-01

    The present study investigates the use of nimodipine-polyethylene glycol solid dispersions for the development of effervescent controlled release floating tablet formulations. The physical state of the dispersed nimodipine in the polymer matrix was characterized by differential scanning calorimetry, powder X-ray diffraction, FT-IR spectroscopy and polarized light microscopy, and the mixture proportions of polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyvinyl-pyrrolidone (PVP), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), effervescent agents (EFF) and nimodipine were optimized in relation to drug release (% release at 60 min, and time at which the 90% of the drug was dissolved) and floating properties (tablet's floating strength and duration), employing a 25-run D-optimal mixture design combined with artificial neural networks (ANNs) and genetic programming (GP). It was found that nimodipine exists as mod I microcrystals in the solid dispersions and is stable for at least a three-month period. The tablets showed good floating properties and controlled release profiles, with drug release proceeding via the concomitant operation of swelling and erosion of the polymer matrix. ANNs and GP both proved to be efficient tools in the optimization of the tablet formulation, and the global optimum formulation suggested by the GP equations consisted of PEG=9%, PVP=30%, HPMC=36%, EFF=11%, nimodipine=14%. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Evaluation of Influence of Various Polymers on Dissolution and Phase Behavior of Carbamazepine-Succinic Acid Cocrystal in Matrix Tablets.

    PubMed

    Ullah, Majeed; Ullah, Hanif; Murtaza, Ghulam; Mahmood, Qaisar; Hussain, Izhar

    2015-01-01

    The aim of current study was to explore the influence of three commonly used polymers, that is, cellulosics and noncellulosics, for example, Methocel K4M, Kollidon VA/64, and Soluplus, on the phase disproportionation and drug release profile of carbamazepine-succinic acid (CBZ-SUC) cocrystal at varying drug to polymer ratios (1 : 1 to 1 : 0.25) in matrix tablets. The polymorphic phase disproportionation during in-depth dissolution studies of CBZ-SUC cocrystals and its crystalline properties were scrutinized by X-ray powder diffractrometry and Raman spectroscopy. The percent drug release from HPMC formulations (CSH) showed inverse relation with the concentration of polymer; that is, drug release increased with decrease in polymer concentration. On contrary, direct relation was observed between percent drug release and polymer concentrations of Kollidon VA 64/Soluplus (CSK, CSS). At similar polymer concentration, drug release from pure carbamazepine was slightly lower with HPMC formulations than that of cocrystal; however, opposite trend in release rate was observed with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus. The significant increase in dissolution rate of cocrystal occurred with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus at higher polymer concentration. Moreover, no phase change took place in Methocel and Kollidon formulations. No tablet residue was left for Soluplus formulation so the impact of polymer on cocrystal integrity cannot be predicted.

  17. Evaluation of Influence of Various Polymers on Dissolution and Phase Behavior of Carbamazepine-Succinic Acid Cocrystal in Matrix Tablets

    PubMed Central

    Ullah, Majeed; Ullah, Hanif; Mahmood, Qaisar; Hussain, Izhar

    2015-01-01

    The aim of current study was to explore the influence of three commonly used polymers, that is, cellulosics and noncellulosics, for example, Methocel K4M, Kollidon VA/64, and Soluplus, on the phase disproportionation and drug release profile of carbamazepine-succinic acid (CBZ-SUC) cocrystal at varying drug to polymer ratios (1 : 1 to 1 : 0.25) in matrix tablets. The polymorphic phase disproportionation during in-depth dissolution studies of CBZ-SUC cocrystals and its crystalline properties were scrutinized by X-ray powder diffractrometry and Raman spectroscopy. The percent drug release from HPMC formulations (CSH) showed inverse relation with the concentration of polymer; that is, drug release increased with decrease in polymer concentration. On contrary, direct relation was observed between percent drug release and polymer concentrations of Kollidon VA 64/Soluplus (CSK, CSS). At similar polymer concentration, drug release from pure carbamazepine was slightly lower with HPMC formulations than that of cocrystal; however, opposite trend in release rate was observed with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus. The significant increase in dissolution rate of cocrystal occurred with Kollidon VA/64 and Soluplus at higher polymer concentration. Moreover, no phase change took place in Methocel and Kollidon formulations. No tablet residue was left for Soluplus formulation so the impact of polymer on cocrystal integrity cannot be predicted. PMID:26380301

  18. Injectable, in situ forming poly(propylene fumarate)-based ocular drug delivery systems.

    PubMed

    Ueda, H; Hacker, M C; Haesslein, A; Jo, S; Ammon, D M; Borazjani, R N; Kunzler, J F; Salamone, J C; Mikos, A G

    2007-12-01

    This study sought to develop an injectable formulation for long-term ocular delivery of fluocinolone acetonide (FA) by dissolving the anti-inflammatory drug and the biodegradable polymer poly(propylene fumarate) (PPF) in the biocompatible, water-miscible, organic solvent N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP). Upon injection of the solution into an aqueous environment, a FA-loaded PPF matrix is precipitated in situ through the diffusion/extraction of NMP into surrounding aqueous fluids. Fabrication of the matrices and in vitro release studies were performed in phosphate buffered saline at 37 degrees C. Drug loadings up to 5% were achieved. High performance liquid chromatography was employed to determine the released amount of FA. The effects of drug loading, PPF content of the injectable formulation, and additional photo-crosslinking of the matrix surface were investigated. Overall, FA release was sustained in vitro over up to 400 days. After an initial burst release of 22 to 68% of initial FA loading, controlled drug release driven by diffusion and bulk erosion was observed. Drug release rates in a therapeutic range were demonstrated. Release kinetics were found to be dependent on drug loading, formulation PPF content, and extent of surface crosslinking. The results suggest that injectable, in situ formed PPF matrices are promising candidates for the formulation of long-term, controlled delivery devices for intraocular drug delivery. Copyright 2007 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  19. Formulation of Indomethacin Colon Targeted Delivery Systems Using Polysaccharides as Carriers by Applying Liquisolid Technique

    PubMed Central

    Elkhodairy, Kadria A.; Elsaghir, Hanna A.; Al-Subayiel, Amal M.

    2014-01-01

    The present study aimed at the formulation of matrix tablets for colon-specific drug delivery (CSDD) system of indomethacin (IDM) by applying liquisolid (LS) technique. A CSDD system based on time-dependent polymethacrylates and enzyme degradable polysaccharides was established. Eudragit RL 100 (E-RL 100) was employed as time-dependent polymer, whereas bacterial degradable polysaccharides were presented as LS systems loaded with the drug. Indomethacin-loaded LS systems were prepared using different polysaccharides, namely, guar gum (GG), pectin (PEC), and chitosan (CH), as carriers separately or in mixtures of different ratios of 1 : 3, 1 : 1, and 3 : 1. Liquisolid systems that displayed promising results concerning drug release rate in both pH 1.2 and pH 6.8 were compressed into tablets after the addition of the calculated amount of E-RL 100 and lubrication with magnesium stearate and talc in the ratio of 1 : 9. It was found that E-RL 100 improved the flowability and compressibility of all LS formulations. The release data revealed that all formulations succeeded to sustain drug release over a period of 24 hours. Stability study indicated that PEC-based LS system as well as its matrix tablets was stable over the period of storage (one year) and could provide a minimum shelf life of two years. PMID:24971345

  20. Eigenvalue computations with the QUAD4 consistent-mass matrix

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Butler, Thomas A.

    1990-01-01

    The NASTRAN user has the option of using either a lumped-mass matrix or a consistent- (coupled-) mass matrix with the QUAD4 shell finite element. At the Sixteenth NASTRAN Users' Colloquium (1988), Melvyn Marcus and associates of the David Taylor Research Center summarized a study comparing the results of the QUAD4 element with results of other NASTRAN shell elements for a cylindrical-shell modal analysis. Results of this study, in which both the lumped-and consistent-mass matrix formulations were used, implied that the consistent-mass matrix yielded poor results. In an effort to further evaluate the consistent-mass matrix, a study was performed using both a cylindrical-shell geometry and a flat-plate geometry. Modal parameters were extracted for several modes for both geometries leading to some significant conclusions. First, there do not appear to be any fundamental errors associated with the consistent-mass matrix. However, its accuracy is quite different for the two different geometries studied. The consistent-mass matrix yields better results for the flat-plate geometry and the lumped-mass matrix seems to be the better choice for cylindrical-shell geometries.

  1. Are in situ formulations the keys for the therapeutic future of S-nitrosothiols?

    PubMed

    Parent, Marianne; Boudier, Ariane; Dupuis, François; Nouvel, Cécile; Sapin, Anne; Lartaud, Isabelle; Six, Jean-Luc; Leroy, Pierre; Maincent, Philippe

    2013-11-01

    S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) and S-nitroso-N-acetylpenicillamine (SNAP) were formulated into in situ forming implants (ISI) and microparticles (ISM) using PLGA and either N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) or triacetin. Physicochemical characterization was carried out, including the study of matrix structure and degradation. A strong correlation between drug hydrophobicity and the in vitro release profiles was observed: whatever the formulation, GSNO and SNAP were completely released after ca. 1 day and 1 week, respectively. Then, selected formulations (i.e., SNAP-loaded NMP formulations) demonstrated the ability to sustain the vasodilation effect of SNAP, as shown by monitoring the arterial pressure (telemetry) of Wistar rats after subcutaneous injection. Both ISI and ISM injections resulted in a 3-fold extended decrease in pulse arterial pressure compared with the unloaded drug, without significant decrease in the mean arterial pressure. Hence, the results emphasize the suitability of these formulations as drug delivery systems for S-nitrosothiols, widening their therapeutic potential. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. A three-dimensional multiphase flow model for assesing NAPL contamination in porous and fractured media, 1. Formulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huyakorn, P. S.; Panday, S.; Wu, Y. S.

    1994-06-01

    A three-dimensional, three-phase numerical model is presented for stimulating the movement on non-aqueous-phase liquids (NAPL's) through porous and fractured media. The model is designed for practical application to a wide variety of contamination and remediation scenarios involving light or dense NAPL's in heterogeneous subsurface systems. The model formulation is first derived for three-phase flow of water, NAPL and air (or vapor) in porous media. The formulation is then extended to handle fractured systems using the dual-porosity and discrete-fracture modeling approaches The model accommodates a wide variety of boundary conditions, including withdrawal and injection well conditions which are treated rigorously using fully implicit schemes. The three-phase of formulation collapses to its simpler forms when air-phase dynamics are neglected, capillary effects are neglected, or two-phase-air-liquid, liquid-liquid systems with one or two active phases are considered. A Galerkin procedure with upstream weighting of fluid mobilities, storage matrix lumping, and fully implicit treatment of nonlinear coefficients and well conditions is used. A variety of nodal connectivity schemes leading to finite-difference, finite-element and hybrid spatial approximations in three dimensions are incorporated in the formulation. Selection of primary variables and evaluation of the terms of the Jacobian matrix for the Newton-Raphson linearized equations is discussed. The various nodal lattice options, and their significance to the computational time and memory requirements with regards to the block-Orthomin solution scheme are noted. Aggressive time-stepping schemes and under-relaxation formulas implemented in the code further alleviate the computational burden.

  3. Development and evaluation of accelerated drug release testing methods for a matrix-type intravaginal ring.

    PubMed

    Externbrink, Anna; Eggenreich, Karin; Eder, Simone; Mohr, Stefan; Nickisch, Klaus; Klein, Sandra

    2017-01-01

    Accelerated drug release testing is a valuable quality control tool for long-acting non-oral extended release formulations. Currently, several intravaginal ring candidates designed for the long-term delivery of steroids or anti-infective drugs are being in the developing pipeline. The present article addresses the demand for accelerated drug release methods for these formulations. We describe the development and evaluation of accelerated release methods for a steroid releasing matrix-type intravaginal ring. The drug release properties of the formulation were evaluated under real-time and accelerated test conditions. Under real-time test conditions drug release from the intravaginal ring was strongly affected by the steroid solubility in the release medium. Under sufficient sink conditions that were provided in release media containing surfactants drug release was Fickian diffusion driven. Both temperature and hydro-organic dissolution media were successfully employed to accelerate drug release from the formulation. Drug release could be further increased by combining the temperature effect with the application of a hydro-organic release medium. The formulation continued to exhibit a diffusion controlled release kinetic under the investigated accelerated conditions. Moreover, the accelerated methods were able to differentiate between different prototypes of the intravaginal ring that exhibited different release profiles under real-time test conditions. Overall, the results of the present study indicate that both temperature and hydro-organic release media are valid parameters for accelerating drug release from the intravaginal ring. Variation of either a single or both parameters yielded release profiles that correlated well with real-time release. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Development and Performance of a Highly Sensitive Model Formulation Based on Torasemide to Enhance Hot-Melt Extrusion Process Understanding and Process Development.

    PubMed

    Evans, Rachel C; Kyeremateng, Samuel O; Asmus, Lutz; Degenhardt, Matthias; Rosenberg, Joerg; Wagner, Karl G

    2018-05-01

    The aim of this work was to investigate the use of torasemide as a highly sensitive indicator substance and to develop a formulation thereof for establishing quantitative relationships between hot-melt extrusion process conditions and critical quality attributes (CQAs). Using solid-state characterization techniques and a 10 mm lab-scale co-rotating twin-screw extruder, we studied torasemide in a Soluplus® (SOL)-polyethylene glycol 1500 (PEG 1500) matrix, and developed and characterized a formulation which was used as a process indicator to study thermal- and hydrolysis-induced degradation, as well as residual crystallinity. We found that torasemide first dissolved into the matrix and then degraded. Based on this mechanism, extrudates with measurable levels of degradation and residual crystallinity were produced, depending strongly on the main barrel and die temperature and residence time applied. In addition, we found that 10% w/w PEG 1500 as plasticizer resulted in the widest operating space with the widest range of measurable residual crystallinity and degradant levels. Torasemide as an indicator substance behaves like a challenging-to-process API, only with higher sensitivity and more pronounced effects, e.g., degradation and residual crystallinity. Application of a model formulation containing torasemide will enhance the understanding of the dynamic environment inside an extruder and elucidate the cumulative thermal and hydrolysis effects of the extrusion process. The use of such a formulation will also facilitate rational process development and scaling by establishing clear links between process conditions and CQAs.

  5. Charge-Transfer Complexes and Photochemistry of Ozone with Ferrocene and n-Butylferrocene: A UV-vis Matrix-Isolation Study.

    PubMed

    Pinelo, Laura F; Kugel, Roger W; Ault, Bruce S

    2015-10-15

    The reactions of ozone with ferrocene (cp2Fe) and with n-butylferrocene (n-butyl cp2Fe) were studied using matrix isolation, UV-vis spectroscopy, and theoretical calculations. The codeposition of cp2Fe with O3 and of n-butyl cp2Fe with O3 into an argon matrix led to the production of 1:1 charge-transfer complexes with absorptions at 765 and 815 nm, respectively. These absorptions contribute to the green matrix color observed upon initial deposition. The charge-transfer complexes underwent photochemical reactions upon irradiation with red light (λ ≥ 600 nm). Theoretical UV-vis spectra of the charge-transfer complexes and photochemical products were calculated using TD-DFT at the B3LYP/6-311G++(d,2p) level of theory. The calculated UV-vis spectra were in good agreement with the experimental results. MO analysis of these long-wavelength transitions showed them to be n→ π* on the ozone subunit in the complex and indicated that the formation of the charge-transfer complex between ozone and cp2Fe or n-butyl cp2Fe affects how readily the π* orbital on O3 is populated when red light (λ ≥ 600 nm) is absorbed. 1:1 complexes of cp2Fe and n-butyl cp2Fe with O2 were also observed experimentally and calculated theoretically. These results support and enhance previous infrared studies of the mechanism of photooxidation of ferrocene by ozone, a reaction that has considerable significance for the formation of iron oxide thin films for a range of applications.

  6. Combined Heat Transfer in High-Porosity High-Temperature Fibrous Insulations: Theory and Experimental Validation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Daryabeigi, Kamran; Cunnington, George R.; Miller, Steve D.; Knutson, Jeffry R.

    2010-01-01

    Combined radiation and conduction heat transfer through various high-temperature, high-porosity, unbonded (loose) fibrous insulations was modeled based on first principles. The diffusion approximation was used for modeling the radiation component of heat transfer in the optically thick insulations. The relevant parameters needed for the heat transfer model were derived from experimental data. Semi-empirical formulations were used to model the solid conduction contribution of heat transfer in fibrous insulations with the relevant parameters inferred from thermal conductivity measurements at cryogenic temperatures in a vacuum. The specific extinction coefficient for radiation heat transfer was obtained from high-temperature steady-state thermal measurements with large temperature gradients maintained across the sample thickness in a vacuum. Standard gas conduction modeling was used in the heat transfer formulation. This heat transfer modeling methodology was applied to silica, two types of alumina, and a zirconia-based fibrous insulation, and to a variation of opacified fibrous insulation (OFI). OFI is a class of insulations manufactured by embedding efficient ceramic opacifiers in various unbonded fibrous insulations to significantly attenuate the radiation component of heat transfer. The heat transfer modeling methodology was validated by comparison with more rigorous analytical solutions and with standard thermal conductivity measurements. The validated heat transfer model is applicable to various densities of these high-porosity insulations as long as the fiber properties are the same (index of refraction, size distribution, orientation, and length). Furthermore, the heat transfer data for these insulations can be obtained at any static pressure in any working gas environment without the need to perform tests in various gases at various pressures.

  7. The Law of Entropy Increase--A Lab Experiment

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dittrich, William; Drosd, Robert; Minkin, Leonid; Shapovalov, Alexander S.

    2016-01-01

    The second law of thermodynamics has various formulations. There is the "Clausius formulation," which can be stated in a very intuitive way: "No process is possible whose sole result is the transfer of heat from a cooler to a hotter body." There is also the "Kelvin-Plank principle," which states that "no cyclic…

  8. Use of the maximum entropy method to retrieve the vertical atmospheric ozone profile and predict atmospheric ozone content

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Turner, B. Curtis

    1992-01-01

    A method is developed for prediction of ozone levels in planetary atmospheres. This method is formulated in terms of error covariance matrices, and is associated with both direct measurements, a priori first guess profiles, and a weighting function matrix. This is described by the following linearized equation: y = A(matrix) x X + eta, where A is the weighting matrix and eta is noise. The problems to this approach are: (1) the A matrix is near singularity; (2) the number of unknowns in the profile exceeds the number of data points, therefore, the solution may not be unique; and (3) even if a unique solution exists, eta may cause the solution to be ill conditioned.

  9. A Framework for Integrated Component and System Analyses of Instabilities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ahuja, Vineet; Erwin, James; Arunajatesan, Srinivasan; Cattafesta, Lou; Liu, Fei

    2010-01-01

    Instabilities associated with fluid handling and operation in liquid rocket propulsion systems and test facilities usually manifest themselves as structural vibrations or some form of structural damage. While the source of the instability is directly related to the performance of a component such as a turbopump, valve or a flow control element, the associated pressure fluctuations as they propagate through the system have the potential to amplify and resonate with natural modes of the structural elements and components of the system. In this paper, the authors have developed an innovative multi-level approach that involves analysis at the component and systems level. The primary source of the unsteadiness is modeled with a high-fidelity hybrid RANS/LES based CFD methodology that has been previously used to study instabilities in feed systems. This high fidelity approach is used to quantify the instability and understand the physics associated with the instability. System response to the driving instability is determined through a transfer matrix approach wherein the incoming and outgoing pressure and velocity fluctuations are related through a transfer (or transmission) matrix. The coefficients of the transfer matrix for each component (i.e. valve, pipe, orifice etc.) are individually derived from the flow physics associated with the component. A demonstration case representing a test loop/test facility comprised of a network of elements is constructed with the transfer matrix approach and the amplification of modes analyzed as the instability propagates through the test loop.

  10. An efficient matrix product operator representation of the quantum chemical Hamiltonian

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Keller, Sebastian, E-mail: sebastian.keller@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Dolfi, Michele, E-mail: dolfim@phys.ethz.ch

    We describe how to efficiently construct the quantum chemical Hamiltonian operator in matrix product form. We present its implementation as a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm for quantum chemical applications. Existing implementations of DMRG for quantum chemistry are based on the traditional formulation of the method, which was developed from the point of view of Hilbert space decimation and attained higher performance compared to straightforward implementations of matrix product based DMRG. The latter variationally optimizes a class of ansatz states known as matrix product states, where operators are correspondingly represented as matrix product operators (MPOs). The MPO construction schememore » presented here eliminates the previous performance disadvantages while retaining the additional flexibility provided by a matrix product approach, for example, the specification of expectation values becomes an input parameter. In this way, MPOs for different symmetries — abelian and non-abelian — and different relativistic and non-relativistic models may be solved by an otherwise unmodified program.« less

  11. Fixed-topology Lorentzian triangulations: Quantum Regge Calculus in the Lorentzian domain

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tate, Kyle; Visser, Matt

    2011-11-01

    A key insight used in developing the theory of Causal Dynamical Triangu-lations (CDTs) is to use the causal (or light-cone) structure of Lorentzian manifolds to restrict the class of geometries appearing in the Quantum Gravity (QG) path integral. By exploiting this structure the models developed in CDTs differ from the analogous models developed in the Euclidean domain, models of (Euclidean) Dynamical Triangulations (DT), and the corresponding Lorentzian results are in many ways more "physical". In this paper we use this insight to formulate a Lorentzian signature model that is anal-ogous to the Quantum Regge Calculus (QRC) approach to Euclidean Quantum Gravity. We exploit another crucial fact about the structure of Lorentzian manifolds, namely that certain simplices are not constrained by the triangle inequalities present in Euclidean signa-ture. We show that this model is not related to QRC by a naive Wick rotation; this serves as another demonstration that the sum over Lorentzian geometries is not simply related to the sum over Euclidean geometries. By removing the triangle inequality constraints, there is more freedom to perform analytical calculations, and in addition numerical simulations are more computationally efficient. We first formulate the model in 1 + 1 dimensions, and derive scaling relations for the pure gravity path integral on the torus using two different measures. It appears relatively easy to generate "large" universes, both in spatial and temporal extent. In addition, loopto-loop amplitudes are discussed, and a transfer matrix is derived. We then also discuss the model in higher dimensions.

  12. Heat transfer evaluation in a plasma core reactor

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, D. E.; Smith, T. M.; Stoenescu, M. L.

    1976-01-01

    Numerical evaluations of heat transfer in a fissioning uranium plasma core reactor cavity, operating with seeded hydrogen propellant, was performed. A two-dimensional analysis is based on an assumed flow pattern and cavity wall heat exchange rate. Various iterative schemes were required by the nature of the radiative field and by the solid seed vaporization. Approximate formulations of the radiative heat flux are generally used, due to the complexity of the solution of a rigorously formulated problem. The present work analyzes the sensitivity of the results with respect to approximations of the radiative field, geometry, seed vaporization coefficients and flow pattern. The results present temperature, heat flux, density and optical depth distributions in the reactor cavity, acceptable simplifying assumptions, and iterative schemes. The present calculations, performed in cartesian and spherical coordinates, are applicable to any most general heat transfer problem.

  13. Golden rule kinetics of transfer reactions in condensed phase: The microscopic model of electron transfer reactions in disordered solid matrices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Basilevsky, M. V.; Odinokov, A. V.; Titov, S. V.; Mitina, E. A.

    2013-12-01

    The algorithm for a theoretical calculation of transfer reaction rates for light quantum particles (i.e., the electron and H-atom transfers) in non-polar solid matrices is formulated and justified. The mechanism postulated involves a local mode (an either intra- or inter-molecular one) serving as a mediator which accomplishes the energy exchange between the reacting high-frequency quantum mode and the phonon modes belonging to the environment. This approach uses as a background the Fermi golden rule beyond the usually applied spin-boson approximation. The dynamical treatment rests on the one-dimensional version of the standard quantum relaxation equation for the reduced density matrix, which describes the frequency fluctuation spectrum for the local mode under consideration. The temperature dependence of a reaction rate is controlled by the dimensionless parameter ξ0 = ℏω0/kBT where ω0 is the frequency of the local mode and T is the temperature. The realization of the computational scheme is different for the high/intermediate (ξ0 < 1 - 3) and for low (ξ0 ≫ 1) temperature ranges. For the first (quasi-classical) kinetic regime, the Redfield approximation to the solution of the relaxation equation proved to be sufficient and efficient in practical applications. The study of the essentially quantum-mechanical low-temperature kinetic regime in its asymptotic limit requires the implementation of the exact relaxation equation. The coherent mechanism providing a non-vanishing reaction rate has been revealed when T → 0. An accurate computational methodology for the cross-over kinetic regime needs a further elaboration. The original model of the hopping mechanism for electronic conduction in photosensitive organic materials is considered, based on the above techniques. The electron transfer (ET) in active centers of such systems proceeds via local intra- and intermolecular modes. The active modes, as a rule, operate beyond the kinetic regimes, which are usually postulated in the existing theories of the ET. Our alternative dynamic ET model for local modes immersed in the continuum harmonic medium is formulated for both classical and quantum regimes, and accounts explicitly for the mode/medium interaction. The kinetics of the energy exchange between the local ET subsystem and the surrounding environment essentially determine the total ET rate. The efficient computer code for rate computations is elaborated on. The computations are available for a wide range of system parameters, such as the temperature, external field, local mode frequency, and characteristics of mode/medium interaction. The relation of the present approach to the Marcus ET theory and to the quantum-statistical reaction rate theory [V. G. Levich and R. R. Dogonadze, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Fiz. Khim. 124, 213 (1959); J. Ulstrup, Charge Transfer in Condensed Media (Springer, Berlin, 1979); M. Bixon and J. Jortner, Adv. Chem. Phys. 106, 35 (1999)] underlying it is discussed and illustrated by the results of computations for practically important target systems.

  14. Golden rule kinetics of transfer reactions in condensed phase: the microscopic model of electron transfer reactions in disordered solid matrices.

    PubMed

    Basilevsky, M V; Odinokov, A V; Titov, S V; Mitina, E A

    2013-12-21

    The algorithm for a theoretical calculation of transfer reaction rates for light quantum particles (i.e., the electron and H-atom transfers) in non-polar solid matrices is formulated and justified. The mechanism postulated involves a local mode (an either intra- or inter-molecular one) serving as a mediator which accomplishes the energy exchange between the reacting high-frequency quantum mode and the phonon modes belonging to the environment. This approach uses as a background the Fermi golden rule beyond the usually applied spin-boson approximation. The dynamical treatment rests on the one-dimensional version of the standard quantum relaxation equation for the reduced density matrix, which describes the frequency fluctuation spectrum for the local mode under consideration. The temperature dependence of a reaction rate is controlled by the dimensionless parameter ξ0 = ℏω0/k(B)T where ω0 is the frequency of the local mode and T is the temperature. The realization of the computational scheme is different for the high/intermediate (ξ0 < 1 - 3) and for low (ξ0 ≫ 1) temperature ranges. For the first (quasi-classical) kinetic regime, the Redfield approximation to the solution of the relaxation equation proved to be sufficient and efficient in practical applications. The study of the essentially quantum-mechanical low-temperature kinetic regime in its asymptotic limit requires the implementation of the exact relaxation equation. The coherent mechanism providing a non-vanishing reaction rate has been revealed when T → 0. An accurate computational methodology for the cross-over kinetic regime needs a further elaboration. The original model of the hopping mechanism for electronic conduction in photosensitive organic materials is considered, based on the above techniques. The electron transfer (ET) in active centers of such systems proceeds via local intra- and intermolecular modes. The active modes, as a rule, operate beyond the kinetic regimes, which are usually postulated in the existing theories of the ET. Our alternative dynamic ET model for local modes immersed in the continuum harmonic medium is formulated for both classical and quantum regimes, and accounts explicitly for the mode∕medium interaction. The kinetics of the energy exchange between the local ET subsystem and the surrounding environment essentially determine the total ET rate. The efficient computer code for rate computations is elaborated on. The computations are available for a wide range of system parameters, such as the temperature, external field, local mode frequency, and characteristics of mode/medium interaction. The relation of the present approach to the Marcus ET theory and to the quantum-statistical reaction rate theory [V. G. Levich and R. R. Dogonadze, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Fiz. Khim. 124, 213 (1959); J. Ulstrup, Charge Transfer in Condensed Media (Springer, Berlin, 1979); M. Bixon and J. Jortner, Adv. Chem. Phys. 106, 35 (1999)] underlying it is discussed and illustrated by the results of computations for practically important target systems.

  15. Optimization and physicochemical characterization of a cationic lipid-phosphatidylcholine mixed emulsion formulated as a highly efficient vehicle that facilitates adenoviral gene transfer.

    PubMed

    Kim, Soo-Yeon; Lee, Sang-Jin; Kim, Jin-Ki; Choi, Han-Gon; Lim, Soo-Jeong

    2017-01-01

    Cationic lipid-based nanoparticles enhance viral gene transfer by forming electrostatic complexes with adenoviral vectors. We recently demonstrated the superior complexation capabilities of 1,2-dioleoyl-3-trimethylammonium propane (DOTAP) emulsion compared with a liposomal counterpart but the cytotoxicity of DOTAP emulsions remained a challenge. The present study is aimed at formulating an emulsion capable of acting as a highly effective viral gene transfer vehicle with reduced cytotoxicity and to physicochemically characterize the structures of virus-emulsion complexes in comparison with virus-liposome complexes when the only difference between emulsions and liposomes was the presence or absence of inner oil core. The emulsion formulation was performed by 1) reducing the content of DOTAP while increasing the content of zwitterionic lipid 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC), and 2) optimizing the oil content. The complexation capability of formulated DOTAP:DMPC mixed emulsions was similar to those of emulsions containing DOTAP alone while displaying significantly lower cytotoxicity. The complexation capabilities of the DOTAP:DMPC mixed emulsion were serum-compatible and were monitored in a variety of cell types, whereas its liposomal counterpart was totally ineffective. Characterization by scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic force microscopy, and dynamic light scattering studies indicated that the optimized emulsions spontaneously surrounded the virus particles to generate emulsions that encapsulated the viral particles, whereas viral particles merely attached to the surfaces of the counterpart liposomes to form multiviral aggregates. Overall, these studies demonstrated that optimized DOTAP:DMPC mixed emulsions are potentially useful for adenoviral gene delivery due to less cytotoxicity and the unique ability to encapsulate the viral particle, highlighting the importance of nanoparticle formulation.

  16. Optimization and physicochemical characterization of a cationic lipid-phosphatidylcholine mixed emulsion formulated as a highly efficient vehicle that facilitates adenoviral gene transfer

    PubMed Central

    Kim, Soo-Yeon; Lee, Sang-Jin; Kim, Jin-Ki; Choi, Han-Gon; Lim, Soo-Jeong

    2017-01-01

    Cationic lipid-based nanoparticles enhance viral gene transfer by forming electrostatic complexes with adenoviral vectors. We recently demonstrated the superior complexation capabilities of 1,2-dioleoyl-3-trimethylammonium propane (DOTAP) emulsion compared with a liposomal counterpart but the cytotoxicity of DOTAP emulsions remained a challenge. The present study is aimed at formulating an emulsion capable of acting as a highly effective viral gene transfer vehicle with reduced cytotoxicity and to physicochemically characterize the structures of virus-emulsion complexes in comparison with virus–liposome complexes when the only difference between emulsions and liposomes was the presence or absence of inner oil core. The emulsion formulation was performed by 1) reducing the content of DOTAP while increasing the content of zwitterionic lipid 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC), and 2) optimizing the oil content. The complexation capability of formulated DOTAP:DMPC mixed emulsions was similar to those of emulsions containing DOTAP alone while displaying significantly lower cytotoxicity. The complexation capabilities of the DOTAP:DMPC mixed emulsion were serum-compatible and were monitored in a variety of cell types, whereas its liposomal counterpart was totally ineffective. Characterization by scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic force microscopy, and dynamic light scattering studies indicated that the optimized emulsions spontaneously surrounded the virus particles to generate emulsions that encapsulated the viral particles, whereas viral particles merely attached to the surfaces of the counterpart liposomes to form multiviral aggregates. Overall, these studies demonstrated that optimized DOTAP:DMPC mixed emulsions are potentially useful for adenoviral gene delivery due to less cytotoxicity and the unique ability to encapsulate the viral particle, highlighting the importance of nanoparticle formulation. PMID:29070949

  17. Large-Deformation Displacement Transfer Functions for Shape Predictions of Highly Flexible Slender Aerospace Structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ko, William L.; Fleischer, Van Tran

    2013-01-01

    Large deformation displacement transfer functions were formulated for deformed shape predictions of highly flexible slender structures like aircraft wings. In the formulation, the embedded beam (depth wise cross section of structure along the surface strain sensing line) was first evenly discretized into multiple small domains, with surface strain sensing stations located at the domain junctures. Thus, the surface strain (bending strains) variation within each domain could be expressed with linear of nonlinear function. Such piecewise approach enabled piecewise integrations of the embedded beam curvature equations [classical (Eulerian), physical (Lagrangian), and shifted curvature equations] to yield closed form slope and deflection equations in recursive forms.

  18. Architecture studies and system demonstrations for optical parallel processor for AI and NI

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Sing H.

    1988-03-01

    In solving deterministic AI problems the data search for matching the arguments of a PROLOG expression causes serious bottleneck when implemented sequentially by electronic systems. To overcome this bottleneck we have developed the concepts for an optical expert system based on matrix-algebraic formulation, which will be suitable for parallel optical implementation. The optical AI system based on matrix-algebraic formation will offer distinct advantages for parallel search, adult learning, etc.

  19. Bioremediation in fractured rock: 2. Mobilization of chloroethene compounds from the rock matrix

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Shapiro, Allen M.; Tiedeman, Claire; Imbrigiotta, Thomas; Goode, Daniel J.; Hsieh, Paul A.; Lacombe, Pierre; DeFlaun, Mary F.; Drew, Scott R.; Curtis, Gary P.

    2018-01-01

    A mass balance is formulated to evaluate the mobilization of chlorinated ethene compounds (CE) from the rock matrix of a fractured mudstone aquifer under pre- and postbioremediation conditions. The analysis relies on a sparse number of monitoring locations and is constrained by a detailed description of the groundwater flow regime. Groundwater flow modeling developed under the site characterization identified groundwater fluxes to formulate the CE mass balance in the rock volume exposed to the injected remediation amendments. Differences in the CE fluxes into and out of the rock volume identify the total CE mobilized from diffusion, desorption, and nonaqueous phase liquid dissolution under pre- and postinjection conditions. The initial CE mass in the rock matrix prior to remediation is estimated using analyses of CE in rock core. The CE mass mobilized per year under preinjection conditions is small relative to the total CE mass in the rock, indicating that current pump-and-treat and natural attenuation conditions are likely to require hundreds of years to achieve groundwater concentrations that meet regulatory guidelines. The postinjection CE mobilization rate increased by approximately an order of magnitude over the 5 years of monitoring after the amendment injection. This rate is likely to decrease and additional remediation applications over several decades would still be needed to reduce CE mass in the rock matrix to levels where groundwater concentrations in fractures achieve regulatory standards.

  20. DERMAL TRANSFER EFFICIENCY OF PESTICIDES FROM TURF GRASS TO DRY AND WETTED PALMS

    EPA Science Inventory

    This report presents results of a study to determine the transfer of three pesticides commonly used in residential lawn care from turf grass to human skin. Formulation of the insecticides chlorpyrifos and cyfluthrin and the fungicide chlorothalonil were applied to St. Augustin...

  1. Scaled Particle Theory for Multicomponent Hard Sphere Fluids Confined in Random Porous Media.

    PubMed

    Chen, W; Zhao, S L; Holovko, M; Chen, X S; Dong, W

    2016-06-23

    The formulation of scaled particle theory (SPT) is presented for a quite general model of fluids confined in a random porous media, i.e., a multicomponent hard sphere (HS) fluid in a multicomponent hard sphere or a multicomponent overlapping hard sphere (OHS) matrix. The analytical expressions for pressure, Helmholtz free energy, and chemical potential are derived. The thermodynamic consistency of the proposed theory is established. Moreover, we show that there is an isomorphism between the SPT for a multicomponent system and that for a one-component system. Results from grand canonical ensemble Monte Carlo simulations are also presented for a binary HS mixture in a one-component HS or a one-component OHS matrix. The accuracy of various variants derived from the basic SPT formulation is appraised against the simulation results. Scaled particle theory, initially formulated for a bulk HS fluid, has not only provided an analytical tool for calculating thermodynamic properties of HS fluid but also helped to gain very useful insight for elaborating other theoretical approaches such as the fundamental measure theory (FMT). We expect that the general SPT for multicomponent systems developed in this work can contribute to the study of confined fluids in a similar way.

  2. Thermoplastic polyurethanes for the manufacturing of highly dosed oral sustained release matrices via hot melt extrusion and injection molding.

    PubMed

    Claeys, Bart; Vervaeck, Anouk; Hillewaere, Xander K D; Possemiers, Sam; Hansen, Laurent; De Beer, Thomas; Remon, Jean Paul; Vervaet, Chris

    2015-02-01

    This study evaluated thermoplastic polyurethanes (TPUR) as matrix excipients for the production of oral solid dosage forms via hot melt extrusion (HME) in combination with injection molding (IM). We demonstrated that TPURs enable the production of solid dispersions - crystalline API in a crystalline carrier - at an extrusion temperature below the drug melting temperature (Tm) with a drug content up to 65% (wt.%). The release of metoprolol tartrate was controlled over 24h, whereas a complete release of diprophylline was only possible in combination with a drug release modifier: polyethylene glycol 4000 (PEG 4000) or Tween 80. No burst release nor a change in tablet size and geometry was detected for any of the formulations after dissolution testing. The total matrix porosity increased gradually upon drug release. Oral administration of TPUR did not affect the GI ecosystem (pH, bacterial count, short chain fatty acids), monitored via the Simulator of the Human Intestinal Microbial Ecosystem (SHIME). The high drug load (65 wt.%) in combination with (in vitro and in vivo) controlled release capacity of the formulations, is noteworthy in the field of formulations produced via HME/IM. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. A novel nanoscale-dispersed eye ointment for the treatment of dry eye disease

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Wenjian; Wang, Yan; Lee, Benjamin Tak Kwong; Liu, Chang; Wei, Gang; Lu, Weiyue

    2014-03-01

    A novel nanoscale-dispersed eye ointment (NDEO) for the treatment of severe evaporative dry eye has been successfully developed. The excipients used as semisolid lipids were petrolatum and lanolin, as used in conventional eye ointment, which were coupled with medium-chain triglycerides (MCT) as a liquid lipid; both phases were then dispersed in polyvinyl pyrrolidone solution to form a nanodispersion. Single-factor experiments were conducted to optimize the formulations. A transmission electron micrograph showed that the ointment matrix was entrapped in the nanoemulsion of MCT, with a mean particle size of about 100 nm. The optimized formulation of NDEO was stable when stored for six months at 4 °C, and demonstrated no cytotoxicity to human corneal epithelial cells when compared with commercial polymer-based artificial tears (Tears Natural® Forte). The therapeutic effects of NDEO were evaluated on a mouse model with ‘dry eye’. Both the tear break-up time and fluorescein staining demonstrated therapeutic improvement, displaying a trend of positive correlation with higher concentrations of ointment matrix in the NDEO formulations compared to a marketed product. Histological evaluation demonstrated that the NDEO restored the normal corneal and conjunctival morphology and is safe for ophthalmic application.

  4. An adhesive contact mechanics formulation based on atomistically induced surface traction

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fan, Houfu; Ren, Bo; Li, Shaofan, E-mail: shaofan@berkeley.edu

    2015-12-01

    In this work, we have developed a novel multiscale computational contact formulation based on the generalized Derjuguin approximation for continua that are characterized by atomistically enriched constitutive relations in order to study macroscopic interaction between arbitrarily shaped deformable continua. The proposed adhesive contact formulation makes use of the microscopic interaction forces between individual particles in the interacting bodies. In particular, the double-layer volume integral describing the contact interaction (energy, force vector, matrix) is converted into a double-layer surface integral through a mathematically consistent approach that employs the divergence theorem and a special partitioning technique. The proposed contact model is formulatedmore » in the nonlinear continuum mechanics framework and implemented using the standard finite element method. With no large penalty constant, the stiffness matrix of the system will in general be well-conditioned, which is of great significance for quasi-static analysis. Three numerical examples are presented to illustrate the capability of the proposed method. Results indicate that with the same mesh configuration, the finite element computation based on the surface integral approach is faster and more accurate than the volume integral based approach. In addition, the proposed approach is energy preserving even in a very long dynamic simulation.« less

  5. The Federal Deficit and the "Dismal Science."

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Molnar, Alex

    1986-01-01

    Economics is an applied social science whose technical formulations are embedded in a political, social, historical, and cultural matrix. It is the responsibility of educators to understand and to keep abreast of the nation's changing political economy. (IW)

  6. Heat transfer and flow friction correlations for perforated plate matrix heat exchangers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ratna Raju, L.; Kumar, S. Sunil; Chowdhury, K.; Nandi, T. K.

    2017-02-01

    Perforated plate matrix heat exchangers (MHE) are constructed of high conductivity perforated plates stacked alternately with low conductivity spacers. They are being increasingly used in many cryogenic applications including Claude cycle or Reversed Brayton cycle cryo-refrigerators and liquefiers. Design of high NTU (number of (heat) transfer unit) cryogenic MHEs requires accurate heat transfer coefficient and flow friction factor. Thermo-hydraulic behaviour of perforated plates strongly depends on the geometrical parameters. Existing correlations, however, are mostly expressed as functions of Reynolds number only. This causes, for a given configuration, significant variations in coefficients from one correlation to the other. In this paper we present heat transfer and flow friction correlations as functions of all geometrical and other controlling variables. A FluentTM based numerical model has been developed for heat transfer and pressure drop studies over a stack of alternately arranged perforated plates and spacers. The model is validated with the data from literature. Generalized correlations are obtained through regression analysis over a large number of computed data.

  7. Heat Transfer and Fluid Transport of Supercritical CO 2 in Enhanced Geothermal System with Local Thermal Non-equilibrium Model

    DOE PAGES

    Zhang, Le; Luo, Feng; Xu, Ruina; ...

    2014-12-31

    The heat transfer and fluid transport of supercritical CO 2 in enhanced geothermal system (EGS) is studied numerically with local thermal non-equilibrium model, which accounts for the temperature difference between solid matrix and fluid components in porous media and uses two energy equations to describe heat transfer in the solid matrix and in the fluid, respectively. As compared with the previous results of our research group, the effect of local thermal non-equilibrium mainly depends on the volumetric heat transfer coefficient ah, which has a significant effect on the production temperature at reservoir outlet and thermal breakthrough time. The uniformity ofmore » volumetric heat transfer coefficient ah has little influence on the thermal breakthrough time, but the temperature difference become more obvious with time after thermal breakthrough with this simulation model. The thermal breakthrough time reduces and the effect of local thermal non-equilibrium becomes significant with decreasing ah.« less

  8. Landmark matching based retinal image alignment by enforcing sparsity in correspondence matrix.

    PubMed

    Zheng, Yuanjie; Daniel, Ebenezer; Hunter, Allan A; Xiao, Rui; Gao, Jianbin; Li, Hongsheng; Maguire, Maureen G; Brainard, David H; Gee, James C

    2014-08-01

    Retinal image alignment is fundamental to many applications in diagnosis of eye diseases. In this paper, we address the problem of landmark matching based retinal image alignment. We propose a novel landmark matching formulation by enforcing sparsity in the correspondence matrix and offer its solutions based on linear programming. The proposed formulation not only enables a joint estimation of the landmark correspondences and a predefined transformation model but also combines the benefits of the softassign strategy (Chui and Rangarajan, 2003) and the combinatorial optimization of linear programming. We also introduced a set of reinforced self-similarities descriptors which can better characterize local photometric and geometric properties of the retinal image. Theoretical analysis and experimental results with both fundus color images and angiogram images show the superior performances of our algorithms to several state-of-the-art techniques. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Reaction formulation for radiation and scattering from plates, corner reflectors and dielectric-coated cylinders

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, N. N.

    1974-01-01

    The reaction concept is employed to formulate an integral equation for radiation and scattering from plates, corner reflectors, and dielectric-coated conducting cylinders. The surface-current density on the conducting surface is expanded with subsectional bases. The dielectric layer is modeled with polarization currents radiating in free space. Maxwell's equation and the boundary conditions are employed to express the polarization-current distribution in terms of the surface-current density on the conducting surface. By enforcing reaction tests with an array of electric test sources, the moment method is employed to reduce the integral equation to a matrix equation. Inversion of the matrix equation yields the current distribution, and the scattered field is then obtained by integrating the current distribution. The theory, computer program and numerical results are presented for radiation and scattering from plates, corner reflectors, and dielectric-coated conducting cylinders.

  10. Insulating Materials Comprising Polysilazane, Methods of Forming Such Insulating Materials, and Precursor Formulations Comprising Polysilazane

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Larson, Robert S. (Inventor); Fuller, Michael E. (Inventor)

    2013-01-01

    Methods of forming an insulating material comprising combining a polysilazane, a cross-linking compound, and a gas-generating compound to form a reaction mixture, and curing the reaction mixture to form a modified polysilazane. The gas-generating compound may be water, an alcohol, an amine, or combinations thereof. The cross-linking compound may be an isocyanate, an epoxy resin, or combinations thereof. The insulating material may include a matrix comprising one of a reaction product of a polysilazane and an isocyanate and a reaction product of a polysilazane and an epoxy resin. The matrix also comprises a plurality of interconnected pores produced from one of reaction of the polysilazane and the isocyanate and from reaction of the polysilazane and the epoxy resin. A precursor formulation that comprises a polysilazane, a cross-linking compound, and a gas-generating compound is also disclosed.

  11. Effective field theory of dissipative fluids

    DOE PAGES

    Crossley, Michael; Glorioso, Paolo; Liu, Hong

    2017-09-20

    We develop an effctive fi eld theory for dissipative fluids which governs the dynamics of long-lived gapless modes associated with conserved quantities. The resulting theory gives a path integral formulation of fluctuating hydrodynamics which systematically incorporates nonlinear interactions of noises. The dynamical variables are mappings between a "fluid spacetime" and the physical spacetime and an essential aspect of our formulation is to identify the appropriate symmetries in the fluid spacetime. The theory applies to nonlinear disturbances around a general density matrix. For a thermal density matrix, we require an additional Z2 symmetry, to which we refer as the local KMSmore » condition. This leads to the standard constraints of hydrodynamics, as well as a nonlinear generalization of the Onsager relations. It also leads to an emergent supersymmetry in the classical statistical regime, and a higher derivative deformation of supersymmetry in the full quantum regime.« less

  12. Effective field theory of dissipative fluids

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Crossley, Michael; Glorioso, Paolo; Liu, Hong

    We develop an effctive fi eld theory for dissipative fluids which governs the dynamics of long-lived gapless modes associated with conserved quantities. The resulting theory gives a path integral formulation of fluctuating hydrodynamics which systematically incorporates nonlinear interactions of noises. The dynamical variables are mappings between a "fluid spacetime" and the physical spacetime and an essential aspect of our formulation is to identify the appropriate symmetries in the fluid spacetime. The theory applies to nonlinear disturbances around a general density matrix. For a thermal density matrix, we require an additional Z2 symmetry, to which we refer as the local KMSmore » condition. This leads to the standard constraints of hydrodynamics, as well as a nonlinear generalization of the Onsager relations. It also leads to an emergent supersymmetry in the classical statistical regime, and a higher derivative deformation of supersymmetry in the full quantum regime.« less

  13. General theory of multistage geminate reactions of isolated pairs of reactants. I. Kinetic equations.

    PubMed

    Doktorov, Alexander B; Kipriyanov, Alexey A

    2014-05-14

    General matrix approach to the consideration of multistage geminate reactions of isolated pairs of reactants depending on reactant mobility is formulated on the basis of the concept of "effective" particles. Various elementary reactions (stages of multistage reaction including physicochemical processes of internal quantum state changes) proceeding with the participation of isolated pairs of reactants (or isolated reactants) are taken into account. Investigation has been made in terms of kinetic approach implying the derivation of general (matrix) kinetic equations for local and mean probabilities of finding any of the reaction species in the sample under study (or for local and mean concentrations). The recipes for the calculation of kinetic coefficients of the equations for mean quantities in terms of relative coordinates of reactants have been formulated in the general case of inhomogeneous reacting systems. Important specific case of homogeneous reacting systems is considered.

  14. Numerical solutions for heat flow in adhesive lap joints

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Howell, P. A.; Winfree, William P.

    1992-01-01

    The present formulation for the modeling of heat transfer in thin, adhesively bonded lap joints precludes difficulties associated with large aspect ratio grids required by standard FEM formulations. This quasi-static formulation also reduces the problem dimensionality (by one), thereby minimizing computational requirements. The solutions obtained are found to be in good agreement with both analytical solutions and solutions from standard FEM programs. The approach is noted to yield a more accurate representation of heat-flux changes between layers due to a disbond.

  15. Diffusive transfer to membranes as an effective interface between gel electrophoresis and mass spectrometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ogorzalek Loo, Rachel R.; Mitchell, Charles; Stevenson, Tracy I.; Loo, Joseph A.; Andrews, Philip C.

    1997-12-01

    Diffusive transfer was examined as a blotting method to transfer proteins from polyacrylamide gels to membranes for ultraviolet matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization (MALDI) mass spectrometry. The method is well-suited for transfers from isoelectric focusing (IEF) gels. Spectra have been obtained for 11 pmol of 66 kDa albumin loaded onto an IEF gel and subsequently blotted to polyethylene. Similarly, masses of intact carbonic anhydrase and hemoglobin were obtained from 14 and 20 pmol loadings. This methodology is also compatible with blotting high molecular weight proteins, as seen for 6 pmol of the 150 kDa monoclonal antibody anti-[beta]-galactosidase transferred to Goretex. Polypropylene, Teflon, Nafion and polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) also produced good spectra following diffusive transfer. Only analysis from PVDF required that the membrane be kept wet prior to application of matrix. Considerations in mass accuracy for analysis from large-area membranes with continuous extraction and delayed extraction were explored, as were remedies for surface charging. Vapor phase CNBr cleavage was applied to membrane-bound samples for peptide mapping.

  16. Controlled release formulations of Atrazine and Mesotrione: characterization and sorption on soils

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pinheiro Dick, D.; Gomes de Ávila, L.; Benvenuti Leite, S.; Raffin Pohlmann, A.

    2009-04-01

    Atrazine is a widely used herbicide on corn and sugar cane plantations, which, along with soybeans, are the most productive crops in Brazil and are responsible for 36.5% of the annual national consumption of herbicides. Mesotrione is a new herbicide registered in the last years used for controlling weeds in corn plantations as a tentative substitution for atrazine. After its application in the field, reactions between the herbicide and chemical groups from the soil matrix surface occur, and this complexed form remains in the soil, representing a potential source for environmental contamination and also affecting its agronomic efficiency. Therefore, the application of herbicides associated to carrier systems may represent an alternative to mitigate the environmental impact caused by their intense usage, considering that the interaction between the soil matrix and the xenobiotic is reduced, and thus, diminishes the recommended dosis and reduces the environmental pollution. The objectives of this study are to evaluate the chemical and morphological characteristics of controlled release formulations of atrazine (ATZ) and of mesotrione (MES) and to investigate their sorptive behavior in three representative Brazilian soils. To assess the feasibility of using these associated systems, four formulations (SGATZ) containing different concentrations of atrazine and four formulations (SGMES) containing different levels of mesotrione (MES) were synthesized by the sol-gel method (SG), using tetraetil-ortho-silicate as precursor and NaF as catalyst. The formulations were characterized by elemental analysis, adsorption and desorption isotherms of nitrogen, thermal analysis (DSC), scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and infrared spectroscopy (FTIR). For comparison, samples of pure xerogel (SG), commercial MES (Callisto-Syngenta), pure ATZ (99% of active principle, Milênia), granulated ATZ (Gesaprim GrDA Syngenta) and dried commercial ATZ (Nortox 500 SC) were analyzed. The herbicides release from the formulations and from the commercial products in CaCl2 0,01 mol.L-1 medium was quantified by UV/vis spectroscopy along 24 hours. Mathematical models were tested in order to establish the release kinetics. Sorption isotherms of the formulations SGATZ150 and of the SGMES150 and of the comercial products were determined in three types of soil. The ATZ yields in the formulations were around 60%, while for MES the values reached 80%. In all formulations, ATZ was physically dispersed on the Si-polymer, and the dispersion grade decreased with increasing amount of added herbicide. The same behaviour was shown by MES. Both dissolution and diffusion processes controlled the release kinetics of ATZ from the formulations, whose data was fitted to the Korsmeyer-Peppas model. With the decrease of ATZ dispersion, the mechanism of dissolution assumes a more important role. In the case of MES, the dissolution to the aqueous media was rapidly achieved and the hebiced was located mostly outside the carrier polymer. Nevertheles, both herbicides in the form of xerogel presented a lower affinity for soil than in the commercial form. However, in soils with high contents of organic matter, the retention of ATZ in high affinity sorptive sites occurs both with the herbicide in molecular form as well as bound to the sol-gel matrix.

  17. Stress transfer around a broken fiber in unidirectional fiber-reinforced composites considering matrix damage evolution and interface slipping

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Zhong; Zhang, BoMing; Zhao, Lin; Sun, XinYang

    2011-02-01

    A shear-lag model is applied to study the stress transfer around a broken fiber within unidirectional fiber-reinforced composites (FRC) subjected to uniaxial tensile loading along the fiber direction. The matrix damage and interfacial debonding, which are the main failure modes, are considered in the model. The maximum stress criterion with the linear damage evolution theory is used for the matrix. The slipping friction stress is considered in the interfacial debonding region using Coulomb friction theory, in which interfacial clamping stress comes from radial residual stress and mismatch of Poisson's ratios of constituents (fiber and matrix). The stress distributions in the fiber and matrix are obtained by the shear-lag theory added with boundary conditions, which includes force continuity and displacement compatibility constraints in the broken and neighboring intact fibers. The result gives axial stress distribution in fibers and shear stress in the interface and compares the theory reasonably well with the measurement by a polarized light microscope. The relation curves between damage, debonding and ineffective region lengths with external strain loading are obtained.

  18. Robust Assignment Of Eigensystems For Flexible Structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Juang, Jer-Nan; Lim, Kyong B.; Junkins, John L.

    1992-01-01

    Improved method for placement of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of closed-loop control system by use of either state or output feedback. Applied to reduced-order finite-element mathematical model of NASA's MAST truss beam structure. Model represents deployer/retractor assembly, inertial properties of Space Shuttle, and rigid platforms for allocation of sensors and actuators. Algorithm formulated in real arithmetic for efficient implementation. Choice of open-loop eigenvector matrix and its closest unitary matrix believed suitable for generating well-conditioned eigensystem with small control gains. Implication of this approach is that element of iterative search for "optimal" unitary matrix appears unnecessary in practice for many test problems.

  19. S-matrix analysis of the baryon electric charge correlation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lo, Pok Man; Friman, Bengt; Redlich, Krzysztof; Sasaki, Chihiro

    2018-03-01

    We compute the correlation of the net baryon number with the electric charge (χBQ) for an interacting hadron gas using the S-matrix formulation of statistical mechanics. The observable χBQ is particularly sensitive to the details of the pion-nucleon interaction, which are consistently incorporated in the current scheme via the empirical scattering phase shifts. Comparing to the recent lattice QCD studies in the (2 + 1)-flavor system, we find that the natural implementation of interactions and the proper treatment of resonances in the S-matrix approach lead to an improved description of the lattice data over that obtained in the hadron resonance gas model.

  20. Investigation of a broadband coherent perfect absorber in a multi-layer structure by using the transfer matrix method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Na, Jihoon; Noh, Heeso

    2018-01-01

    We investigated a multi-layer structure for a broadband coherent perfect absorber (CPA). The transfer matrix method (TMM) is useful for analyzing the optical properties of structures and optimizing multi-layer structures. The broadband CPA strongly depends on the phase of the light traveling in one direction and the light reflected within the structure. The TMM simulation shows that the absorption bandwidth is increased by 95% in a multi-layer CPA compared to that in a single-layer CPA.

  1. Development of RWHet to Simulate Contaminant Transport in Fractured Porous Media

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Yong; LaBolle, Eric; Reeves, Donald M

    2012-07-01

    Accurate simulation of matrix diffusion in regional-scale dual-porosity and dual-permeability media is a critical issue for the DOE Underground Test Area (UGTA) program, given the prevalence of fractured geologic media on the Nevada National Security Site (NNSS). Contaminant transport through regional-scale fractured media is typically quantified by particle-tracking based Lagrangian solvers through the inclusion of dual-domain mass transfer algorithms that probabilistically determine particle transfer between fractures and unfractured matrix blocks. UGTA applications include a wide variety of fracture aperture and spacing, effective diffusion coefficients ranging four orders of magnitude, and extreme end member retardation values. This report incorporates the currentmore » dual-domain mass transfer algorithms into the well-known particle tracking code RWHet [LaBolle, 2006], and then tests and evaluates the updated code. We also develop and test a direct numerical simulation (DNS) approach to replace the classical transfer probability method in characterizing particle dynamics across the fracture/matrix interface. The final goal of this work is to implement the algorithm identified as most efficient and effective into RWHet, so that an accurate and computationally efficient software suite can be built for dual-porosity/dual-permeability applications. RWHet is a mature Lagrangian transport simulator with a substantial user-base that has undergone significant development and model validation. In this report, we also substantially tested the capability of RWHet in simulating passive and reactive tracer transport through regional-scale, heterogeneous media. Four dual-domain mass transfer methodologies were considered in this work. We first developed the empirical transfer probability approach proposed by Liu et al. [2000], and coded it into RWHet. The particle transfer probability from one continuum to the other is proportional to the ratio of the mass entering the other continuum to the mass in the current continuum. Numerical examples show that this method is limited to certain ranges of parameters, due to an intrinsic assumption of an equilibrium concentration profile in the matrix blocks in building the transfer probability. Subsequently, this method fails in describing mass transfer for parameter combinations that violate this assumption, including small diffusion coefficients (i.e., the free-water molecular diffusion coefficient 1×10-11 meter2/second), relatively large fracture spacings (such as meter), and/or relatively large matrix retardation coefficients (i.e., ). These “outliers” in parameter range are common in UGTA applications. To address the above limitations, we then developed a Direct Numerical Simulation (DNS)-Reflective method. The novel DNS-Reflective method can directly track the particle dynamics across the fracture/matrix interface using a random walk, without any empirical assumptions. This advantage should make the DNS-Reflective method feasible for a wide range of parameters. Numerical tests of the DNS-Reflective, however, show that the method is computationally very demanding, since the time step must be very small to resolve particle transfer between fractures and matrix blocks. To improve the computational efficiency of the DNS approach, we then adopted Roubinet et al.’s method [2009], which uses first passage time distributions to simulate dual-domain mass transfer. The DNS-Roubinet method was found to be computationally more efficient than the DNS-Reflective method. It matches the analytical solution for the whole range of major parameters (including diffusion coefficient and fracture aperture values that are considered “outliers” for Liu et al.’s transfer probability method [2000]) for a single fracture system. The DNS-Roubinet method, however, has its own disadvantage: for a parallel fracture system, the truncation of the first passage time distribution creates apparent errors when the fracture spacing is small, and thus it tends to erroneously predict breakthrough curves (BTCs) for the parallel fracture system. Finally, we adopted the transient range approach proposed by Pan and Bodvarsson [2002] in RWHet. In this method, particle transfer between fractures and matrix blocks can be resolved without using very small time steps. It does not use any truncation of the first passage time distribution for particles. Hence it does not have the limitation identified above for the DNS-Reflective method and the DNS-Roubinet method. Numerical results were checked against analytical solutions, and also compared to DCPTV2.0 [Pan, 2002]. This version of RWHet (called RWHet-Pan&Bodvarsson in this report) can accurately capture contaminant transport in fractured porous media for a full range of parameters without any practical or theoretical limitations.« less

  2. Bio-efficacy evaluation of nanoformulations of β-cyfluthrin against Callosobruchus maculatus (Coleoptera: Bruchidae).

    PubMed

    Loha, Kumelachew Mulu; Shakil, Najam A; Kumar, Jitendra; Singh, Manish K; Srivastava, Chitra

    2012-01-01

    In the present investigation, bioefficacy of developed β-cyfluthrin formulations, utilizing laboratory synthesized poly(ethylene glycols) based amphiphilic copolymers, were evaluated against Callosobruchus maculatus (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). The bioefficacy data indicated that the formulations developed by utilizing polymers having PEG - 1500 (3c) and PEG - 2000 (3d) as the hydrophilic segment showed greater efficacy after 14 days as evident from EC(50) values (2.2 and 1.58 mg L(-1) respectively). Also, release from the commercial SC formulation was faster than developed formulations as the commercial formulation had the lowest EC(50) value on the first day (0.51 mg L(-1)). The mean EC(50) of the commercial formulation against C. maculatus was quite high as compared to those of developed formulations. The results suggest that depending upon the polymer matrix used, the application rate of β-cyfluthrin can be optimized to achieve insect control at the desired level and period. The results described in this paper are promising and provide a comparison of developed formulations with the commercial one showing an earlier degradation of β-cyfluthrin in the latter and relatively prolonged activity in the former.

  3. Herbicidal activity of slow-release herbicide formulations in wheat stands infested by weeds.

    PubMed

    Zhila, Natalia; Murueva, Anastasiya; Shershneva, Anna; Shishatskaya, Ekaterina; Volova, Tatiana

    2017-10-03

    The present study reports the herbicidal activity of metribuzin and tribenuron-methyl embedded in the degradable matrix of natural poly-3-hydroxybutyrate [P(3HB)/MET and P(3HB)/TBM]. The developed formulations were constructed as films and microgranules, which were tested against the weeds such as white sweet clover Melilotus albus and lamb's quarters Chenopodium album in the presence of soft spring wheat (Triticum aestivum, cv. Altaiskaya 70) as the subject crop for investigation. The activity was measured in laboratory scale experiments by determining the density and weight of the vegetative organs of weeds. The study was also aimed at testing the effect of the experimental formulation on the growth of wheat crop as dependent on the method of herbicide delivery. The experimental MET and TBM formulations showed pronounced herbicidal activity against the weed species used in the study. The effectiveness of the experimental formulations in inhibiting weed growth was comparable to and, sometimes, higher than that of the commercial formulations (positive control). The amount of the biomass of the wheat treated with the experimental herbicide formulations was significantly greater than that of the wheat treated with commercial formulations.

  4. Protection of the liver against CCl4-induced injury by intramuscular electrotransfer of a kallistatin-encoding plasmid.

    PubMed

    Diao, Yong; Zhao, Xiao-Feng; Lin, Jun-Sheng; Wang, Qi-Zhao; Xu, Rui-An

    2011-01-07

    To investigate the effect of transgenic expression of kallistatin (Kal) on carbon tetrachloride (CCl(4))-induced liver injury by intramuscular (im) electrotransfer of a Kal-encoding plasmid formulated with poly-L-glutamate (PLG). The pKal plasmid encoding Kal gene was formulated with PLG and electrotransferred into mice skeletal muscle before the administration of CCl4. The expression level of Kal was measured. The serum biomarker levels of alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), malonyldialdehyde (MDA), and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-α were monitored. The extent of CCl4-induced liver injury was analyzed histopathologically. The transgene of Kal was sufficiently expressed after an im injection of plasmid formulated with PLG followed by electroporation. In the Kal gene-transferred mice, protection against CCl4-induced liver injury was reflected by significantly decreased serum ALT, AST, MDA and TNF-α levels compared to those in control mice (P<0.01 to 0.05 in a dose-dependent manner). Histological observations also revealed that hepatocyte necrosis, hemorrhage, vacuolar change and hydropic degeneration were apparent in mice after CCl4 administration. In contrast, the damage was markedly attenuated in the Kal gene-transferred mice. The expression of hepatic fibrogenesis marker transforming growth factor-β1 was also reduced in the pKal transferred mice. Intramuscular electrotransfer of plasmid pKal which was formulated with PLG significantly alleviated the CCl4-induced oxidative stress and inflammatory response, and reduced the liver damage in a mouse model.

  5. Determination of poles and zeros of transfer functions for flexible spacecraft attitude control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ohkami, Y.; Likins, P. W.

    1976-01-01

    The transfer function matrix is obtained for a three-input and three-output model of minimum sensors and actuators for the attitude control system of flexible spacecraft, and a method is described for determining the poles and zeros of this transfer function. Three cases are considered: (1) the actuators and the sensors are all attached to the primary body, (2) the actuators are on the primary body and the sensors are on the sub-body, and (3) the actuators are on the sub-body and the sensors are on the primary body. The zero-determination problem is shown to reduce to eigenvalue calculations of a matrix which is constructed from the inertial and modal matrices in a simple fashion.

  6. Transfer matrix approach for the Kerr and Faraday rotation in layered nanostructures.

    PubMed

    Széchenyi, Gábor; Vigh, Máté; Kormányos, Andor; Cserti, József

    2016-09-21

    To study the optical rotation of the polarization of light incident on multilayer systems consisting of atomically thin conductors and dielectric multilayers we present a general method based on transfer matrices. The transfer matrix of the atomically thin conducting layer is obtained using the Maxwell equations. We derive expressions for the Kerr (Faraday) rotation angle and for the ellipticity of the reflected (transmitted) light as a function of the incident angle and polarization of the light. The method is demonstrated by calculating the Kerr (Faraday) angle for bilayer graphene in the quantum anomalous Hall state placed on the top of dielectric multilayers. The optical conductivity of the bilayer graphene is calculated in the framework of a four-band model.

  7. Matrix completion by deep matrix factorization.

    PubMed

    Fan, Jicong; Cheng, Jieyu

    2018-02-01

    Conventional methods of matrix completion are linear methods that are not effective in handling data of nonlinear structures. Recently a few researchers attempted to incorporate nonlinear techniques into matrix completion but there still exists considerable limitations. In this paper, a novel method called deep matrix factorization (DMF) is proposed for nonlinear matrix completion. Different from conventional matrix completion methods that are based on linear latent variable models, DMF is on the basis of a nonlinear latent variable model. DMF is formulated as a deep-structure neural network, in which the inputs are the low-dimensional unknown latent variables and the outputs are the partially observed variables. In DMF, the inputs and the parameters of the multilayer neural network are simultaneously optimized to minimize the reconstruction errors for the observed entries. Then the missing entries can be readily recovered by propagating the latent variables to the output layer. DMF is compared with state-of-the-art methods of linear and nonlinear matrix completion in the tasks of toy matrix completion, image inpainting and collaborative filtering. The experimental results verify that DMF is able to provide higher matrix completion accuracy than existing methods do and DMF is applicable to large matrices. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  8. Tracking Time Evolution of Collective Attention Clusters in Twitter: Time Evolving Nonnegative Matrix Factorisation.

    PubMed

    Saito, Shota; Hirata, Yoshito; Sasahara, Kazutoshi; Suzuki, Hideyuki

    2015-01-01

    Micro-blogging services, such as Twitter, offer opportunities to analyse user behaviour. Discovering and distinguishing behavioural patterns in micro-blogging services is valuable. However, it is difficult and challenging to distinguish users, and to track the temporal development of collective attention within distinct user groups in Twitter. In this paper, we formulate this problem as tracking matrices decomposed by Nonnegative Matrix Factorisation for time-sequential matrix data, and propose a novel extension of Nonnegative Matrix Factorisation, which we refer to as Time Evolving Nonnegative Matrix Factorisation (TENMF). In our method, we describe users and words posted in some time interval by a matrix, and use several matrices as time-sequential data. Subsequently, we apply Time Evolving Nonnegative Matrix Factorisation to these time-sequential matrices. TENMF can decompose time-sequential matrices, and can track the connection among decomposed matrices, whereas previous NMF decomposes a matrix into two lower dimension matrices arbitrarily, which might lose the time-sequential connection. Our proposed method has an adequately good performance on artificial data. Moreover, we present several results and insights from experiments using real data from Twitter.

  9. Estimation of positive semidefinite correlation matrices by using convex quadratic semidefinite programming.

    PubMed

    Fushiki, Tadayoshi

    2009-07-01

    The correlation matrix is a fundamental statistic that is used in many fields. For example, GroupLens, a collaborative filtering system, uses the correlation between users for predictive purposes. Since the correlation is a natural similarity measure between users, the correlation matrix may be used in the Gram matrix in kernel methods. However, the estimated correlation matrix sometimes has a serious defect: although the correlation matrix is originally positive semidefinite, the estimated one may not be positive semidefinite when not all ratings are observed. To obtain a positive semidefinite correlation matrix, the nearest correlation matrix problem has recently been studied in the fields of numerical analysis and optimization. However, statistical properties are not explicitly used in such studies. To obtain a positive semidefinite correlation matrix, we assume the approximate model. By using the model, an estimate is obtained as the optimal point of an optimization problem formulated with information on the variances of the estimated correlation coefficients. The problem is solved by a convex quadratic semidefinite program. A penalized likelihood approach is also examined. The MovieLens data set is used to test our approach.

  10. [A cost-benefit analysis of a Mexican food-support program].

    PubMed

    Ventura-Alfaro, Carmelita E; Gutiérrez-Reyes, Juan P; Bertozzi-Kenefick, Stefano M; Caldés-Gómez, Natalia

    2011-06-01

    Objective Presenting an estimate of a Mexican food-support program (FSP) program's cost transfer ratio (CTR) from start-up (2003) to May 2005. Methods The program's activities were listed by constructing a time allocation matrix to ascertain how much time was spent on each of the program's activities by the personnel so involved. Another cost matrix was also constructed which was completed with information from the program's accountancy records. The program's total cost, activity cost and the value of given FSP transfers were thus estimated. Results Food delivery CRT for 2003, 2004 and 2005 was 0.150, 0.218, 0.230, respectively; cash CTR was 0.132in 2004 and 0.105 in 2005. Conclusion Comparing CTR values according to transfer type is a good way to promote discussion related to this topic; however, the decision for making a transfer does not depend exclusively on efficiency but on both mechanisms' effectiveness.

  11. The application of nonlinear programming and collocation to optimal aeroassisted orbital transfers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shi, Y. Y.; Nelson, R. L.; Young, D. H.; Gill, P. E.; Murray, W.; Saunders, M. A.

    1992-01-01

    Sequential quadratic programming (SQP) and collocation of the differential equations of motion were applied to optimal aeroassisted orbital transfers. The Optimal Trajectory by Implicit Simulation (OTIS) computer program codes with updated nonlinear programming code (NZSOL) were used as a testbed for the SQP nonlinear programming (NLP) algorithms. The state-of-the-art sparse SQP method is considered to be effective for solving large problems with a sparse matrix. Sparse optimizers are characterized in terms of memory requirements and computational efficiency. For the OTIS problems, less than 10 percent of the Jacobian matrix elements are nonzero. The SQP method encompasses two phases: finding an initial feasible point by minimizing the sum of infeasibilities and minimizing the quadratic objective function within the feasible region. The orbital transfer problem under consideration involves the transfer from a high energy orbit to a low energy orbit.

  12. A transfer matrix approach to vibration localization in mistuned blade assemblies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ottarson, Gisli; Pierre, Chritophe

    1993-01-01

    A study of mode localization in mistuned bladed disks is performed using transfer matrices. The transfer matrix approach yields the free response of a general, mono-coupled, perfectly cyclic assembly in closed form. A mistuned structure is represented by random transfer matrices, and the expansion of these matrices in terms of the small mistuning parameter leads to the definition of a measure of sensitivity to mistuning. An approximation of the localization factor, the spatially averaged rate of exponential attenuation per blade-disk sector, is obtained through perturbation techniques in the limits of high and low sensitivity. The methodology is applied to a common model of a bladed disk and the results verified by Monte Carlo simulations. The easily calculated sensitivity measure may prove to be a valuable design tool due to its system-independent quantification of mistuning effects such as mode localization.

  13. Radiative transfer models for retrieval of cloud parameters from EPIC/DSCOVR measurements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Molina García, Víctor; Sasi, Sruthy; Efremenko, Dmitry S.; Doicu, Adrian; Loyola, Diego

    2018-07-01

    In this paper we analyze the accuracy and efficiency of several radiative transfer models for inferring cloud parameters from radiances measured by the Earth Polychromatic Imaging Camera (EPIC) on board the Deep Space Climate Observatory (DSCOVR). The radiative transfer models are the exact discrete ordinate and matrix operator methods with matrix exponential, and the approximate asymptotic and equivalent Lambertian cloud models. To deal with the computationally expensive radiative transfer calculations, several acceleration techniques such as, for example, the telescoping technique, the method of false discrete ordinate, the correlated k-distribution method and the principal component analysis (PCA) are used. We found that, for the EPIC oxygen A-band absorption channel at 764 nm, the exact models using the correlated k-distribution in conjunction with PCA yield an accuracy better than 1.5% and a computation time of 18 s for radiance calculations at 5 viewing zenith angles.

  14. A numerical solution for the diffusion equation in hydrogeologic systems

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Ishii, A.L.; Healy, R.W.; Striegl, Robert G.

    1989-01-01

    The documentation of a computer code for the numerical solution of the linear diffusion equation in one or two dimensions in Cartesian or cylindrical coordinates is presented. Applications of the program include molecular diffusion, heat conduction, and fluid flow in confined systems. The flow media may be anisotropic and heterogeneous. The model is formulated by replacing the continuous linear diffusion equation by discrete finite-difference approximations at each node in a block-centered grid. The resulting matrix equation is solved by the method of preconditioned conjugate gradients. The conjugate gradient method does not require the estimation of iteration parameters and is guaranteed convergent in the absence of rounding error. The matrixes are preconditioned to decrease the steps to convergence. The model allows the specification of any number of boundary conditions for any number of stress periods, and the output of a summary table for selected nodes showing flux and the concentration of the flux quantity for each time step. The model is written in a modular format for ease of modification. The model was verified by comparison of numerical and analytical solutions for cases of molecular diffusion, two-dimensional heat transfer, and axisymmetric radial saturated fluid flow. Application of the model to a hypothetical two-dimensional field situation of gas diffusion in the unsaturated zone is demonstrated. The input and output files are included as a check on program installation. The definition of variables, input requirements, flow chart, and program listing are included in the attachments. (USGS)

  15. Deformed quantum double realization of the toric code and beyond

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Padmanabhan, Pramod; Ibieta-Jimenez, Juan Pablo; Bernabe Ferreira, Miguel Jorge; Teotonio-Sobrinho, Paulo

    2016-09-01

    Quantum double models, such as the toric code, can be constructed from transfer matrices of lattice gauge theories with discrete gauge groups and parametrized by the center of the gauge group algebra and its dual. For general choices of these parameters the transfer matrix contains operators acting on links which can also be thought of as perturbations to the quantum double model driving it out of its topological phase and destroying the exact solvability of the quantum double model. We modify these transfer matrices with perturbations and extract exactly solvable models which remain in a quantum phase, thus nullifying the effect of the perturbation. The algebra of the modified vertex and plaquette operators now obey a deformed version of the quantum double algebra. The Abelian cases are shown to be in the quantum double phase whereas the non-Abelian phases are shown to be in a modified phase of the corresponding quantum double phase. These are illustrated with the groups Zn and S3. The quantum phases are determined by studying the excitations of these systems namely their fusion rules and the statistics. We then go further to construct a transfer matrix which contains the other Z2 phase namely the double semion phase. More generally for other discrete groups these transfer matrices contain the twisted quantum double models. These transfer matrices can be thought of as being obtained by introducing extra parameters into the transfer matrix of lattice gauge theories. These parameters are central elements belonging to the tensor products of the algebra and its dual and are associated to vertices and volumes of the three dimensional lattice. As in the case of the lattice gauge theories we construct the operators creating the excitations in this case and study their braiding and fusion properties.

  16. Release of theophylline and carbamazepine from matrix tablets--consequences of HPMC chemical heterogeneity.

    PubMed

    Viridén, Anna; Abrahmsén-Alami, Susanna; Wittgren, Bengt; Larsson, Anette

    2011-08-01

    The release of theophylline and carbamazepine from matrix tablets composed of microcrystalline cellulose, lactose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) was studied. The aim was to investigate the effect of different substituent heterogeneities of HPMC on the drug release from matrix tablets composed of either 35% or 45% HPMC. The release of the poorly soluble carbamazepine was considerably affected by the HPMC heterogeneity, and the time difference at 80% drug release was more than 12h between the formulations of different HPMC batches. This was explained by slower polymer erosion of the heterogeneous HPMC and the fact that carbamazepine was mainly released by erosion. In addition, results from magnetic resonance imaging showed that the rate of water transport into the tablets was similar. This explained the comparable results of the release of the sparingly soluble theophylline from the two formulations even though the polymer erosion and the swelling of the tablets were considerably different. Thus, it can be concluded that the drug release was highly affected by the substituent heterogeneity, especially in the case of carbamazepine, which was released mainly by erosion. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  17. Thermal shock induced dynamics of a spacecraft with a flexible deploying boom

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shen, Zhenxing; Li, Huijian; Liu, Xiaoning; Hu, Gengkai

    2017-12-01

    The dynamics in the process of deployment of a flexible extendible boom as a deployable structure on the spacecraft is studied. For determining the thermally induced vibrations of the boom subjected to an incident solar heat flux, an axially moving thermal-dynamic beam element based on the absolute nodal coordinate formulation which is able to precisely describe the large displacement, rotation and deformation of flexible body is presented. For the elastic forces formulation of variable-length beam element, the enhanced continuum mechanics approach is adopted, which can eliminate the Poisson locking effect, and take into account the tension-bending-torsion coupling deformations. The main body of the spacecraft, modeled as a rigid body, is described using the natural coordinates method. In the derived nonlinear thermal-dynamic equations of rigid-flexible multibody system, the mass matrix is time-variant, and a pseudo damping matrix which is without actual energy dissipation, and a heat conduction matrix which is relative to the moving speed and the number of beam element are arisen. Numerical results give the dynamic and thermal responses of the nonrotating and spinning spacecraft, respectively, and show that thermal shock has a significant influence on the dynamics of spacecraft.

  18. Effect of proton transfer on the electronic coupling in DNA

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rak, Janusz; Makowska, Joanna; Voityuk, Alexander A.

    2006-06-01

    The effects of single and double proton transfer within Watson-Crick base pairs on donor-acceptor electronic couplings, Vda, in DNA are studied on the bases of quantum chemical calculations. Four dimers [AT,AT], [GC,GC], [GC,AT] and [GC,TA)] are considered. Three techniques - the generalized Mulliken-Hush scheme, the fragment charge method and the diabatic states method - are employed to estimate Vda for hole transfer between base pairs. We show that both single- and double proton transfer (PT) reactions may substantially affect the electronic coupling in DNA. The electronic coupling in [AT,AT] is predicted to be most sensitive to PT. Single PT within the first base pair in the dimer leads to increase in the hole transfer efficiency by a factor of 4, while proton transfer within the second pair should substantially, by 2.7 times, decrease the rate of charge transfer. Thus, directional asymmetry of the PT effects on the electronic coupling is predicted. The changes in the Vda matrix elements correlate with the topological properties of orbitals of donor and acceptor and can be qualitatively rationalized in terms of resonance structures of donor and acceptor. Atomic pair contributions to the Vda matrix elements are also analyzed.

  19. Experimental estimation of migration and transfer of organic substances from consumer articles to cotton wipes: Evaluation of underlying mechanisms.

    PubMed

    Clausen, Per Axel; Spaan, Suzanne; Brouwer, Derk H; Marquart, Hans; le Feber, Maaike; Engel, Roel; Geerts, Lieve; Jensen, Keld Alstrup; Kofoed-Sørensen, Vivi; Hansen, Brian; De Brouwere, Katleen

    2016-01-01

    The aim of this work was to identify the key mechanisms governing transport of organic chemical substances from consumer articles to cotton wipes. The results were used to establish a mechanistic model to improve assessment of dermal contact exposure. Four types of PVC flooring, 10 types of textiles and one type of inkjet printed paper were used to establish the mechanisms and model. Kinetic extraction studies in methanol demonstrated existence of matrix diffusion and indicated the presence of a substance surface layer on some articles. Consequently, the proposed substance transfer model considers mechanical transport from a surface film and matrix diffusion in an article with a known initial total substance concentration. The estimated chemical substance transfer values to cotton wipes were comparable to the literature data (relative transfer ∼ 2%), whereas relative transfer efficiencies from spiked substrates were high (∼ 50%). For consumer articles, high correlation (r(2)=0.92) was observed between predicted and measured transfer efficiencies, but concentrations were overpredicted by a factor of 10. Adjusting the relative transfer from about 50% used in the model to about 2.5% removed overprediction. Further studies are required to confirm the model for generic use.

  20. Clinical pharmacokinetic study for the effect of glimepiride matrix tablets developed by quality by design concept.

    PubMed

    Ahmed, Tarek A; Suhail, Mohammad A A; Hosny, Khaled M; Abd-Allah, Fathy I

    2018-01-01

    Implementation of a new pharmaceutical technique to improve aqueous solubility and thus dissolution, enhancement of drug permeation, and finally formulation of a controlled release tablet loaded with glimepiride (GLMP). Improve GLMP bioavailability and pharmacokinetics in type II diabetic patients. Different polymers were used to enhance aqueous GLMP solubility of which a saturated polymeric drug solution was prepared and physically adsorbed onto silica. An experimental design was employed to optimize the formulation parameters affecting the preparation of GLMP matrix tablets. A compatibility study was conducted to study components interactions. Scanning electron microscope (SEM) was performed before and after the tablets were placed in the dissolution medium. An in vivo study in human volunteers was performed with the optimized GLMP tablets, which were compared to pure and marketed drug products. Enhancement of GLMP aqueous solubility, using the polymeric drug solution technique, by more than 6-7 times when compared with the binary system. All the studied formulation factors significantly affected the studied variables. No significant interaction was detected among components. SEM illustrated the surface and inner tablet structure, and confirmed the drug release which was attributed to diffusion mechanism. The volunteer group administered the optimized GLMP tablet exhibited higher drug plasma concentration (147.4 ng/mL), longer time to reach maximum plasma concentration (4 h) and longer t 1/2 (7.236 h) compared to other groups. Matrix tablet loaded with a physically modified drug form could represent a key solution for drugs with inconsistent dissolution and absorption profiles.

  1. Urinary excretion of ciprofloxacin after administration of extended release tablets in healthy volunteers. Swellable drug-polyelectrolyte matrix versus bilayer tablets.

    PubMed

    Guzmán, M L; Romañuk, C B; Sanchez, M F; Luciani Giacobbe, L C; Alarcón-Ramirez, L P; Battistini, F D; Alovero, F L; Jimenez-Kairuz, A F; Manzo, R H; Olivera, María Eugenia

    2018-02-01

    This paper builds on a previous paper in which new ciprofloxacin extended-release tablets were developed based on a ciprofloxacin-based swellable drug polyelectrolyte matrix (SDPM-CIP). The matrix contains a molecular dispersion of ciprofloxacin ionically bonded to the acidic groups of carbomer, forming the polyelectrolyte-drug complex CB-CIP. This formulation showed that the release profile of the ciprofloxacin bilayer tablets currently commercialised can be achieved with a simpler strategy. Thus, since ciprofloxacin urine concentrations are associated with the clinical cure of urinary tract infections, the goal of this work was to compare the urinary excretion of SDPM-CIP tablets with those of the CIPRO XR® bilayer tablets. A batch of SDPM-CIP tablets was manufactured by the wet granulation method and the CB-CIP ionic complex was obtained in situ. Fasted healthy volunteers received a single oral dose of 500 mg ciprofloxacin of either formulation in a randomised crossover study. Urinary concentrations were assessed by HPLC at intervals up to 36 h. Pharmacokinetic parameters (rate of urinary excretion, maximum urine excretion rate, t max , area under the curve, amount and percentage of the ciprofloxacin dose excreted in urine) showed no statistical differences between both formulations at any of the time intervals of collection. The processing conditions to obtain SDPM-CIP tablets are easy to scale up since they involve technology currently employed in the pharmaceutical industry and the process is less challenging to implement. In addition, SDPM-CIP tablets met pharmacopoeial quality specifications.

  2. A gastro-resistant ovalbumin bi-layered mini-tablet-in-tablet system for the delivery of Lactobacillus acidophilus probiotic to simulated human intestinal and colon conditions.

    PubMed

    Govender, Mershen; Choonara, Yahya Essop; van Vuuren, Sandy; Kumar, Pradeep; du Toit, Lisa Claire; Pillay, Viness

    2015-07-01

    The viability of probiotic bacteria during formulation processes and delivery is vital to ensure health benefits. This study focuses on the use of gastro-resistant denatured ovalbumin for the targeted delivery of probiotic Lactobacillus acidophilus to simulated human intestinal and colon conditions through a bi-layered mini-tablet-in-tablet system (BMTTS). The BMTTS consists of two gastro-resistant ovalbumin mini-tablets containing L. acidophilus suspended in lactose and eudragit S100 for targeted intestinal and colonic delivery respectively. Luminescence has been utilized to ensure probiotic viability during formulation processes in addition to determining all probiotic release profiles. The mechanism of probiotic release from the ovalbumin matrix was ascertained using mathematical modelling and molecular docking studies. Magnetic resonance imaging and differential scanning calorimetry are also included as part of the in-vitro characterization of the ovalbumin system. The BMTTS was effective in the delivery of L. acidophilus to simulated human intestinal and colon conditions. Formulation processes were furthermore determined to maintain probiotic viability. Statistical analysis of the release data noted a significant effect of pH denaturation on the release properties of ovalbumin. Magnetic resonance imaging results have indicated a decrease in ovalbumin matrix size upon exposure to simulated intestinal fluid. Molecular docking studies carried out depicted the interaction and binding positions inherent to the ovalbumin-pancreatic trypsin interaction complex indicating the possible enzymatic degradation of ovalbumin leading to the release of the probiotic from the protein matrix. The BMTTS has been determined to be effective in the protection and delivery of probiotic L. acidophilus to simulated human intestinal and colonic conditions. Molecular docking analysis has noted that pancreatin exerts a significant effect on probiotic release from the gastro-resistant ovalbumin matrix. © 2015 Royal Pharmaceutical Society.

  3. DERMAL TRANSFER EFFICIENCY OF PESTICIDES FROM NEW AND USED CUT-PILE CARPET TO DRY AND WETTED PALMS

    EPA Science Inventory

    This report presents results of a study to determine the transfer efficiencies from carpet to human skin of four pesticides commonly used for residential indoor insect control. Formulations of the insecticides chlorpyrifos, pyrethrin I and piperonyl butoxide were applied to new...

  4. Resin infiltration transfer technique

    DOEpatents

    Miller, David V [Pittsburgh, PA; Baranwal, Rita [Glenshaw, PA

    2009-12-08

    A process has been developed for fabricating composite structures using either reaction forming or polymer infiltration and pyrolysis techniques to densify the composite matrix. The matrix and reinforcement materials of choice can include, but are not limited to, silicon carbide (SiC) and zirconium carbide (ZrC). The novel process can be used to fabricate complex, net-shape or near-net shape, high-quality ceramic composites with a crack-free matrix.

  5. Application of guar-xanthan gum mixture as a partial fat replacer in meat emulsions.

    PubMed

    Rather, Sajad A; Masoodi, F A; Akhter, Rehana; Rather, Jahangir A; Gani, Adil; Wani, S M; Malik, A H

    2016-06-01

    The physicochemical, oxidative, texture and microstructure properties were evaluated for low fat meat emulsions containing varying levels of guar/xanthan gum mixture (1:1 ratio) as a fat substitute. Partial replacement of fat with guar/xanthan gum resulted in higher emulsion stability and cooking yield but lower penetration force. Proximate composition revealed that high fat control had significantly higher fat and lower moisture content due to the difference in basic formulation. Colour evaluation revealed that low fat formulations containing gum mixture had significantly lower lightness and higher yellowness values than high fat control formulation. However non-significant difference was observed in redness values between low fat formulations and the high fat control. The pH values of the low fat formulations containing gum mixture were lower than the control formulations (T0 and TC). The MetMb% of the high fat emulsion formulation was higher than low fat formulations. The significant increase of TBARS value, protein carbonyl groups and loss of protein sulphydryl groups in high fat formulation reflect the more oxidative degradation of lipids and muscle proteins during the preparation of meat emulsion than low fat formulations. The SEM showed a porous matrix in the treatments containing gum mixture. Thus, the guar/xanthan gum mixture improved the physicochemical and oxidative quality of low fat meat emulsions than the control formulations.

  6. Integrable generalizations of non-linear multiple three-wave interaction models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jurčo, Branislav

    1989-07-01

    Integrable generalizations of multiple three-wave interaction models in terms of r-matrix formulation are investigated. The Lax representations, complete sets of first integrals in involution are constructed, the quantization leading to Gaudin's models is discussed.

  7. Bringing novel semiochemical formulations to the market

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    SPLAT® (Specialized Pheromone and Lure Application Technology) matrix is a unique controlled-release technology that can be adapted to dispense and protect a wide variety of compounds from degradation, including semi chemicals, pesticides, and phagostimulants, in diverse environments. ISCA Technolog...

  8. MODFLOW-NWT, A Newton formulation for MODFLOW-2005

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Niswonger, Richard G.; Panday, Sorab; Ibaraki, Motomu

    2011-01-01

    This report documents a Newton formulation of MODFLOW-2005, called MODFLOW-NWT. MODFLOW-NWT is a standalone program that is intended for solving problems involving drying and rewetting nonlinearities of the unconfined groundwater-flow equation. MODFLOW-NWT must be used with the Upstream-Weighting (UPW) Package for calculating intercell conductances in a different manner than is done in the Block-Centered Flow (BCF), Layer Property Flow (LPF), or Hydrogeologic-Unit Flow (HUF; Anderman and Hill, 2000) Packages. The UPW Package treats nonlinearities of cell drying and rewetting by use of a continuous function of groundwater head, rather than the discrete approach of drying and rewetting that is used by the BCF, LPF, and HUF Packages. This further enables application of the Newton formulation for unconfined groundwater-flow problems because conductance derivatives required by the Newton method are smooth over the full range of head for a model cell. The NWT linearization approach generates an asymmetric matrix, which is different from the standard MODFLOW formulation that generates a symmetric matrix. Because all linear solvers presently available for use with MODFLOW-2005 solve only symmetric matrices, MODFLOW-NWT includes two previously developed asymmetric matrix-solver options. The matrix-solver options include a generalized-minimum-residual (GMRES) Solver and an Orthomin / stabilized conjugate-gradient (CGSTAB) Solver. The GMRES Solver is documented in a previously published report, such that only a brief description and input instructions are provided in this report. However, the CGSTAB Solver (called XMD) is documented in this report. Flow-property input for the UPW Package is designed based on the LPF Package and material-property input is identical to that for the LPF Package except that the rewetting and vertical-conductance correction options of the LPF Package are not available with the UPW Package. Input files constructed for the LPF Package can be used with slight modification as input for the UPW Package. This report presents the theory and methods used by MODFLOW-NWT, including the UPW Package. Additionally, this report provides comparisons of the new methodology to analytical solutions of groundwater flow and to standard MODFLOW-2005 results by use of an unconfined aquifer MODFLOW example problem. The standard MODFLOW-2005 simulation uses the LPF Package with the wet/dry option active. A new example problem also is presented to demonstrate MODFLOW-NWT's ability to provide a solution for a difficult unconfined groundwater-flow problem.

  9. Quantum simulation of an ultrathin body field-effect transistor with channel imperfections

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vyurkov, V.; Semenikhin, I.; Filippov, S.; Orlikovsky, A.

    2012-04-01

    An efficient program for the all-quantum simulation of nanometer field-effect transistors is elaborated. The model is based on the Landauer-Buttiker approach. Our calculation of transmission coefficients employs a transfer-matrix technique involving the arbitrary precision (multiprecision) arithmetic to cope with evanescent modes. Modified in such way, the transfer-matrix technique turns out to be much faster in practical simulations than that of scattering-matrix. Results of the simulation demonstrate the impact of realistic channel imperfections (random charged centers and wall roughness) on transistor characteristics. The Landauer-Buttiker approach is developed to incorporate calculation of the noise at an arbitrary temperature. We also validate the ballistic Landauer-Buttiker approach for the usual situation when heavily doped contacts are indispensably included into the simulation region.

  10. Quantum non-Abelian hydrodynamics: Anyonic or spin-orbital entangled liquids, nonunitarity of scattering matrix and charge fractionalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pareek, Tribhuvan Prasad

    2015-09-01

    In this article, we develop an exact (nonadiabatic, nonperturbative) density matrix scattering theory for a two component quantum liquid which interacts or scatters off from a generic spin-dependent quantum potential. The generic spin dependent quantum potential [Eq. (1)] is a matrix potential, hence, adiabaticity criterion is ill-defined. Therefore the full matrix potential should be treated nonadiabatically. We succeed in doing so using the notion of vectorial matrices which allows us to obtain an exact analytical expression for the scattered density matrix (SDM), ϱsc [Eq. (30)]. We find that the number or charge density in scattered fluid, Tr(ϱsc), expressions in Eqs. (32) depends on nontrivial quantum interference coefficients, Qα β 0ijk, which arises due to quantum interference between spin-independent and spin-dependent scattering amplitudes and among spin-dependent scattering amplitudes. Further it is shown that Tr(ϱsc) can be expressed in a compact form [Eq. (39)] where the effect of quantum interference coefficients can be included using a vector Qαβ, which allows us to define a vector order parameterQ. Since the number density is obtained using an exact scattered density matrix, therefore, we do not need to prove that Q is non-zero. However, for sake of completeness, we make detailed mathematical analysis for the conditions under which the vector order parameterQ would be zero or nonzero. We find that in presence of spin-dependent interaction the vector order parameterQ is necessarily nonzero and is related to the commutator and anti-commutator of scattering matrix S with its dagger S† [Eq. (78)]. It is further shown that Q≠0, implies four physically equivalent conditions,i.e., spin-orbital entanglement is nonzero, non-Abelian scattering phase, i.e., matrices, scattering matrix is nonunitary and the broken time reversal symmetry for SDM. This also implies that quasi particle excitation are anyonic in nature, hence, charge fractionalization is a natural consequence. This aspect has also been discussed from the perspective of number or charge density conservation, which implies i.e., Tr(ϱ} sc) = Tr(ϱin). On the other hand Q = 0 turns out to be a mathematically forced unphysical solution in presence of spin-dependent potential or scattering which is equivalent to Abelian hydrodynamics, unitary scattering matrix, absence of spin-space entanglement and preserved time reversal symmetry. We have formulated the theory using mesoscopic language, specifically, we have considered two terminal systems connected to spin-dependent scattering region, which is equivalent to having two potential wells separated by a generic spin-dependent potential barrier. The formulation using mesoscopic language is practically useful because it leads directly to the measured quantities such as conductance and spin-polarization density in the leads, however, the presented formulation is not limited to the mesoscopic system only, its generality has been stressed at various places in this article.

  11. Critique of Macro Flow/Damage Surface Representations for Metal Matrix Composites Using Micromechanics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lissenden, Cliff J.; Arnold, Steven M.

    1996-01-01

    Guidance for the formulation of robust, multiaxial, constitutive models for advanced materials is provided by addressing theoretical and experimental issues using micromechanics. The multiaxial response of metal matrix composites, depicted in terms of macro flow/damage surfaces, is predicted at room and elevated temperatures using an analytical micromechanical model that includes viscoplastic matrix response as well as fiber-matrix debonding. Macro flow/damage surfaces (i.e., debonding envelopes, matrix threshold surfaces, macro 'yield' surfaces, surfaces of constant inelastic strain rate, and surfaces of constant dissipation rate) are determined for silicon carbide/titanium in three stress spaces. Residual stresses are shown to offset the centers of the flow/damage surfaces from the origin and their shape is significantly altered by debonding. The results indicate which type of flow/damage surfaces should be characterized and what loadings applied to provide the most meaningful experimental data for guiding theoretical model development and verification.

  12. Improved Displacement Transfer Functions for Structure Deformed Shape Predictions Using Discretely Distributed Surface Strains

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ko, William L.; Fleischer, Van Tran

    2012-01-01

    In the formulations of earlier Displacement Transfer Functions for structure shape predictions, the surface strain distributions, along a strain-sensing line, were represented with piecewise linear functions. To improve the shape-prediction accuracies, Improved Displacement Transfer Functions were formulated using piecewise nonlinear strain representations. Through discretization of an embedded beam (depth-wise cross section of a structure along a strain-sensing line) into multiple small domains, piecewise nonlinear functions were used to describe the surface strain distributions along the discretized embedded beam. Such piecewise approach enabled the piecewise integrations of the embedded beam curvature equations to yield slope and deflection equations in recursive forms. The resulting Improved Displacement Transfer Functions, written in summation forms, were expressed in terms of beam geometrical parameters and surface strains along the strain-sensing line. By feeding the surface strains into the Improved Displacement Transfer Functions, structural deflections could be calculated at multiple points for mapping out the overall structural deformed shapes for visual display. The shape-prediction accuracies of the Improved Displacement Transfer Functions were then examined in view of finite-element-calculated deflections using different tapered cantilever tubular beams. It was found that by using the piecewise nonlinear strain representations, the shape-prediction accuracies could be greatly improved, especially for highly-tapered cantilever tubular beams.

  13. Polycation nanostructured lipid carrier, a novel nonviral vector constructed with triolein for efficient gene delivery.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Zhiwen; Sha, Xianyi; Shen, Anle; Wang, Yongzhong; Sun, Zhaogui; Gu, Zheng; Fang, Xiaoling

    2008-06-06

    A novel nonviral gene transfer vector was developed by modifying nanostructured lipid carrier (NLC) with cetylated polyethylenimine (PEI). Polycation nanostructured lipid carrier (PNLC) was prepared using the emulsion-solvent evaporation method. Its in vitro gene transfer properties were evaluated in the human lung adenocarcinoma cell line SPC-A1 and Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells. Enhanced transfection efficiency of PNLC was observed after the addition of triolein to the PNLC formulation and the transfection efficiency of the optimized PNLC was comparable to that of Lipofectamine 2000. In the presence of 10% serum the transfection efficiency of the optimal PNLC was not significantly changed in either cell line, whereas that of Lipofectamine 2000 was greatly decreased in both. Thus, PNLC is an effective nonviral gene transfer vector and the gene delivery activity of PNLC was enhanced after triolein was included into the PNLC formulation.

  14. Equivalent isotropic scattering formulation for transient short-pulse radiative transfer in anisotropic scattering planar media.

    PubMed

    Guo, Z; Kumar, S

    2000-08-20

    An isotropic scaling formulation is evaluated for transient radiative transfer in a one-dimensional planar slab subject to collimated and/or diffuse irradiation. The Monte Carlo method is used to implement the equivalent scattering and exact simulations of the transient short-pulse radiation transport through forward and backward anisotropic scattering planar media. The scaled equivalent isotropic scattering results are compared with predictions of anisotropic scattering in various problems. It is found that the equivalent isotropic scaling law is not appropriate for backward-scattering media in transient radiative transfer. Even for an optically diffuse medium, the differences in temporal transmittance and reflectance profiles between predictions of backward anisotropic scattering and equivalent isotropic scattering are large. Additionally, for both forward and backward anisotropic scattering media, the transient equivalent isotropic results are strongly affected by the change of photon flight time, owing to the change of flight direction associated with the isotropic scaling technique.

  15. Target detection in GPR data using joint low-rank and sparsity constraints

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bouzerdoum, Abdesselam; Tivive, Fok Hing Chi; Abeynayake, Canicious

    2016-05-01

    In ground penetrating radars, background clutter, which comprises the signals backscattered from the rough, uneven ground surface and the background noise, impairs the visualization of buried objects and subsurface inspections. In this paper, a clutter mitigation method is proposed for target detection. The removal of background clutter is formulated as a constrained optimization problem to obtain a low-rank matrix and a sparse matrix. The low-rank matrix captures the ground surface reflections and the background noise, whereas the sparse matrix contains the target reflections. An optimization method based on split-Bregman algorithm is developed to estimate these two matrices from the input GPR data. Evaluated on real radar data, the proposed method achieves promising results in removing the background clutter and enhancing the target signature.

  16. Identification of Successive ``Unobservable'' Cyber Data Attacks in Power Systems Through Matrix Decomposition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gao, Pengzhi; Wang, Meng; Chow, Joe H.; Ghiocel, Scott G.; Fardanesh, Bruce; Stefopoulos, George; Razanousky, Michael P.

    2016-11-01

    This paper presents a new framework of identifying a series of cyber data attacks on power system synchrophasor measurements. We focus on detecting "unobservable" cyber data attacks that cannot be detected by any existing method that purely relies on measurements received at one time instant. Leveraging the approximate low-rank property of phasor measurement unit (PMU) data, we formulate the identification problem of successive unobservable cyber attacks as a matrix decomposition problem of a low-rank matrix plus a transformed column-sparse matrix. We propose a convex-optimization-based method and provide its theoretical guarantee in the data identification. Numerical experiments on actual PMU data from the Central New York power system and synthetic data are conducted to verify the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  17. Application of the R-matrix method to photoionization of molecules.

    PubMed

    Tashiro, Motomichi

    2010-04-07

    The R-matrix method has been used for theoretical calculation of electron collision with atoms and molecules for long years. The method was also formulated to treat photoionization process, however, its application has been mostly limited to photoionization of atoms. In this work, we implement the R-matrix method to treat molecular photoionization problem based on the UK R-matrix codes. This method can be used for diatomic as well as polyatomic molecules, with multiconfigurational description for electronic states of both target neutral molecule and product molecular ion. Test calculations were performed for valence electron photoionization of nitrogen (N(2)) as well as nitric oxide (NO) molecules. Calculated photoionization cross sections and asymmetry parameters agree reasonably well with the available experimental results, suggesting usefulness of the method for molecular photoionization.

  18. Graph theory approach to the eigenvalue problem of large space structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Reddy, A. S. S. R.; Bainum, P. M.

    1981-01-01

    Graph theory is used to obtain numerical solutions to eigenvalue problems of large space structures (LSS) characterized by a state vector of large dimensions. The LSS are considered as large, flexible systems requiring both orientation and surface shape control. Graphic interpretation of the determinant of a matrix is employed to reduce a higher dimensional matrix into combinations of smaller dimensional sub-matrices. The reduction is implemented by means of a Boolean equivalent of the original matrices formulated to obtain smaller dimensional equivalents of the original numerical matrix. Computation time becomes less and more accurate solutions are possible. An example is provided in the form of a free-free square plate. Linearized system equations and numerical values of a stiffness matrix are presented, featuring a state vector with 16 components.

  19. Comparison of Damage Models for Predicting the Non-Linear Response of Laminates Under Matrix Dominated Loading Conditions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schuecker, Clara; Davila, Carlos G.; Rose, Cheryl A.

    2010-01-01

    Five models for matrix damage in fiber reinforced laminates are evaluated for matrix-dominated loading conditions under plane stress and are compared both qualitatively and quantitatively. The emphasis of this study is on a comparison of the response of embedded plies subjected to a homogeneous stress state. Three of the models are specifically designed for modeling the non-linear response due to distributed matrix cracking under homogeneous loading, and also account for non-linear (shear) behavior prior to the onset of cracking. The remaining two models are localized damage models intended for predicting local failure at stress concentrations. The modeling approaches of distributed vs. localized cracking as well as the different formulations of damage initiation and damage progression are compared and discussed.

  20. Fine structure of the entanglement entropy in the O(2) model.

    PubMed

    Yang, Li-Ping; Liu, Yuzhi; Zou, Haiyuan; Xie, Z Y; Meurice, Y

    2016-01-01

    We compare two calculations of the particle density in the superfluid phase of the O(2) model with a chemical potential μ in 1+1 dimensions. The first relies on exact blocking formulas from the Tensor Renormalization Group (TRG) formulation of the transfer matrix. The second is a worm algorithm. We show that the particle number distributions obtained with the two methods agree well. We use the TRG method to calculate the thermal entropy and the entanglement entropy. We describe the particle density, the two entropies and the topology of the world lines as we increase μ to go across the superfluid phase between the first two Mott insulating phases. For a sufficiently large temporal size, this process reveals an interesting fine structure: the average particle number and the winding number of most of the world lines in the Euclidean time direction increase by one unit at a time. At each step, the thermal entropy develops a peak and the entanglement entropy increases until we reach half-filling and then decreases in a way that approximately mirrors the ascent. This suggests an approximate fermionic picture.

Top